[RSArchive Icon] Rudolf Steiner Archive Home  Version 2.5.4
 [ [Table of Contents] | Search ]


[Spacing]
Searching Rudolf Steiner Lectures by Date
Matches

You may select a new search term and repeat your search. Searches are not case sensitive, and you can use regular expressions in your queries.


Enter your search term:
by: title, keyword, or context
   


   Query type: 
    Query was: hen
  

Here are the matching lines in their respective documents. Select one of the highlighted words in the matching lines below to jump to that point in the document.

  • Title: The Inner Development of Man
    Matching lines:
    • level of development leading to comprehension of an experienced
    • presentation. The problem of how one may gain personal comprehension
    • of such a path of inner development. The directions when followed do
    • development will soon be aware of this fact and his task will then be
    • one can comprehend these teachings and how one can acquire an
    • that will eventually lead anybody to the desired comprehension This
    • the easiest manner possible acquire this comprehension of
    • essential for this comprehension. The golden rule is this, “Live your
    • fact, then certain efforts made by man that have an effect on his soul
    • make the attempt to give up certain formerly held inclinations. Then,
    • concerning himself, the better his comprehension in the area of truth.
    • aware of it as if observing another person, and then by sheer
    • the way to comprehending the great law of reincarnation on his own. A
    • existence becomes increasingly comprehensible to him. He who
    • suppresses his anger when something annoying happens to him and thinks
    • universe, attains to comprehension of karma. As certain as it is that
    • comprehend the laws of karma if you view life in this manner.
    • this must be silenced and total inner calm must take its place. When
    • must be silenced. Then, when such silence has been produced in the
    • thousands of years ago and will be true thousands of years hence. They
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Woman and Society (Die Frauenfrage)
    Matching lines:
    • is to fulfill a task, a mission, then it must take hold of what moves
    • do politics or current printed matter. But then again, one should not
    • immediate present. And who was the practical individual when in the
    • everyday life, and which since then, has transformed the whole of our
    • Another example. When
    • Physiollogischen Schachsinn des Weibes’ (Concerning the
    • Nietzsche — as pathological phenomena. He has done
    • When one goes more
    • have a smaller brain than men. And quite truly it then happened that
    • discuss this question from all sides, then we must look more deeply
    • and women. Then, in contrast look at Nietzsche's view. He says that
    • certainty comes somewhat to a standstill when so many different views
    • the follower — then such a view would be prejudiced because we
    • outside. This then is something of the social aspect of the women's
    • then that this aspect of the women's question has been considered
    • earlier times, have women then had no influence at all? Have they
    • and gives long speeches, who is truly a non-entity when one thinks of
    • the relation of man and woman in earlier times when quite different
    • the factory and there are quite different problems there than when
    • this world-view when one believes it to be nothing but the imaginings
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Problems of Nutrition
    Matching lines:
    • Der Kreislauf des Menschen innerhalb der Sinnes-,
    • when it comes about in the right way as the following anecdote
    • “when you feel the same disgust for meat, you should stop
    • Well, at a time when these questions are being
    • must be confident that when a person has perceived the truth of
    • what he says, he will then proceed to do the right thing. What I
    • When we as spiritual scientists consider our
    • themselves with replenishment. What, then, could be more obvious
    • animalistic organism, and then simply see to it that the organism
    • respects the various aspects of the soul. When we behold man from
    • when we see in him this fourfold being. Only with the total
    • problem of nutrition. Only then can answers be given to the
    • completely different significance for them. Hence, we can say that
    • “Just as when I see another person and it dawns on me that in
    • We perceive it in its external expression when we realize the
    • possess an astral body and hence the inner light. Now, the function
    • of this inner light is the opposite of that of external light. When
    • the astral body does when it dissolves the substances assimilated
    • correct quantity of food, but rather when these inner processes can
    • a man then becomes ill.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etherisation of the Blood
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • These two poles become evident when we observe a person placed in two
    • and impressive natural phenomenon. We see how still he is standing,
    • We can go into these things more deeply and we come then into spheres
    • When we penetrate more deeply into this question it becomes evident
    • asleep to what is then and there happening and we can rightly speak of
    • your own thinking, of your personal resolutions. When someone knocks
    • way, namely through sleep. When we are asleep we do not think;
    • strengthened in the morning because what has penetrated into our
    • activity of the will becomes comprehensible when we remember that all
    • conceptual activity ceases when we ourselves are asleep. To begin
    • the words that man sleeps in respect of his will when he is awake and
    • sleeps in respect of his conceptual life when he is asleep. The life
    • not sleep during the night but it then works as it were in a fiery
    • you represent thinking rightly to yourself when you picture the human
    • able to dream a little even by day when we are awake; we must be able
    • Astral Plane when by day we give ourselves up to a thought —
    • originate. Then during sleep, when we dream, these dreams play into
    • into us. And when we work actively during sleep, impressing morality
    • certainly we can of its effects — when we are able to imbue our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Overcoming Nervousness
    Matching lines:
    • we are hardly surprised when the statement is made that there is none
    • perhaps when a person becomes an emotional fidgety-gibbet, that is to
    • When called upon to make a decision in a given situation, they are at a
    • professors. As a result, when he is faced with an exam, he is forced to
    • the opposite effects are obtained, however, when anthroposophy is taken
    • Suppose, for example, a lady is forever putting her brooch down when
    • she takes it off in the evening, and then cannot find it in the morning. You
    • thought in mind that I have put it in a particular spot. Then I will form a
    • Further results can also be attained from such an exercise. When it
    • becomes habit to hold such thoughts when things are put aside, it
    • represents a strengthening of the etheric body, which, as we know, is the
    • prove to be an excellent cure. His etheric body will be strengthened and
    • whenever they are about to write. Actually, with some of them the
    • when they write, a jerk repeated for every up and down stroke. You can
    • physical body is normally the servant of the etheric body. When,
    • the etheric body and try to strengthen it. Imagine someone so dissipated
    • that his fingers get to shaking and jerking when he tries to write. You
    • when a man consciously changes his handwriting, he is obliged to pay
    • with what he is doing. The etheric body is strengthened in this way and
    • the classroom to strengthen the etheric body even in childhood. But, even
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Jesus and Christ
    Matching lines:
    • have often taken when speaking of things of the spirit. As a rule, it
    • natural science. By strengthening the human soul, it seeks to make
    • concerns human souls today when they consider higher aspects of life.
    • scientist must proceed from a description of natural phenomena to the
    • laws invisibly animating them. These laws we perceive when we relate
    • phenomena with each other, or when we immerse ourselves in them. In
    • comprehended only by perceiving how the super-sensible plays into the
    • The origin and development of Christianity can be understood only when
    • less important parts. This arrangement can be recognized when facts
    • stands upon such a foundation that it can say that when man enters his
    • the second. When, in this second period of life, our senses weaken,
    • important moment in our life, when the fresh forces of our youth start
    • When the spiritual investigator, objectively observing the evolution
    • culminates in the Greco-Roman epoch. He finds that then humanity as a
    • different course. When the youthful forces of humanity cease to flow,
    • completely new impulse entered the course of man's evolution, when its
    • ordinary life. The soul then became capable of perceiving those
    • mysteries that lie behind external phenomena.
    • the condition man ordinarily falls into unawares when he is overcome
    • by sleep, when sense impressions cease. The soul of the pupil was led
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Newborn Might and Strength Everlasting
    Matching lines:
    • hearts throughout the ages whenever one of the old plays, such as the one
    • we see the Child of Humanity, the Being of mankind who was left behind when
    • Nathan Jesus. He appeared then for the first time as a human being in an
    • folk felt when they saw the Heavenly Child glorified in such a play.
    • approached these secrets in another way, however, and not as we would when
    • When one looks at all this more closely and deeply, it offers an insight
    • of the hunting party who see what becomes of the body. When you look
    • then be seen only physically in the sun and planets, and also for the birth
    • man. When the winter solstice drew near and spring and summer approached,
    • earth. Then he was filled with strength and courage and could feel that
    • forces of the earth when it breaks into the dark night of winter, so he
    • earth's evolution occurred in the ages before the Mystery of Golgotha. Then
    • Modern man can experience this again today when he contemplates the Mystery
    • force of eternity. This was, and can always be felt when we contemplate the
    • strongest hopes. Then we shall know that, since the Mystery of Golgotha,
    • vain when we wish to be filled with hope in our earthly suffering, and with
    • remember this as for those men who felt so happy when they could watch a
    • simple Christmas play. Indeed, we, too, feel just as happy when we see such
    • depths of the human soul. When we celebrate the Christmas festival, we must
    • Then forever lost you must remain.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pre-Earthly Deeds of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • through the Baptism in Jordan when Jesus of Nazareth was permeated by
    • salvation of mankind: once in the old Lemurian epoch, then in the
    • three times and then a fourth time in the post-Atlantean epoch at the
    • methods of education on the physical plane. We may indeed, when he
    • child's mind: only when he has reached an age when he can look back in
    • of the Ego-consciousness, though it be only a glimmer, and when we are
    • plane. Man, in fact, only enters the physical plane consciously when
    • consciousness. This pre-knowledge is crowded into a time of life when
    • out of the condition he still occupied during the old Moon period when
    • directly to serve the human being who, through his Ego when it awakens
    • Christ he then assumed etheric human form. Thereby something new
    • a growing child when we see him emerging from the crawling, wriggling,
    • walk, when we realize that his being able to do so has only become
    • feelings. Such a feeling as can live in our souls when we see a little
    • and realize how we must thank the Christ-Impulse for it. Then we have
    • Christ-Being who henceforward permeated the bodily organs of man, man
    • Ahrimanic influences right into the Atlantean epoch. Then came the
    • if we remember, when we see a child beginning to speak and gradually
    • acquire that dim comprehension which they had for the power which
    • by the Hierophants, the Initiates of the Egyptian civilization, when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Four Sacrifices of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • and religious feeling when he is confronted with the beauty of nature,
    • when he looks up at the starry heavens and at all that the sun illumines in
    • observation and enjoyment of nature will be permeated by Christ; when
    • nature? You need only think what it is like when injured by organic
    • disease. Then man begins to suffer from the self-seeking of heart, lungs,
    • stomach or other organs, and the time comes when man knows that he
    • the case. Then the single organs live selflessly within us. Our everyday
    • constitution holds us up securely in the physical world only when we do
    • them, when they do not demand our attention but remain unselfish
    • when a human being gathers cherries from a tree and eats them,
    • Atlantean period, then, when we picked cherries, for example, the related
    • harmful to this or that organ; he would then recognize that he was
    • event in the first Atlantean epoch when, in supramundane spheres, the
    • this deed shone down into the earth's atmosphere. Then that harmonizing
    • being will acquire, when he is able to imbue himself with a true
    • most comprehensive sense, that we say, “Not I, but Christ in me.”
    • when Christ took for the third time the soul of an archangel as an outer
    • the dragon, are symbols of the third Christ event, when Christ ensouled
    • So the Sun Spirit became the guardian of the wild, stormy passions when
    • then thought, feeling and will would rage madly within him. The Greeks
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • truth when it considers the course of natural science at the beginning
    • often happens today, then prejudice will be heaped upon prejudice when
    • we are looking at the qualities of water as we find it around us. Then
    • splitting water into two parts. It's no argument against monism when
    • when the soul-spiritual is recognized as distinct from the bodily nature by
    • monistic-materialistic view when it comes to looking at memory. In
    • the soul's depths, which can be infinitely strengthened. Then this
    • What activity does a person usually engage in when he confronts his
    • of the senses ebbs away. Then we lose consciousness. In concentration,
    • little as in sleep, and so on. Then the whole soul life is focused on
    • we really succeed in strengthening the powers that otherwise slumber
    • his efforts, then he arrives at an experience of what could be called
    • purely inner consciousness. From then on, he can make sense of a
    • having had it, we know it for what it is. Only when we return to our
    • know the resistance that bodily life puts up, and then to know life
    • faithfully, the great and significant moment comes when real spiritual
    • then that moment finally comes, either during waking life or in a
    • state of man when he is living purely in the soul-spiritual element,
    • the following result with this exercise: When we have arrived at the
    • We must keep one thing in mind, however, when talking about this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Christ in Relation to Lucifer and Ahriman
    Matching lines:
    • was made in May, 1913, when Rudolf Steiner visited the future building
    • avoided, then the question of who was to blame or who caused it is, as
    • it was not generated from a goal, but exploded and then developed its
    • central position. When Hitler was finally destroyed, Central Europe
    • SOME DAY WHEN THE BUILDING in Dornach that is dedicated to the
    • Hence, one will be able to experience this representation of the
    • and spiritual heights into this body in its thirtieth year. Then there
    • When this being comes into proximity with the Christ being, he feels
    • express the same motif through the medium of painting, but then the
    • the comprehension of the Christ impulse will be to make man finally
    • share to bring about a full comprehension of how the Christ impulse
    • You will remember an important event from history when Constantine,
    • Mystery of Golgotha — the cross — when he led his forces into
    • external introduction of Christianity to Europe. When we realize the
    • the subconscious of the soul up to the present time, when it is
    • ages, but they take us back to those heathen times in which an
    • initiation, then the most favorable period for this process is from
    • days from Christmas to the Epiphany. In ancient ages when, as you know
    • summer, when the earth is asleep. Therefore, St. John's midsummer-day
    • on Christmas Eve, falls into a sleeplike state and when he awakens on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Preparing for the Sixth Epoch
    Matching lines:
    • Mitteleuropas und die europaeischen Volksgeister.
    • Mitteleuropas und die europaeischen Volksgeister.
    • more or less appropriate but we need not go into that now. Then came
    • the Egypto-Chaldean-Babylonian period of culture, then the
    • Greco-Latin, then our fifth post-Atlantean epoch. Each of these epochs
    • delicately organized for his soul to feel pain when he sees other
    • single human limb depends upon the health of the whole body, and when
    • the then civilized humanity and in a far higher degree than a limb
    • considered to have real knowledge when they recognize the spiritual,
    • when they know that the spiritual pervades the world and that human
    • epoch. Today we regard it as superstition when, let us say, a savage
    • that when those men of the ancient Indian epoch came together in order
    • not yet attained, nor have we in us, what we shall have when our souls
    • in order that it may stream down into our souls when they are again on
    • with the spiritual worlds when we come together in these working
    • lived in Athens felt himself to be first and foremost an
    • “Athenian.” This community between city and what belonged
    • expresses itself in language when, instead of saying as we do in the
    • really nullifies what is expressed in the noun. For when true manhood
    • racial stocks: Germans, Czechs, Poles, Ruthenians, Rumanians, Magyars,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Outlooks for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • and to show us what man was like upon Atlantis; then it also seeks to point
    • before our soul's eye — what can we discover if we then cast our gaze upon
    • then come into the sixth and seventh epochs. During the sixth and seventh
    • We shall then be meeting someone and we shall know what his moral
    • whatever during the sixth epoch, our bodily form will then obtain its
    • marked. When we encounter somebody, we shall then know exactly: This
    • consumption, shall then have died out. In future, a great hymn of praise
    • eat meat. Not all the animals shall then have died out, but only certain
    • We shall then really be
    • moulded at the present time, shall then have grown rigid. The tendency
    • longer be possible, for the etheric body will then no longer be
    • measures are taken, then the conditions which the materialists describe
    • will really arise; these will then be reality.
    • then be impossible to do anything against this fate; nothing can be done,
    • the moment when the etheric shape of Christ shall appear to us, and so
    • But a time will come, when both the physical and etheric body shall have
    • discover the etheric. Even then, this etheric element will have the
    • world of spiritual science. The other things will then follow spontaneously.
    • fundamental laws, and when those people come along who say that we are
  • Title: Lecture: Human Life in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • spiritual science, when in an anthroposophical setting.
    • first considering what Spiritual Science asserts, and then attacking it, but
    • to say, and then attacking that. In this way we are frequently assailed, not
    • in this same place in January of the present year. Then as now, it was
    • when compared to that of a not very distant past! If we envisage human life
    • dazzled by the greatness of human progress, and who do not comprehend
    • development. Human soul life would then reach a condition comparable to
    • extinguished eventually. And then, save in the case of those directly
    • account of them between 1850 and 1860, an era when such things were still
    • science could give a comprehensive explanation of the meaning of the
    • cannot even find a way of comprehending what underlies matter. Natural science
    • equatorial plane. This floating drop on the surface of some water is then
    • of the earth ball had established itself firmly even at the time when Goethe
    • diseased fancy, an historical phenomenon of our time to explain which the
    • The feeling thus expressed by Herman Grimm, in an age when it was not
    • symphony manifests itself through the phenomenon of vibrations. And I
    • combinations of ideas which, when correctly employed, unlock the door to
    • synchronous vibration with spiritual existence. Henceforth such a person
    • evolution. When this evolution has progressed, it will be increasingly
    • colored blossoms and finally fruit. Then we see them wither and pass away
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evil and the Future of Man
    Matching lines:
    • important events of the present time. What I said then had also a
    • untold depths of the human being must be sounded when one begins to
    • other creatures. But we can learn to know the phenomenon of death in
    • its reality only when we see it against the background of the forces
    • What then is the proper task of the forces that bring death to man? It
    • emotion and then only under one essential condition: that these things are
    • then we may put this question: In what men do these evil inclinations
    • which, when they come to expression in their side-effects, are so
    • My dear friends, we receive an answer to this question when we try to
    • the human being. Then we receive the answer, and it is this: Since the
    • What, then, is the real purpose of these forces which bring about the
    • Universe, when to begin with they instil themselves into the nature of
    • in the Universe for a very different purpose: when man is summoned to
    • contrary, they exist in order that man, when he reaches the stage of
    • the Spirit: which from henceforward must fertilise all cultural life,
    • You see, when we think of these things we come very near the central
    • will imbue himself with something that enables him to comprehend man
    • from a certain point of view — I mean, to comprehend him pictorially.
    • reminiscence of outer physical life and thence receives its signature,
    • be able to see him thus. For everything we see when we perceive human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social and Anti-Social Forces in the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • era, become quite explicable when one knows that the task of our era
    • This comprehension on which people pride themselves today is mainly
    • instinctive. Only when the instinctive nature which has appeared in
    • only when this instinctive nature becomes instead an active element,
    • when the intellect does not depend merely on the brain but springs
    • from the whole man, when it is separated from rationalism and is
    • then will that gradually emerge which seeks to emerge in the Fifth
    • is able to ask: Must attention not then be directed above all to the
    • only be thought of as mere unconscious instincts since when we speak
    • Now, if these things are to count for us, then we must find social
    • for in so doing one forgets that if social forces are working, then
    • sleeping through the most important thing of all in life when they do
    • between people is fundamentally a complicated matter. When one person
    • ask ourselves: What really happens then, not merely in that which
    • presents itself to the senses, but in the total situation, when one
    • person stands opposite another, when one person meets another? Nothing
    • relation to other people, or any communication with them, then a force
    • basis of social life and which, when broadened, is really the
    • One sees this phenomenon most clearly when one thinks of the direct
    • by social forces when you are asleep, and only that which continues to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Emptiness and Social Life
    Matching lines:
    • Geschehen.
    • Walter von der Vogelweide until that of Goetheanism, and then abruptly
    • which can have meaning only when the threefold social order becomes
    • strange phenomenon. I said that Hermann Grimm — for whom I have
    • civilisation. For when we envisage this brilliant culture of the
    • as one learns to apprehend it through anthroposophical spiritual
    • monograph on Goethe — what is our experience then? We feel: this is
    • tradition, could depict only a shadow, a spectre, when he wanted to
    • And then, in the inmost soul, a reaction can set in. Then a man can
    • uncommunicative. Then the soul rebels, gathers its forces and strives
    • happen only in an epoch when scientific thinking impinges on a culture
    • Goetheanism, that the spirit glimmered forth; for it was then, for the
    • natural science came to the fore; then and not until then could the
    • perceived. And why not? When all is said and done, nobody can detach
    • is not always so outwardly perceptible. But when one observes history
    • modern natural science, but then he was inwardly on a retrograde
    • juristic culture was fitting and appropriate. Then this same juristic
    • We can see that this state of things had reached a certain climax when
    • and then it will be clear that we have arrived at the point of time
    • when not only certain established usages and institutions, but men's
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Social Understanding Through Spiritual Scientific Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • We shall then see what a great impact on a person's everyday life these
    • were, suspended when their purpose has been achieved and the
    • him. And they can be drawn forth from your being when you do the sort
    • when this growth culminates in the change of teeth. These sleeping
    • for his healthy growth and that go to sleep within his body when the
    • us when, as we say, we remember something we have experienced. But,
    • super-sensible forces are the same forces you use when you remember. So
    • When people speak of material existence and super-sensible existence,
    • then make a study of everything going on in the child up till the age of
    • developing in the human being between seven and fourteen. Then comes
    • What happens then, however? What happens after twenty-one? Up till
    • the earth's help. Then, after we have reached the age of twenty-one, we
    • that blood was different then. And they would not even have had the
    • when human blood began to grow weak lay in the middle of the fifteenth
    • happen if a time were to come when human beings completely lost hold
    • You know, these are the most valuable moments in life, when your
    • the teacher's warmth are life-giving when they are re-experienced.
    • a student of standardized education, the kind that follows the rules, then
    • This too was done by the blood in earlier ages of history. When people
    • The kind of thinking we develop when we accustom ourselves to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Soul and Spirit in the Human Physical Constitution
    Matching lines:
    • When man is studied by modern scientific thinking, one part only of
    • saying this. I have already drawn attention to the fact that when we
    • caused by inhalation and exhalation; when we breathe in, the cerebral
    • brain-structure; when we breathe out, the fluid sinks again. These
    • definite functions. This air is breathed out again. — Then people
    • We then come to consider the fluid organism, which cannot, of course,
    • It is different when we come to the second, the fluid organism that is
    • This is even more emphatically the case when we come to consider the
    • atmosphere and then withdraws again into the atmosphere. Whenever we
    • process takes place whenever we breathe out. Our aeriform organism
    • exactly newly born, but it undergoes a change, both when we breathe in
    • and when we breathe out. When we breathe out, the aeriform organism
    • The space then remains filled with nothing but warmth which is, of
    • warmth-organism, his Ego gives rise to what comes to expression when
    • manifest in the aeriform organism. And when we come to the etheric
    • then work upon the air organism, but the air organism that is
    • When we turn to consider waking life, from what has been said we shall
    • whole organism. During sleep, when the Ego and the astral body are
    • a way during sleep as during the waking state, when the Ego and the
    • point of view. When we are asleep our warmth-organism is permeated by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moral as the Source of World-Creative Power
    Matching lines:
    • dream of coiling snakes when we have some intestinal disorder, or we
    • strongly when we pass into the consciousness of dreamless sleep. Thus
    • when it is a matter of any comprehensive understanding of the life of
    • primeval nebula and the moral ideals well up in him. And when, as is
    • conceive that when one has enthusiasm for a high moral ideal, this
    • easy to prove with physical instruments. Moral ideals, then, have a
    • more vigorous activity in the warmth-organism when the soul is fired
    • effect upon the air-organism is not that of warming only, for when the
    • but they operate within him nevertheless. They become free when he
    • warmth-organism, is, in very fact, permeated by moral ideals. And when
    • warmth-organism when it was quickened by moral ideas. We were living
    • bring life with us when we pass out into the cosmos through the
    • So when we study the whole man we find a bridge between moral
    • creations of the pre-existing world come to their end. When we
    • moral world-order — for so it is when it is grasped in thoughts
    • for example in warmth. Then it is possible to find the connection
    • all those impulses that come to us, for example when we contemplate the
    • majesty of the universe, when we say to ourselves: We are born out of
    • — I mean the impulses that come to us when the knowledge yielded
    • When we regard Spiritual Science itself as a source of the moral,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Path to Freedom and Love and their Significance in World Events
    Matching lines:
    • But even when we are entirely engrossed in contemplation, when the
    • again, when we are performing deeds, thought is active in us. It is
    • that in this life of thought, will is also active; will is then
    • thought. When we picture the thinking human being in this way, when we
    • spiritual we become. When we take in thoughts from the outer material
    • only when we elaborate the thoughts do we become free in the real
    • element of will which streams through our thoughts when we form
    • will, when we become inwardly free; our thinking attains such maturity
    • progressively strengthening the impulse of will in our thinking we
    • to the Moral Intuitions which then pervade and illuminate our will
    • freedom dawns when we enable the will to become an ever
    • the will. When does the will present itself with particular clarity
    • through what we do? — When we sneeze, let us say, we are also
    • definite impulse of will when we sneeze! When we speak, we are doing
    • Our inner life is constantly deepened when we send will — our own
    • inherent force — into our thinking, when we permeate our thinking
    • because, as man, we are a unified whole, when we reach the point where
    • outer, physical reality. What, then, must it be?
    • object is reflected in the mirror; if you then go behind the mirror,
    • abstract modern thinking has become when it uses abstract words for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Search for the New Isis, the Divine Sophia: The Quest for the Isis-Sophia
    Matching lines:
    • When we look back upon the beginning of human evolution on earth, and
    • since the Mystery of Golgotha when we remember that the Christ who went
    • incomprehensible. However, if we investigate them without narrow-minded
    • We come then to the fifth epoch of the post-Atlantean humanity, our own. Our
    • expressed this in a certain sense very radically when he said that he had
    • kind of repetition of what the Egyptian mysteries of Isis revered when they
    • powers which shine down from the sun, enter the earth and then become part
    • of the earth, and how, as powers of the sun buried in the earth, they then
    • to Egypt and how he then became active in another form, namely, from out of
    • This, then, is the idea we find present in the minds and hearts of the
    • sought by Isis, and how he was found again so that he is then able to
    • then onwards remains with the earth. He is present, he exists, as the
    • renewed, then it must not simply follow the old form — Osiris, killed by
    • the eternal cosmic truths, and it will when we learn to think and compose
    • result will then be that ahrimanic powers will appear as an active force
    • within the Egyptian world. However, when Ahriman works through Lucifer,
    • then human beings see their picture of the world in a luciferic form. How
    • When the Mystery of Golgotha took place, the divine Sophia, the wisdom that
    • Then in the same way we must say of the Egyptians that they were luciferic,
    • are so necessary, then this community, which calls itself the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Two Christmas Annunciations
    Matching lines:
    • At the time when the Mystery of Golgotha took place on earth the
    • science which enabled them, by the study of world-phenomena, the
    • character that, even then, in the age of instinctive clairvoyance, the
    • mathematics as we know them could not then exist. The whole of life
    • carefully selected Mystery-pupils. It had a different effect then than
    • out of the dripping clouds; in the human heart when the will is roused
    • to action; in the heavens when the sun moves across them. Varuna is to
    • precious in an age when the nature of substance was somewhat
    • sensed when he felt mathematics to be like great poetry —
    • Mysteries was led. And when the pupil of the ancient Mysteries was
    • cases the inner forces of man had to reach certain heights; then what
    • introduction of mathematics into their soul-condition, when this was
    • attaches to it only when it can be shown by spiritual science that
    • Whence does it come? It proceeds from the experiences we went through
    • priori” experience, when considered in relation to our life on
    • that when he does mathematics, experiences of the time before
    • about life's phenomena and have no idea what the true origin of
    • clear impression: “When we study the stars and apply our
    • these same phenomena of the spatial universe I lived before my birth;
    • Whence came this Christ-Being? He came out of that time which we live
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Threshold In Nature and In Man
    Matching lines:
    • science. This will be particularly evident when we come to consider
    • then look for a little at some of these conceptions, even though they
    • ordinary life, and what he becomes and is confronted with when he
    • they were relating real experiences when they spoke of man being
    • present-day mankind. What man meant in olden times when he spoke of
    • different from the processes that take place in man to-day, when he
    • knowledge; and it is only with a view to making more comprehensible
    • times a Threshold on the path to higher knowledge. The apprehension
    • when, for example, the Roman Church refused to acknowledge the
    • When he thought about the world, he felt himself, so to speak, “grown
    • that comes from the comprehension of self. Only quite gradually has
    • has learned to look into himself, inwardly to comprehend himself as
    • over against Nature; he stands outside her, that he may then
    • we have to-day when we speak of “freedom” was not there for
    • higher level. For when we permeate pure thinking with moral ideas and
    • loving devotion to the deed that is to be done — when we do this and
    • allow the impulse to quicken in our soul to action, then the action we
    • is frequently done, when it is asked: Is man free or unfree? All one
    • to a strengthening of the consciousness of self.
    • strengthening of self-consciousness. Rather had it the tendency to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sun-Mystery in the Course of Human History
    Matching lines:
    • But when we think of man's spiritual nature we cannot conceive that
    • when we are walking; but we can see ourselves stepping forward. We form
    • for then inner processes are taking place, processes that are also
    • nevertheless when we look back, its effects can be apprehended
    • work during sleep, when the bodily part of our being is engaged in
    • But during waking activity too, that is to say when our will is in
    • feeling is a dimly apprehended experience, that so far as actual
    • and antipathies in the life of soul. But we become aware of it when
    • our connection with the outer world becomes abnormal, and when the
    • way. This happens when our breathing, for example, functions
    • antipathy which then lays hold of his astral body; his astral body is
    • like an abnormal aura. It may then happen that he begins to feel
    • give rise to persecution mania in all its forms. When feelings of
    • being can promote overweening egotism when it gets the upper hand —
    • that now and then, through strange dreams, something comes up into the
    • good. What is radically evil when it breaks into our conscious life,
    • is the counterbalance for our spent life-forces when it take effect in
    • when it surge upwards into mental life, it becomes still clearer but at
    • fraught with antipathy there is still a certain lively intensity. When
    • And when sympathetic feeling — which has its origin in the will of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Alphabet
    Matching lines:
    • when they have inner experiences and wish to give expression to them.
    • comprehensive sentence would be uttered giving expression to the
    • we have today when we say A, B, C, without any
    • When today, in various societies ‘the lost archetypal word’ is
    • back on a time in the evolution of humanity when Man, in repeating his
    • times when cosmic being still revealed itself in the inner organism of
    • the following way: When Man wakes up in the morning and his ego and
    • eye, then the visible rays which go out of his eye into the other Man
    • evil in human beings, but then something else can also be perceived,
    • inwardly from our etheric and physical bodies; if we then look down
    • Zodiac; then, as he descends further, he takes with him the influence
    • the body and strengthen the speech organs; these are forces that, as
    • do with formative activity.) Thus when we speak, we bring to
    • When there was still an instinctive understanding of these things, in
    • connection with the cosmos was experienced in human speech. When
    • speaking, Man felt himself within the cosmos. When the child learned
    • the fixed star heavens. Then we would have expressed in real cosmic
    • When you say ‘I’, what is that exactly? Now just imagine someone had
    • Zodiac in the way of world consonants, then go far enough away:
    • reflection, as echo, appears here upon earth. Thus, when the matter is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Human Heart
    Matching lines:
    • work in upon him and he imitates them internally. Hence it is very
    • teeth. And a true power of judgment, when the child or adolescent
    • time of puberty. Not until then can the child begin to form real
    • then united, to undergo our period of earthly existence between birth
    • from what we experience between birth and death here on earth. Hence
    • descent, when he approaches the earth to imbue himself with a new
    • when we draw to ourselves the forces of the universal ether, we
    • when he is uniting with the physical, we should have a sphere — far
    • So we have this strange phenomenon of the star-ether-body drawing
    • Then it gathers itself together, and there, clearly suspended within
    • You must not suppose that until then man has no etheric heart. Certain
    • received as a heritage through the inherent forces of the embryo. When
    • body. He keeps this etheric heart during his childhood years, but then
    • faithful image of the cosmos, when we proceeded through conception and
    • But now there is another process running parallel with this. When we
    • And now, this is the peculiar thing: during the very time when the
    • of the senses. Then, other structures slip into the breathing
    • slowly, then with full regularity and increasingly from the age of
    • When the baby is kicking with its little legs, you notice very little
    • mist. When the child kicks and fidgets, all manner of effects come up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Truth Beauty and Goodness
    Matching lines:
    • his connection with the universe, when Truth, Beauty and Goodness had
    • be vague and nebulous whenever it is a question of getting beyond the
    • physical body. When man is confronted by a simple fact, he may either
    • an idea that does not coincide with the fact. When he thinks the
    • physical point of view. But when, through untruthfulness, he severs
    • unconsciously. He is then led, unconsciously, to ascribe to himself a
    • or “Notary,” and then imagines he is of importance when convention
    • What is it that can strengthen man in this sense of being? In earthly
    • Indeed, we only understand this physical world aright when we realize
    • This bond is strengthened by a love of truth and Integrity. Nothing
    • The sense of the reality of the etheric body is strengthened by the
    • experience of Beauty. When truth and truthfulness enter the realm of
    • An intense feeling for beauty — as it was then conceived — existed
    • Of this modern man is all unconscious. When the Greek approached his
    • vividly as when this statue stands there before me! Never have I such
    • when this sense is highly developed, it binds man strongly to the
    • by beautiful semblance, and hence lasts only until the moment we pass
    • can only be forged in the depths of unconscious life when man glows
    • with enthusiasm for truth and truthfulness. And when his heart thrills
    • pre-earthly existence? The answer is, when he is filled with Goodness
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Self Knowledge and the Christ Experience
    Matching lines:
    • If we then go on to consider people — say, the people of one of the
    • short space of time — a year. Then the cycle repeats itself.
    • the developing Consciousness Soul. It is that time when man will step fully
    • will then bring him fully to free consciousness of the Self.
    • to a particular grade of knowledge, of feeling, and willing. Then, when they
    • the details of daily life, for the strengthening of the soul's inner work
    • plant and animal. We then seek there the key to understanding human life
    • ancient Mysteries. Concepts did exist then; but they were not won, as
    • from direct experience that what he discovered, when he experienced these
    • But when, on the basis of this Mystery-knowledge, a man was to rise to
    • could then see, as it were, into the inner realms of nature. From the
    • of the soul. I can only describe the nature of the crisis by saying that when
    • glowing colour and radiance and musical tones, let him down when he made
    • to life after death. Everyone then knew instinctively of life before birth.
    • On the basis of those capacities which he then had, man learned that after
    • crossing the threshold of death the moment would come when he would not
    • retained it then, after death. It is a peculiarity of man's progress that,
    • an intellectual consciousness. Then after death, they grew into an
    • become fully human when he has crossed the threshold of death, and pure
    • For the people of ancient times, when the injunction ‘Know Thyself’
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Invisible Man Within Us
    Matching lines:
    • When we consider the human
    • preearthly life. In a certain sense it is then sent down as spiritual
    • organization when the human being attains a free physical existence
    • In a certain sense, then,
    • have first the ego organization (yellow); then we have the astral
    • organization (red), then the etheric organization (blue), and finally
    • invisible man proceed from the ego organization into the astral, then
    • They then spread out in the physical organization. In the human
    • In a certain sense, then,
    • In the human head, then,
    • then to the ego. We have another stream that enters the physical
    • directly from the ego and then branches out over the whole body,
    • proceeds along the nerve pathways. Thus when the human nerves spread
    • pathways up to the senses. Thus when we examine the human being as we
    • the astral body, but then it goes directly into the lungs along with
    • itself with the astral forces, taking hold of oxygen and only then,
    • This is then confronted by
    • the process in which the ego further strengthens itself by streaming
    • up to the etheric body and only then being taken up. This process,
    • pulse and breathing is properly coordinated, then the lower man is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Polarities in Health, Illness and Therapy
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophische Menschenerkenntnis und Medizin,
    • the relevant issues in as generally comprehensive a manner as possible.
    • many cases the foundations for the actual comprehension of processes of
    • nature. It then applies the discoveries made through physics and
    • comprehensive observation of the human being based on reality. But
    • look into the inner activities of the human being in order to comprehend
    • how they continue to work when he is healthy, and how they continue to
    • work when he is diseased.
    • How shall it then be possible to properly judge the effects of
    • Since anthroposophy strives to know the human being comprehensively
    • From the head to the tip of the toes these are processes of nature. But then
    • processes of illness are also processes of nature. Why then is the human
    • What is actually going on when customary natural science is applied in
    • is sampled and then various abstractions are made about what kind of
    • other relationships, then, as at night all cows are grey, all organs are the
    • and then one finds out everything. It really isn't that simple. Thorough and
    • opposite activity in the head, in the nerve-sense system, when the person
    • metabolic-limb system reaches over to the nerve-sense system. Then you
    • That results then in the various forms of the illness treated by medicine
    • understand migraine in its various forms we must comprehend this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man As A Picture of The Living Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • also be remembered that certain premises were taken for granted when
    • during the times when he is fast asleep is still more important for
    • When we look back in memory from any given point in our life, we
    • sleep, but even that is not quite true. When we look back in memory,
    • of time when we were sleeping. It is as though you were looking at a
    • darkness when you look back on your own life. The times you spent
    • Earth, though he was no mere automaton even then, for he already had
    • forsake the pulsating forces of our blood. What then becomes of them
    • and Archai are then indwelling the self-same organs in which the
    • Kyriotetes — are living then.
    • Thus when we go to sleep at night, setting forth with our Ego and
    • together. Only when things are seen in this way can one speak truly
    • there. When he looks up to the stars, man in reality is looking up to
    • present phase of earthy evolution. When we look up to the Moon, we
    • a time on Earth, whence they withdrew to the Moon more than 15,000
    • behind when at a certain time of old Atlantis the great teachers of
    • Therefore when we look upward to the Moon we only see it truly if we
    • every night when man is sleeping, and it is realized more fully
    • between death and new birth when man is going through the spiritual
    • in your life. You met another human being with whom you then went on
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Individuality of Elias, John, Raphael, Novalis
    Matching lines:
    • today — the day when the Michael mood of dedication must pour its light
    • Festival. That however will only be possible when the might and power of the
    • taken hold in a number of human souls who will then be able to create the
    • especially stirred to activity within us when we turn our gaze upon all that
    • in their true unity when we recognize them as successive incarnations of one
    • When we look back into olden times, we see rise up before us within the
    • one another in time, beings who are brought together into a unity when
    • We know [for I have often spoken with you of these things] how, when man
    • Jupiter and Saturn. And we know that when, together with the beings of these
    • the life on Earth, he has elaborated his karma, he then turns back again to
    • Then we behold him wander through the Mercury sphere where, in
    • connection in which it is able to stand when it passes through the Beings of
    • and intimate sense — in another way now than when he was on Earth as a
    • underwent when, through the Initiation of Christ Jesus, he, Lazarus, became
    • hearts drink deep, when it came again in Novalis.
    • When we consider the life of Novalis, what an echo we find there of the
    • life on Earth will be henceforth to “die after her”, to follow her
    • When we read the “Fragments” of Novalis, and give ourselves up to
    • live; and then, after you have gone through the gate of death, you will find
    • deeds in all its strength and all its power — if this is so, then will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • The mystery of death taught by Jesus Christ to his disciples after his resurrection. Saul and the event at Damascus when he became the apostle Paul. The role of Ahriman, Satan, the World Prince, in the course of human evolution.
    • When people spoke in a
    • impiles, when it is said by a man like Paul. Why could Paul not be
    • When we speak of the
    • conception. Then men felt as if they were being reminded of
    • But just as an animal knows nothing of death when it sees another
    • only from within. When they looked at birth, human life extended
    • beyond birth, into the spiritual. When they looked at death, the life
    • what happens to the soul when man goes through death?
    • from the aspect of the higher hierarchies, and then they will appear
    • was possible, but the sharp edge was taken off his rule. Since then,
    • death in himself, when he unites himself with it.
    • could not learn until then. We learn what the gods did behind the
    • Christianity — then, Paul's conviction before the event at
    • past, in the spiritual form which I have described. Then, this was
    • When Paul was still Saul, he used to say: If he, who died on the
    • Ahrimanic powers. And when he had understood this, he learnt the
    • part of life, as an experience which strengthens life. Humanity went
    • through a weaker form of life when nothing was known of death;
    • intellect. Men possessed a comparatively weaker sense of life when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • was proved by a performance of “HENRY V” at the
    • In 1585, when Shakespeare's financial conditions were no longer in a
    • while they were enjoying the performance. He then became supervisor of
    • time, when a change of scenery was simply indicated by a notice-board,
    • when a table and a chair sufficed for the equipment of a royal palace,
    • when performed in the poorest way.
    • The influence exercised by Shakespeare's art will gain in power, when
  • Title: William Shakespeare
    Matching lines:
    • that Shakespeare's plays, as they were then available, were not
    • performance of  Henry V under the direction of
    • when Shakespeare's financial conditions were no longer in a
    • of the visitors while they were enjoying the performance. He then
    • In Shakespeare's time when a change of scenery was simply
    • indicated by a notice-board, when a table and a chair sufficed
    • the modern theater so much depends on scenery, props, etc., when
    • staging, Shakespeare's plays leave a strong impression, even when
    • And when a
  • Title: The Manicheans
    Matching lines:
    • by Augustine when he had become a member of the Catholic Church. He
    • without beginning and hence without end.
    • of its own destruction. There then arose from the Kingdom of Light the
    • then still mingled in evolution.
    • Root Race the Father withdraws. Then the soul is widowed, becomes the
    • designated by Manes, the Divine Fructifier, as the Widow. Then Manes
    • external authority has transmitted to you. Then you must become ripe
    • from form to form. Life has fashioned the lily, then Life overcomes
    • Life of the old Roman Empire. What was first republic, and then
    • empire, what lived then in its external appearance as the Roman State,
  • Title: Mathematics and Occultism
    Matching lines:
    • sensation. Man moves in the World of Ideas when he thinks, only
    • will prove. Even when the man who lives in this every-day world does
    • linger, in his mind. As to the man who is as yet undeveloped, when he
    • annihilation of consciousness. Hence certain philosophers affirm that
    • the undeveloped man. When he acquires for himself the faculty of
    • has built for him organs of sense), then his thought ceases to remain
    • empty when it rids itself of the contents of sense-perception. It was
    • hover over innumerable, manifold sense-perceptible forms. When I think
    • representation of a comprehensive spiritual fact. Here again, however,
    • then mayest thou hope to rise to the comprehension of ideas
    • super-sensible in mathematical thought. When a man reaches the stage of
    • of geometrical forms and arithmetical relations of numbers, then he is
    • laws, then mayest thou become a student of Occult Science”
    • thyself an imperishable and eternal knowledge when thou learnest to
    • phenomena, a science is obtained transcending sense-perception —
    • higher planes knowledge can be acquired only when it is fashioned
    • brought to a vanishing point and then we get a new basis — free
    • when we have calculated, the perceptible proves to be the result of
    • super-sensible. We comprehend the sensible by means of its
    • Differential is but a point, a zero. For spiritual comprehension,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Dead Are With Us
    Matching lines:
    • thoughts then often work quite unconsciously within the soul. That
    • and again; through their own power they make themselves comprehensible
    • if the soul will ponder them time and again. They will then be
    • When we enter into relationship with the things in our physical
    • world of plants are insensitive to what we call pleasure or pain when
    • mentality. Modern man knows quite well that when a magnetic needle
    • without further thought in the case of an egg forming within the hen.
    • But when the egg is forming within the hen the whole Cosmos is, in
    • an imprint of cosmic forces and the hen herself is only a place, an
    • It is the animal kingdom, then, with which acquaintance is first made.
    • which then, in the spiritual world, extends over all the souls whom
    • and then continue between death and a new birth. Those who are able to
    • the dead does, even when he simply moves, causes either pleasure or
    • soul-life. When the dead becomes acquainted with a soul, he gets to
    • acquainted, we are now within, and then again outside them. Meeting
    • when we are able to turn our attention to them; and we are outside
    • them when we are not in a position to do so.
    • life; and it may therefore easily happen when the human being has not
    • lower impulses through direct intercourse with the dead. When we make
    • contact with the spiritual world in the general sense, when we acquire
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Origin of Speech and Language
    Matching lines:
    • Die Erkenntnis des Menschenwesens Nach Leib, Seele und Geist.
    • plant, and animal kingdoms was also touched upon, and this then led
    • continued these courses. Then the workers asked Rudolf Steiner
    • time for this when they would still be fresh and receptive. Thus, the
    • then lifeless in our intestines. These substances are then
    • experiments with people whenever they have any kind of illness. If we
    • know how to look at what happens to the physical body when a person
    • when Broca dissected brains of deceased people who had speech
    • you, that when we remove the top of the skull, we can see the brain?
    • when someone has a so-called brain stroke. What happens in that case?
    • stroke, the paralysis. In other words, whenever blood flows into the
    • means when a person has a healthy left convolution of the brain. But
    • When we examine
    • You see, when
    • move their speech organs. Before that, when they could not yet talk,
    • infant simply cries, there is only brain mush in this area. When the
    • the matter stands like this: When children cry, the sounds they utter
    • E (as in “gate”). When they merely cry like this,
    • consonants. First they form the sound A; then they add
    • move your lips. When you were a child, you had to learn this through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Sense-Organs and Aesthetic Experience
    Matching lines:
    • Das Raetsel des Menschen. Die Geistigen Hintergruende
    • der Menschlichen Geschichte. Kosmische und
    • many people who like to regard themselves as spiritually minded, when
    • spiritual world, when we have gone through death.
    • are truths of the kind indicated recently when I said: the Greeks
    • today, and other things even more. Nowadays, when human beings have
    • point of view, every human quality and activity can be comprehended,
    • present life-organs were then more in the realm of the soul. Think of
    • Moon time, when he lived only in such visions, had to be regarded as
    • pathological — then one would have to say that humanity was ill
    • Then it no longer has the character of pretending to be the same as a
    • about itself, then the person concerned will be strong enough to
    • This is quite acceptable. Then something is incorporated in these
    • life-processes, too, then have to be altered. They acquire more
    • a kind of symbiosis occurs; when these life-processes form a unity,
    • when they are imbued with activity of soul, they form a unity. They
    • activity of soul. Then the two parties can themselves unite: not that
    • all the life-processes then work together, but that, having entered
    • process occurs in a man when he is able to endure something like a
    • and yet a form of comprehension arises which has a certain similarity
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Turning-Point in Modern History
    Matching lines:
    • Auferstehungsgedanke. Menschenwissenschaft
    • When considering this change one could certainly start from
    • present time, when so much — far more than people realise —
    • impulse working in Schiller when he wrote his Letters on the
    • Aesthetic Education of Man; this was the time, too, when Goethe
    • When Schiller wrote these “Letters”, his intention was not
    • rational necessity, as the other pole of his existence. But then he
    • with his humanity; when, that is, he does not simply submit like a
    • when he becomes poetical, “having nothing that flatters or
    • believes that when sensuality and reason meet at the centre of his
    • Schiller felt when he described this middle condition as the real
    • fuses spiritual and perceptible into one creation. When all that men
    • and when all that comes from the senses is permeated by spirit, then
    • Schiller thought should be aimed at. And he believed that when human
    • sensual necessity is spiritualised by rational necessity — when
    • is most evident when he has to talk about Kant. Here he found himself
    • Hence Goethe was stirred to write his
    • If we try to discover what main influence was then at work, we find
    • his “Aesthetic Letters,” but when he asks, “How
    • Today, when the social question is under review, it is usual to leave
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Elemental Beings and Human Destinies
    Matching lines:
    • Die Sendung Michaels. Die Offenbarung der eigentlichen
    • Geheimnisse des Menschenwesens
    • Now, as you know, we can best comprehend the difference from a
    • spiritual point of view between these three systems when we observe
    • world-processes. This means that when you feel, you have of course an
    • these boundary lines are of course only approximate. Here then we have
    • and puberty. A very remarkable thing then takes place, which in these
    • made upon your feeling is there, and then gradually the vibrations of
    • infinite, but when it has spread itself out for a sufficient distance
    • — when its elasticity is, so to speak, used up — it swings
    • — or rather, what is within the words — then you will
    • stimulation of the feelings. When we understand these things rightly,
    • it out all around you. When it comes back to you, it is not unchanged;
    • and when it works back on to you, then, together with the process
    • of fulfillment of our destiny. If we have some experience today, then
    • that have survived from earlier times, when Man lived in more
    • And when at last he reached his gate
    • at the very moment when his destiny strikes in upon him with the shock
    • In this connection it has to be an organ of the rhythmic system, hence
    • phenomenon of this periodic return of experiences in the sphere of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Man, Offspring of the World of Stars
    Matching lines:
    • inner experience which arose when men looked at the world around them.
    • around them. When the Sun rises they see only the phenomena of light
    • and colour which there appear. And it is the same when the Sun sets in
    • And when they looked at the sky, which seems to us to be blue, but for
    • certain period of time, but then the most advanced representatives of
    • must never be forgotten when we are studying the course of evolution.
    • particularly when he allows himself to be influenced by the claims of
    • incandescent gas, and this picture is then transferred to the Sun in
    • whole nature and being. The Greek was right when he felt that the Sun
    • human Ego in an absolutely concrete way. When a man says ‘ I
    • imbued with a new vigour when the rays of the Sun begin to shine down
    • when they are introduced into his organism either through eating or
    • When we study the forces of foodstuffs, we find that, to begin with,
    • they are active in the physical body and are then taken hold of by the
    • the head. The ‘lower’ man, then, comprises the other part of
    • influences continue to be active when the human being is born and is
    • blood circulation — these astral influences are then modified by
    • between the astral body and the physical body. When, for instance, a
    • man cannot sleep properly, that is to say, when his astral body will
    • that are so very prevalent in our time. When a man suffers from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ear
    Matching lines:
    • des Menschlichen Organismus
    • death and a new birth, when he is altogether interwoven within the
    • contracted it sufficiently (if we may use this image), he then sends
    • are. For this is how it appears when illuminated with anthroposophical
    • anvil), and then the lower arm — the other ossicle which rests
    • what went before it in the pre-earthly life; then you will also
    • man. Why then does not the ear itself change in this way? Why do not
    • gravity. Hence it preserves the plan and tendency which it received in
    • these inner relationships of sound the human ear is formed. Hence we
    • our birth. Only then do we learn to orientate ourselves into the three
    • moving. But the evil deed clings to the movements of the legs when he
    • passes through the gate of Death. Then, when he has laid aside his
    • the Hierarchies within him. Then, as it were, he goes out of himself,
    • breathe in to fill ourselves with life. Then in a manner of speaking
    • the Cosmic Logos, when we turn toward the Earth and pass through
    • unconscious being, when in our early childhood we acquire human
    • then become responsible to the Divine. You may not treat it so
    • profanely then, as you can treat the consonants.’
    • strives in such a way that it becomes the Heavenly, when man has
    • and song — brings the Heavenly and the Earthly together. Hence
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Education for Adolescents
    Matching lines:
    • Aus Menschenerkenntnis, (Vol. 302a in the Bibliographic Survey, 1961).
    • Erziehung und Unterricht Aus Menschenerkenntnis,
    • When children come to the age of puberty, it is necessary to awaken
    • When the astral body
    • can now be used for formulating these riddles. But when these riddles
    • souls, then these same forces are changed into something else.
    • When such forces become free, and it has not been possible to awaken
    • the most intensive interest in such world-riddles, then these energies
    • When we do not have enough interest in the world around us, then we
    • If a teacher makes a mistake while teaching a 10 or 12 year old, then,
    • other hand, when you stand in front of students between 14, 15 and 20,
    • satisfy the feeling that then arises in the students when the question
    • comes to expression. For if he does not do this, then when all that is
    • poisons are developed only during the night, just when poisons ought
    • are produced that burden the brains of the young people when they go
    • that occur when the children have the feeling: “The teacher just
    • to lift their doubts and questions into consciousness, then the
    • and through with all this when he deals with the transition from the
    • itself. If we have children of six or seven, then the course is
    • not need to understand any other relationship to life. But when we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Work of Secret Societies in the World
    Matching lines:
    • strengthen our consciousness in the future struggles for existence. —
    • Freemasons. When they were true to their original, fundamental principles,
    • personalities — when it is necessary; but in a certain respect this
    • may be extremely egoistical when, for instance, it gives rise to a
    • Hyperborean and Polarian epochs. Before then, however, you were only beings
    • spirit and the world soul spread out around you then as nature spreads out
    • around you. And what was then outside you, is now your soul; you have taken
    • Freemasons. When the Freemason was working with his fellow-builders, he
    • outside, then his soul remains empty. It must therefore be possible for
    • out around us. As souls we spring from the world soul and when this world
    • alternate between these two processes. When you see, hear, smell or taste,
    • to an age when, as I indicated recently, men will understand what the atom
    • penetrate into the atom itself. When the similarity of substance between
    • the thought and the atom is once comprehended, the way to get hold of the
    • forces contained in the atom will soon be discovered and then nothing will
    • indicated will be within man's power when the occult truth that thought and
    • then, reached selflessness. The attainment of selflessness alone will
    • able to picture, more clearly than was possible when I spoke of the things
    • evolution, and when all is said and done they are connected with necessary
    • still to live through two more periods of this great epoch. Then will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Three Stages of Sleep
    Matching lines:
    • good memory, take in and then possess them once and for all.
    • we accept them as if they were external truths, then they
    • provide no nourishment; then they are stones the soul cannot
    • observes the phenomena of life with a certain impartiality will
    • when the attempt is made to approach facts from the most varied
    • human nature, and we can understand this when we consider the
    • cave in the mountain. At first it is dusk, and then it gets
    • or the like. He may then wake up in this feeling of terror, for
    • when he is quite close it appears that he is preparing to make
    • anxiety, then greater anxiety, and lastly actual terror. The
    • when, through what I have often described as Imaginative
    • have given rise to the anxiety, fear and terror, then something
    • When a
    • and etheric bodies. In normal circumstances when human beings
    • rapidly; but when, in somewhat abnormal circumstances, someone
    • body, then these pictures are formed out of life. For in
    • actual sleep. The dream pictures arise only at the moment when
    • etheric body, or at the moment of falling asleep when, on
    • outside the body. The individual lives then in a different
    • and there, losing all consciousness, can only regain it when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Cosmic Word and Individual Man
    Matching lines:
    • when, in the old Mysteries, they spoke of Word, or Logos,
    • We know that when, under earthly conditions, the human being goes to
    • But to-day we shall look back at what is left behind in bed when a
    • when the human being is asleep.
    • being present in the physical frame — then it is found that from
    • body. But when the human being returns into the etheric body, all that
    • the real experience behind the phenomenon most of you may have met at
    • then it can be observed that in reality this flowing warmth, this
    • — all these become an organically coherent etheric system. (When
    • the activity then extends a little outside the physical body.)
    • then forms a kind of etheric organism which is compounded of the
    • with spiritual vision, and begins to understand its phenomena, one is
    • sleep, in its continual fluctuation, and then draw it at a particular
    • Thus when we proceed further inwards from the senses there appears to
    • When we contemplate all that Kyriotetes, Dynamis, and Exusiai have
    • the Second Hierarchy. When he has gone through the gate of death, man
    • needs this whole activity. For he must live on within it, when he has
    • laid aside the etheric body as such; when after some days this
    • streams of warmth, have flowed away. When all this has flowed into the
    • cosmic Universe, when one has observed the glow extending more and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Twentieth Century
    Matching lines:
    • in the world of Matter. Hence even in historical ages the Christ
    • humanity, for it was then that the Christ — having held back
    • Thus — for the Gnostics — when man was still living
    • united with that world in which the Christ was active. Then, at the
    • yet man had been unable to receive. The Gnosis, then, speaks of this
    • point of time when the soul of a chosen human being was able to feel
    • that there are indeed moments when epoch-making events occur —
    • moments when such men feel themselves at a turning-point of their
    • had never yet been united with a human body. What then arose in the
    • when a decisive change takes place in an individual human soul. What
    • the spiritual life of the present day. When one speaks of a
    • men even in his childhood, and then came forward as the Saviour of
    • material phenomena, and what lies behind things perceptible to the
    • and henceforward Faith takes its place by the side of Science and
    • their attention to the lower phenomena of the World Order.
    • Jesus,’ it became apparent that when one stands on truly
    • significance when one speaks of a God at the starting-point of
    • times, for the soul had then to undergo certain processes which were
    • soul were enhanced and strengthened. The body was left behind in a
    • spiritual world. Then when such a soul was presently led back again
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • Die okkulte Wahrheiten alter Mythen und Sagen.
    • dawn upon us that this is indeed the mission of Spiritual Science when
    • that he was fully conscious of this impulse. It is so meaningless when
    • the sun. And when people speak of obscure feelings and premonitions
    • convictions which arise in a man when he listens to the speech of
    • uses his intellect when he endeavours to understand the laws of the
    • faculty of spiritual sight to awaken in a man. When his higher senses
    • deeper underlying truth, he would be using a phrase when he writes:
    • days of creation, when as yet there was no human being to receive them
    • to live into their mood and atmosphere and then we shall begin to
    • when as yet art had not divided into separate branches.
    • when he realised his mission, a point too, upon which Nietzsche
    • representation were part of one whole, and when Wagner looked back to
    • an “all-comprehensive work of art.” He felt that all true
    • in the depths of the heart but do not pass over into deed. And then he
    • into this kind of dramatic art. Again, when human feeling would fain
    • comprehensive work of art in which the inner life of a human being
    • in art. When he tells us in his own words that symphonic music is a
    • in the physical world they work upon each other when they speak
    • together or when one becomes dependent on another. But there are also
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Wisdom in the Early Christian Centuries
    Matching lines:
    • I HAVE said on many occasions that at the time when medieval culture
    • Thus when medieval culture was at its prime, it was realised that
    • culture. If one had suggested to a Greek philosopher of the Athenian
    • the centuries when Greek philosophy came to flower in Plato and
    • age when very much of the old Initiation-wisdom was still living in
    • But then we find that from the fifth century A.D. onwards, this old
    • the Idea of the Good. Yes — but whence are family-likenesses
    • Plato and Aristotle. He said: Plato belonged to an epoch when many
    • words when there was still knowledge of the principles of true
    • We learn, then, that by the time of Plato and Aristotle, wisdom was
    • is not enough merely to observe this phenomenon, for three hundred and
    • And then, on the soil of Italy at the beginning of the fourth century
    • every remnant of ancient Heathendom — so, in the domain of
    • every phenomenon of Nature. Julian the Apostate had heard from pupils
    • when the Egyptian priests — who still had knowledge of these
    • destroy the heathen temples. Indeed he would have been willing to
    • the heathen temples and he also had the interests of the Christians at
    • When the moment had arrived, it was easy to arrange for the thrust of
    • the Persian spear which caused Julian's death. It was then that the
    • the Apostate that henceforward the conception of Christ as a Divine
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Crossing of the Threshold and the Social Organism
    Matching lines:
    • you know that when the human being will be able to look into the
    • What the individual human being experiences consciously when he
    • Beings can then once more interest themselves in the human
    • When we pass through birth, we bring along with us into our physical-sensory
    • impulses for what we then carry along into the spiritual world in the
    • we carry along with us into the spiritual world when we pass through
  • Title: Lecture: The Weaving and Living Activity of the Human Etheric Bodies
    Matching lines:
    • Saturn-epoch. During the Sun, Moon and Earth epochs, it then
    • incorporated with it. When the physical body passed on from the
    • permeated with the etheric body. And it also had to change when it
    • develops first of all within the astral body, then within the etheric
    • body, but then also within the physical body.
    • When we encounter man’s physical body upon the Earth, we must
    • populations! Differences can of course be perceived when we cast our
    • his physical body and then we would have to ask the Angeloi,
    • when the great ideas of the Central European world-conception had
    • then the process explained above would necessarily take place,
    • when the human being lays aside the physical body and passes through
    • jump out elastically into the world when the astral body and the Ego
    • earth have for us, when we use them to build machines. The Angeloi,
    • Archangeloi and Archai work upon our etheric bodies, and when we walk
    • belong to us — then the whole essence of the Angeloi,
    • ether of the universe. When our astral body and our Ego lay aside our
    • then exist, in order that the evolution of the universe may continue.
    • When our etheric body is handed over to the cosmos after our death,
    • birth, when we live backwards through our life, nothing would occur
    • except the fact that the astral body is discarded, then the astral
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: And The Temple Becomes Man
    Matching lines:
    • words which echo in our ears when the Dornach Speech Chorus declaims
    • help, but they vouchsafe it only when by the strength of aspiration
    • as a whole — only then will achievement be within our reach ...
    • temple-buildings. When with insight and warmth of soul we study these
    • nature, a temple dedicated to Pallas Athene, to Apollo or to Zeus
    • a physical being, but also as a being of soul. When we
    • whole bearing and appearance. When the soul truly permeates the body,
    • soul. The human body is then revealed to us as a work of artistic
    • described by Pneumatosophy. Can we not then picture man spiritually
    • ground and raising himself upright; then we picture him standing
    • infinitude, with eyes gazing straight forward; and then we picture a
    • raising himself upright and then the human being consolidated in
    • heard this morning when the lecturer so graphically said that the
    • super-sensible being of man become externally manifest? When does an
    • man? Only when man speaks, when his inner life of soul pours
    • into the word; when the word is the embodiment of wisdom and prayer
    • the centre to the periphery and the interior space itself will then
    • then placing them before the world. Styles of architecture are
    • “found,” but in the real sense only when they are born
    • interpretations because, especially when he is really creative, he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Migrations of the Races
    Matching lines:
    • then come into contact with others who have intimate knowledge of it
    • follow this when, to begin with, we look toward the East and study the
    • Medes and Persians, and then the racial stock which made its way
    • themselves above all as men of wisdom, as artists. When they set about
    • He must come from a hidden source. Hence the Apocryphal writings
    • When we survey the course of the whole development, we find that the
    • mastered the explanation of the phenomena of the physical plane, where
    • understanding what now appeared on the physical plane. When the new
    • people, but is comprehended only through the Greek Gnosis and
    • Hence Christianity began to spread only after the destruction of
    • who is given the name of “Lohengrin.” The conditions under
    • alley, and in order to work upon the initiate “Lohengrin,”
    • among men. He will be a Being who began his development when
    • initiated again and again. Hence the Fifth Root Race from its outset
    • Race that mankind is left free. Then we have Initiates who have a
    • connection with Higher Beings, but to whom such comprehensive guidance
  • Title: Lecture: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • is reaching out to apprehend the Mystery of Golgotha once more with
    • distant world could then begin to understand all other things on
    • When the pupils crossed the threshold of the Mysteries and came into
    • the sacred religious Rites at the same time, and when at length they
    • we must find our way to it again, for only when we can feel His
    • when they descended to this life through birth. In the light of the
    • unconscious and unformulated. It was a time of questioning, when
    • mankind felt their estrangement from the Father God, — when
    • lived in the age when the Mystery of Golgotha was drawing near, the
    • pre-earthly life which they afterwards remembered when on Earth.
    • Then there were the regions of which Plato speaks so
    • and take on a human body — as indeed He did, when the time was
    • of Initiation that Christ would come to Earth when the time should be
    • Then must they seek Him out at His hidden place. Indeed, there
    • secret, a deeper Mystery in human evolution, when we approach it once
    • it were forlorn when they looked up to Worlds beyond the realms of
    • those who were nearest to Him after His Death, when He appeared to
    • Then it was that He spoke to them as the great Healer —
    • How shall the soul live on when the body falls into decay? In olden
    • he understood it when the spiritual worlds were opened out before him
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Recovery of the Living Source of Speech
    Matching lines:
    • allows idealism to disappear altogether from his speaking, then he
    • when we are studying some deep-seated change in speech are so long
    • indicated. Who is there who still feels, when the word Blitz
    • when lightning actually flashes through space? To-day we are inclined
    • a sign for the phenomenon of the flash of lightning. It was
    • was not then one of thought, where the word is for him a sign and a
    • not even need to go back so far before we come to a time when the
    • parts of Europe. The feeling a man had when he was ploughing was
    • similar to the feeling he had when he heard the word which in those
    • days designated the plough. When anyone was listening to or speaking
    • forming of words. But in order to study the times when man's
    • with long epochs of time when we are considering the evolution of
    • to the hierarchy of the Archangels. When man speaks — when,
    • live man's utterances articulated into speech, then that
    • Archangels. Hence are the Archangels the Spirits of the different
    • the evolution of the Archangels themselves. For even when we are
    • relate particular facts and phenomena to particular higher spiritual
    • Now in those far-off times when an element of will came to expression
    • the Archangels in the later part of the Atlantean evolution, when
    • then their speech-forming power flows no longer out of Intuition but
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Gnostic Doctrines and Supersensible Influences in Europe
    Matching lines:
    • Cultural Phenomena — Three Perspectives of Anthroposophy
    • Cultural Phenomena — Three Perspectives of Anthroposophy
    • certain point of view this was quite right. In times when the Old
    • basis in the phenomena of the world of sense. This conception was
    • conception was then added to this world of ideas, namely, that in
    • Mysticism at its prime, an epoch when the language of the mind bore
    • rationalistic thought began. In the ages when there had been direct
    • against the grain in our days, when men prefer to receive knowledge
    • Middle Ages, then, were the period during which man was meant to
    • through the light that filled the mind of man. A veil was then drawn
    • beneath their feet. And they then proceeded to work out a science of
    • course of evolution is such that when the time is ripe for the
    • apparent when we look over to the East, behind the great wall, where
    • conception of Nature. When men spoke in Greece of the Fauns and
    • the Ural and Volga districts, then, we must conceive of the existence
    • metamorphosis through which they have passed since then. These beings
    • phenomena of the world man perceives with his physical eyes and
    • incomprehensible to the modern mind. Luciferic elements in the form
  • Title: Lecture: The Influence of the Dead on the Life of Man on Earth
    Matching lines:
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • away from us when we pass through the gate of death. Hence we may
    • for the elemental world — which happens when we are able to
    • arranged in a certain way; and when we pass through the gate of
    • for a few days. Then what we call the etheric body is given over to
    • when he has cast it off. With the elemental body the opposite is the
    • When a human being here in the physical world has made his soul
    • receptive, when he has acquired the elemental or Imaginative power of
    • perception, then, too, he can consciously converse in his life of
    • thus becomes conscious is always there in the subconscious, whenever
    • I do not say that we should generally be less critical; for when we
    • physical life. It is part of the very character of man, when he has
    • when, maintaining his connection with us in the physical life (the
    • catechising process, then we shall perceive what is consuming and
    • life, when we were always separated from them by our body and theirs,
    • Then comes a later time, when man has become utterly free from the
    • astral body — when he has laid aside the astral. Not long after
    • that they work upon our habits. For this reason, in the times when
    • Now, as we know, when man has been still longer dead, he will have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture I: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • points of view and when something has been said about it, its content
    • this I shall deal with today and tomorrow — when one has in
    • basis today. Of the Egyptians one must say that in the age when the
    • when man treads ways that lie on the other side.
    • is then related that Osiris inaugurated not only among the Egyptians
    • Then
    • there took place what has been stated. Then, however, the myth
    • being again which had the complete form of Osiris. She then gave to
    • remarkable statement was then added to this myth, that Osiris now
    • came up out of the underworld — when his worship had already
    • been inaugurated in Egypt — and that he then occupied
    • after the death of Osiris. Then it is related that Isis had the
    • were, and this is very characteristic and significant. When a
    • of the World and passes judgment when man has gone through the gate
    • I have said that the Egyptians — in the age when the Greeks
    • living. Man preferably looked up to this world when he turned his
    • — a race of Gods for the living: Zeus, Hera, Pallas-Athene,
    • then have this rulership of the older Gods succeeded by that of the
    • in another way, so that then the new race of Gods arrives. And then
    • Chronos and Rhea; then Chronos overthrown again through Zeus,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture II: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • epoch, the Greco-Latin, and to the Third, the Egyptian; we come then
    • Fourth Epoch knew: when we look around us we see only the physical,
    • Imaginations was the age when Osiris wandered upon Earth. They meant
    • dead. Hence Osiris is the Judge of the dead; the human being meets
    • him when he has passed through the portal of death. The figures of
    • Imaginations vanished when the setting sun in autumn stood in
    • point is to show when Imaginative clairvoyance disappeared from earth
    • ages when Imaginative clairvoyance prevailed on earth conditions
    • know, that when Isis discovered that her spouse, Osiris, had been
    • there then during the Osiris-time? During the Osiris-time there was
    • form, as signs — such signs then are images of Imaginations.
    • humanity at a certain period of time, and then vanished. And the
    • by the human being is today — in fact since the times when
    • process. It was not merely a physical process in the ages when Osiris
    • children in full Imaginations up to the time of puberty. And when
    • Imagination. And then she said to herself: what I now perceive
    • then after puberty pictured or felt it inwardly. How do you perceive
    • then today, with the abstract perception that you have? You discover
    • something which you see with the senses; then you think it over
    • more comprehensive cosmic mysteries with the other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture III: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • themselves a greater antiquity than that of the Gods then in power.
    • order and hence into the whole ordering of mankind, into Providence,
    • as the Osiris-impulse. So that since then Osiris is a Being at the
    • side of men only when they are between death and a new birth.
    • We have then followed
    • of Egypt. And then as Osiris returned he was slain by Typhon despite
    • the watchfulness of his consort Isis. Then Isis sought everywhere for
    • discovered it then in Byblos in Phoenicia and brought it back to
    • was able to give each piece the appearance of Osiris again. She then
    • different perception in humanity. This remembrance was thenceforward
    • November days of autumn when the sun sets in the seventeenth degree
    • Then it was related
    • mother and seized the crown from her. Then it is related that either
    • head in place of the crown, and since then she has been portrayed
    • to look up to the great mysteries in his surroundings, then he must
    • with the Isis at the sight of whom the pious Egyptian trembled when
    • when these words worked upon him the Egyptian remembered at the same
    • time that Isis was once united with Osiris, when Osiris still
    • that at first could only be divined when the Egyptian felt the words
    • — to fix the time when this Osiris-Isis myth was related in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture IV: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • realize that in the age when that saying arose in the Egyptian
    • culture, it was still plain and clear that when one spoke of
    • immortal element, cannot lift the veil. Later on when the
    • expression then came to an end for men living on the physical plane;
    • justified in saying: ought it then to deserve censure if one follows
    • than those we go by when in physical life we set our clock by them.
    • Now when the time of
    • sign of Cancer. Thus we can say: when the sun entered the sign
    • their true light then we can say: when the sun rose in the Spring it
    • say: it took its course when man for his knowledge, perception and
    • and in human life, then it is as if he came into direct touch with
    • his breathing. The thorax moved differently when the person was
    • how one then actually perceived! One was aware of the others, but one
    • breathed differently when he beheld the sun, when he beheld the dawn,
    • stands in Cancer, then this is the
    • when the human being too is in the Cancer-culture. In a special way
    • when it stands in Cancer, one says: the moon has its home, its house,
    • then existed which in later, corrupt ages was no longer there.
    • Then the sun entered
    • the Sign of Gemini, the Twins, at the Vernal Equinox. And then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture V: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • humanity as such, the reverse is the case. A man is first child, then
    • Then the physical ceases to let us be dependent on it; then, so to
    • catastrophe. Then indeed man was still dependent on his physical
    • Then again came a time
    • development up to the end of his forties. Then in the next epoch, the
    • a man then remained capable of development up to his thirty-fifth
    • only when an entirely new knowledge of man's being is reached, will
    • gone on in people's minds during the course of the 18th Century then
    • say to it then? One should really put oneself this question when
    • judging these matters. Only then does one have a kind of crucial test
    • standpoint from which he viewed world-history, pointed out that when
    • he carried through Europe, and then for seven years more the
    • only come from an understanding of the spiritual world. Hence, thinks
    • science with the principle of Christianity! Hence the cheap and
    • significance of the Christ-Impulse. And hence he also had the feeling
    • Schlegel in 1828 was child's play. And then also came a materializing
    • by what others had imparted to him, and then he had got such a
    • back at one's youth and say: Ah, how fine it was when I was a child!
    • etheric body or the body of formative forces, and then the astral
    • ever older, the etheric or body of formative forces is old when we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VI: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • an expression for the whole comprehensive being of man. And one can
    • seen a human skeleton — remember then that the human skeleton
    • skeleton; it is really only set upon it, and then the rest of the
    • complexity. But we will first consider the duality which we see when
    • no apparatus for comprehending the being of man himself. We have been
    • of the whole world, but which is not competent to comprehend man.
    • man in the kingdom of the lower Gods then one must complete this
    • moment when from outside, from any external cause, a man suddenly
    • half-a-minute, if he is killed at the age of thirty. When it is a
    • in certain ideas and concepts that he learns; but he then only learns
    • them. They are then head-knowledge. The rest of life that runs more
    • then one is a quite clever person, academically quite clever. But in
    • head-knowledge and can then in the course of life change it into
    • so-called dead, one can then make the experience that the dead
    • cannot yet quite understand. The comprehensions of the dead and the
    • happens when the quickly gained head-knowledge lives itself into the
    • organism. The miracle will be accomplished when men also learn to
    • sun, planets, fixed stars. And then what is said of the sun, the
    • don't think of it today — and men were then still aware that
    • to develop in correspondence to the speed of the earth, then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture VII: Ancient Myths
    Matching lines:
    • of mankind when we begin to observe man himself, seeing in his
    • We have seen that when
    • laws that prevail in wide cosmic spaces. In fact, when we think of it
    • work chiefly upon the head. So that when the human head appears here
    • magnet, people own that the universe plays a part, it is only when
    • stream of humanity. This of course plays into the head when man is
    • When we speak of
    • course even in the embryonic stage) and then the features and so on
    • auric substance that sinks down below the surface of the earth. When
    • out, is made use of by man when he
    • then streams away again (arrows pointing outwards). So that one can
    • spiritual substance continuously, then one knows how to apply it to
    • extraordinarily interesting because, as you probably know, when
    • there are a great many cockchafers in a year then in three to five
    • looked on that as an interesting fact, and then I discovered that the
    • things with the most certainty when one does not observe them on the
    • When one makes
    • the forces in the instreaming substance when he comes out of the
    • universe to birth. Then in later years he loses connection with them.
    • the instreaming forces. Hence its formation and development are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Souls Progress through Repeated Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • Die Bruecke Zwischen der Weltgeistigkeit und dem Physichen des
    • Menschen. Die Suche Nach der Neuen Isis, der Goettlichen Sophia.
    • Die Bruecke Zwischen der Weltgeistigkeit und dem Physichen des
    • Menschen. Die Suche Nach der Neuen Isis, der Goettlichen Sophia.
    • with the outer phenomena connected with this as a result of your
    • you know, when the human being goes through the portal of death, he
    • first lays aside his physical body; then he is in possession of what
    • appears before his soul like a panorama. This period ends when the
    • human being is then left with his astral body. In this astral body we
    • when the ego has freed itself from this astral body, after the
    • transition through the soul world has been accomplished, then what we
    • certain limit in this expansion; and when it can expand no further,
    • astral body and the ego. It thus comes about that when the human
    • have indicated how the astral body expands into the universe, then
    • we must imagine that the human being, as he appears when he is born
    • that when we are reborn, we receive our mind from the heavens; our
    • thorough and comprehensive view of man can be taken one-sidedly
    • with his body than was once the case, for instance, at the time when
    • takes place when the pressure of inhalation causes the brain fluid to
    • today, when everything is thought out materialistically. Today it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Forming of Destiny in Sleeping and Waking
    Matching lines:
    • assumes that the activity of consciousness ceases when a man falls
    • asleep and begins again when he wakes; in other words, so far as the
    • times when a child is actually and obviously asleep, but of the whole
    • remembered in later life. When we speak of all that is experienced by
    • in greater or lesser degree of development — when they come
    • the search for equilibrium. Then, out of speaking, thinking
    • during the time when, as a child, he is learning to speak; and it is
    • which the astral body participates in the process. For when the human
    • being is learning to speak, and even later on, too, when he is using
    • experiences of his own soul — then you can also perceive how,
    • when he falls asleep, the astral body carries this element of soul
    • while the human being sleeps. It can be perceived more clearly when a
    • obviously a matter of the life of soul), when we come to the
    • and etheric bodies into the spiritual world when we fall asleep; and
    • better presently, when I have explained it more fully). Although the
    • when, with his speech, a man does not carry out into sleep the right
    • itself in glimmering material light and other such phenomena!
    • matter. We are living in an age when words, as they emerge from the
    • itself lacks idealism, then it is exceedingly difficult, during
    • Beings. And it is difficult for him, then, to have the inner
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Goethe and the Evolution of Consciousness
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter
    • Teil. Der Mensch als geistiges Wesen im historischen
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter
    • Teil. Der Mensch als geistiges Wesen im historischen
    • Science in order to comprehend man and the world are more easily
    • back to an age when human beings were quite differently constituted
    • his soul even when he was still a child, when he was studying at
    • find that they reveal just this attitude of mind. Then a great
    • his mind when, in Italy, he re-wrote Iphigenia in Greek metre,
    • Goethe would never have written such words. After 1790, when he set
    • ‘nearer’ to him; he then describes the macrocosm, in the
    • younger days he had turned away. When he speaks in suitable language
    • and he found it when he felt that he had brought to life within him
    • world which was so alien to Goethe in his youth. But, when all is
    • What, then, is it that has permeated man's conception of the
    • the world and the things of the world comprehensible through measure,
    • correlative to what arises in man when he views the world according
    • viewed then just as we view it to-day. But the characteristic
    • phenomena and theorising about the beginning and ending of the world
    • and word. When they were speaking it seemed to them that the idea
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Reality of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • the results as well as the actual modus operandi of authentic
    • scientists when it is a matter of affirming that these boundaries do
    • the senses communicate and that whenever it would like to pierce
    • These are the two pitfalls lying ahead of us when, in our longing to
    • worlds. Hence in all honesty and frankness it asserts that the
    • higher worlds only when these faculties have undergone due
    • When in some piece of work a muscle has to be constantly exerted, its
    • power is strengthened. The would-be spiritual investigator proceeds
    • investigators to recommend certain exercises. When such exercises are
    • exert the forces of the soul when we dwell upon the picture or idea
    • feel that the powers of our soul are being strengthened and enhanced.
    • thought, are inwardly strengthened by the exercises, until finally a
    • when our attention is directed to external sense-impressions,
    • arise in moments when we are caught up in the outer reality of the
    • strengthening of thought in the way I have indicated. Then we begin,
    • when we grasp the following: —
    • When a man has reached this stage, when he actually feels: now I no
    • something real when I pierce through the material world and also when
    • illusory form ... When a man has this experience as a result of
    • lies before the soul; the old forces have simply been strengthened,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Dual Form of Cognition During the Middle Ages and the Development of Knowledge in Modern Times
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter Teil. Der Mensch
    • als geistiges Wesen im historischen Werdegang. Der Mensch in seinem
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter Teil. Der Mensch
    • als geistiges Wesen im historischen Werdegang. Der Mensch in seinem
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was found ...
    • external phenomena which can be observed through the senses. This, in
    • years prior to the Mystery of Golgotha, and then it has gradually
    • alludes to it whenever he speaks of his predecessors, but he can no
    • then Thomas Aquinas and Albertus Magnus — the spiritual life of
    • century onwards, and then more and more quickly; new spheres of
    • knowledge, which then became the contents of the modern
    • when the deeds of Galilei, Copernicus and so forth, began to
    • a time when the intellect did not merely unfold its technique,
    • but when it began to tackle the external world. Particularly in a man
    • Then came the
    • towards the super-sensible world was problematic. When the human
    • the spirit and with spiritual life, and then to pass sentence
    • book was published in 1855, when a clearly defined Darwinism did not
    • phenomenon of the modern materialistic life of the spirit thus
    • thus developed in the course of the nineteenth century, then changed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Remedy for Our Diseased Civilisation
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter Teil. Der Mensch
    • als geistiges Wesen im historischen Werdegang. Der Mensch in seinem
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Wetlgeist. Zweiter Teil. Der Mensch
    • als geistiges Wesen im historischen Werdegang. Der Mensch in seinem
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was found ...
    • peculiar phenomenon then appeared in the history of civilisation;
    • conveyed, in this comprehensive form, a picture of the world. You
    • Haeckel's relatives when they spoke more intimately of “papa”,
    • epoch. Then we have intellectualism applied to an external
    • we bear in mind this phenomenon and its connection with the
    • the metabolic part, with the life of the will. Hence, this
    • and then ... when the earth shall have continued for a while in this
    • has merely found a comprehensive expression within the materialistic
    • these things through the symptoms, but we should realise: When we
    • period; and in the same way we merely speak of a symptom, when we
    • can only surrender himself to the material things and phenomena
    • moment of waking up to the moment of falling asleep. Even then, he
    • is fast asleep; it sleeps even when we are otherwise awake. In
    • you when you lift your arm through your will. The real inner forces
    • material phenomena into a materialistic science, the metabolic part
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Body as a Reflexion of the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • Mitteleuropas und die europaeischen Volksgeister.
    • Mitteleuropas und die europaeischen Volksgeister.
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was found ...
    • We know that when a
    • physical body to the elements of the earth. When he passes through
    • human being, who then continues along the path which he must tread
    • When
    • until he reaches an advanced age. But when a human being passes
    • etheric existence, when the human being passes through the portal of
    • ourselves: When we begin our physical life on earth through
    • birth, then our etheric body, that has become united with our
    • childhood stage, when we pass through the portal of death. We might
    • also say: When a human being dies in his young years, his etheric
    • was missing. When our friends, with the help of other people, began
    • doing so, and when they at last succeeded in lifting it, with the
    • had passed by just when the van had collapsed, so that it fell on top
    • fell into the river, you see a stone. You then try to draw the man
    • stone or anything else, but that at the very moment when he reached
    • effect. We should therefore say to ourselves: When we have before us
    • individuality, from that part of its being which then continued
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Salt, Mercury, Sulphur
    Matching lines:
    • If we then
    • If we then
    • and assigns to human intelligence the task of combining the phenomena
    • lost. Man remained empty when he looked into his inner being with the
    • in the Folk-Wisdom from which Jacob Boehme derived his ideas? When
    • When man to-day speaks of himself, of his soul-nature, he gives voice
    • comprehensible to human reason. In this outer nature man learnt to
    • see the existence of processes and phenomena and then in the
    • has Spiritual Science to say to this? When in the first place we
    • which nutrition and sense-perception coincide. When man eats, he
    • When man takes in these forms, he dissolves them. This is one form of
    • But when
    • which were first dissolved begin to build up again. When we eat salt,
    • then give it form again. When we eat substances drawn from plants,
    • they are dissolved and then inwardly reformed, not, this time, in the
    • think of what happened in ancient times, when, for example, a man ate
    • When he ate salt, the salt was dissolved and the salt-cube was there
    • age dawned when this faculty to experience in the etheric body these
    • some people, to see how they read Jacob Boehme and whenever they come
    • from the Folk-Wisdom which he then voiced in halting words.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: It is a Necessity of Our Earnest Times to Find Again the Path Leading to the Spirit
    Matching lines:
    • Der Verantwortung des Menschen Fuer die Weltentwickelung
    • These documents, literally crumbling in your hand when they were found,
    • words and then to pass on to what I believe I must tell you, for it
    • evident in the 15th century. It was then that it slowly began to
    • never there before. This wave of a special course of development then
    • when we go back to very ancient times of human evolution we have to
    • then began, and a certain intermediate course of development took
    • Latin and Roman culture then took over something that was in a
    • comprehension for that which lived in Roman culture know: There the
    • fourth post-Atlantean epoch. It is that point of time when a
    • Greeks still possessed and no proper comprehension of man's inner
    • life was then entering into its decay; it bequeathed to European
    • 15th century, when our present epoch began.
    • right. We are then in a state of dulled consciousness. Most of you
    • soul-constitution was different. Man was then awake in a different
    • light was being led on into his inner being. And when he was
    • the earthly, when he thus experienced the sun's light within him as
    • thinking. And when a particularly cultured Greek ate, he indeed
    • When we paint human
    • believe that then we bring forth something of what we experience. It
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Conditions for Understanding Supersensible Experiences
    Matching lines:
    • the earth — it will be after the year 5,700 — when, if he
    • earth-evolution in a certain respect. It would then become possible
    • evolution, then in the sixth millennium they will enter for a further
    • To speak of any such matters to-day is possible only when men have
    • conditions and the way in which he will be related to them when he no
    • it will be when this relationship is permanent.
    • harm, for a super-sensible experience is of use only when it is
    • in which truth must be conceived to-day. Hence the truth is virtually
    • What must be realised is that when a man desires to approach the
    • times when procedures such as I characterised at the end of the
    • When they are put into words, these things seem almost matters of
    • In our life by day — or also by night, for then there is
    • the light only as long as the light is outside. When man is himself
    • longer be seen. But when, in his being of soul, he is moving in the
    • light itself, then for the first time he becomes aware that thinking
    • he leaves the body, and then he can be conscious of an ego only by
    • to be a member of the human organism. Then, in union with the earth,
    • the same fact as when one says here on earth: Man lives in his body
    • When things that have been illumined in this way —
    • are put into words, they are entirely comprehensible to the healthy
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of the Movement for Religious Renewal to the Anthroposophical Movement
    Matching lines:
    • Die Verhaeltnis der Sternenwelt zum Menschen und des Menschen
    • Die Verhaeltnis der Sternenwelt zum Menschen und des Menschen
    • (as it was then conceived), art, and religion. The ideal of the
    • Only when anthroposophical Spiritual Science is seen to contain this
    • circles than merely the Anthroposophical Society. Hence it has come
    • be different for the Anthroposophical Movement from what it was when
    • fulfill its real nature when it feels itself as the kernel of the
    • me was to the following effect: When at the present time a student
    • only assumes its true significance and meaning when it lays hold of a
    • in an age when, simply through the world’s evolution, a number
    • the world, can be found by men when they become spiritual
    • man when he is conscious of his human dignity, then the truths
    • for the truths of Anthroposophy are perfectly comprehensible to the
    • their way to the Anthroposophical Movement, then all that is
    • What I then had to say out of the needs of our human evolution to
    • hearts of men directly, so that men may be strengthened by these
    • spiritual truths. They will then find the way, which will be on the
    • true aims when it adheres with intelligence and vigor to the meaning
    • an authentic and inwardly vital cult, filled with spiritual content,
    • world. When I gave this advice I never performed a ritualistic act
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Ego-consciousness of the So-called Dead
    Matching lines:
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was found ...
    • Eurer Hut vertrauten Erdenmenschen,
    • Eurer Hut vertrauten Sphärenmenschen,
    • subject, a few things that may be useful to our comprehension of
    • the senses. We then proceed, by studying that form of organisation
    • We then ascend in
    • when dissecting corpses; we have frequently studied the stomach
    • when I speak of man's inner being. Even this spatial interior is
    • We eat in such a way that we send the food out of us; when we send
    • super-sensible world has formed it, and when we look upon the physical
    • accessible to the physical-sensory contemplation. But when the human
    • (for you can observe this even in the physical world) that when we
    • the other part, when we have passed through the portal of death? The
    • when we abandon our physical body? Where do we dive down? Through our
    • When we are outside
    • we only look upon it spiritually. We must realise that we then
    • of dissolution, as an end. But when we look back upon the moment of
    • death from the other side, from the spiritual side, then death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning the Origin and Nature of the Finnish Nation
    Matching lines:
    • Der Zusammenhang des Menschen mit der Elementarischen Welt.
    • Der Zusammenhang des Menschen mit der Elementarischen Welt.
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was found ...
    • Being that is pulverised, and then forged together, is described in a
    • and then passed over, as it were, into a “pralaya”, in
    • (T), when it penetrates into the human soul. In the case of the
    • (Ruotsi). The Slavs then gradually adopted this name, and because
    • order that the things, which we then encounter inwardly, may arise in
    • When something that lies below
    • powers than if this is not the case) then not only the earthly
    • time is the earthly element, the Ego-forming element. When another
    • element penetrates into us, for instance the watery element, then it
    • then this being of Nature would have a body and its soul-part would
    • in a very marked, and distinctly outlined way. And when we speak of
    • a time must come when the understanding for the tasks of evolution
    • will take hold of human hearts, when the ideas of “Kalevala”
    • itself, when this wonderful epic poem will be spiritualised and
    • be grasped. But it will be grasped, when the teachings of
    • explain the spiritual phenomena of the evolution of the earth. An
  • Title: Lecture: Awakening to Community - I
    Matching lines:
    • which, when considered factually and not critically, might even be
    • to be a special phenomenon of the present moment working its way to
    • outside world to turn this erstwhile external will inward. When he
    • when a person seeking anthroposophy wants to escape from these will
    • into the Society consists firstly, then, in changing the direction of
    • just characterized, and because something then made its appearance
    • uncomfortable it makes some people when things of this kind have to
    • in a sequence, they belong to the past, and are hence memories,
    • and hence a question of ethics. When something is left undone, due to
    • different kind of life. But when a number of anthroposophically
    • applied to stiffening and strengthening the wills involved.
    • will's impotence, take wing quite easily when one sits in a circle
    • Then something strange
    • knowledge, then, is one characteristic of the human race. But that
    • it have been turning up of late in phenomena that would have been
  • Title: Lecture: Perceiving and Remembering
    Matching lines:
    • body, except the most external part of the latter. Let this then be the
    • actually within them with his ego and soul being. It is in the daytime, when
    • things, and this revelation which remains unconscious, is then reflected on
    • We say: we recognize this man. What is it that really takes place in us when
    • when we met the man five days ago our etheric body experienced certain
    • light-body. Our etheric body, then, experienced certain movements, for the
    • When, several days after, you see this man again, the fresh sight of him
    • days before, when you met the man and exchanged thoughts with him. Very well,
    • and ego, which during the day, when we are awake, is within the physical and
    • his etheric body. Then he goes his way. The etheric body retains the tendency
    • make the same movements which it made when he saw the other's face before.
    • This is expressed in his consciousness when he says: I have seen this face
    • When the
    • physical body is not there, that is when the body has passed through the
    • ether. The inner light-ether is then no longer stirred by impacts on the
    • itself. We should be then in the outer ether and look at the movements of our
    • not do this in ordinary life? Why in ordinary life does it happen that when
    • on meeting Mr. B.’ Light would then perceive light, that is, the outer
    • my light-body always experiences when I meet Mr. B.’ The phenomenon
    • would then occur, that through dwelling in the ether — which is what we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 1: Forgetting
    Matching lines:
    • as we say, slipped your memory. You may then have wondered why such a
    • thing as forgetting has to belong to the phenomena of life.
    • this task of retaining the impressions and thoughts in man, when the
    • then, beginning from the root of the plant, the leaf principle would
    • produced was like, grows a little further and then produces the next
    • certain point. When a human being arises out of the embryo we see
    • as the plant is, then there would be no such thing as education, as
    • regard to ability and external characteristics, and then imagine that
    • astral body, but to remember it when you turn your head away you have
    • people owe their rapid or painless recovery to the fact that when
    • active people behave when they are ill.
    • see then that man's etheric body is something quite different from a
    • there is a good reason for it then. But man forgets it during life.
    • to you when you were little, but also a lot of things that happened
    • in our consciousness. Then let us see with our soul's eye how it
    • digested until then. As long as the human being uses it for acquiring
    • free. Then it begins to develop germinal forces which work inwardly
    • and could not be absorbed by the general fluid of the eye, then sight
    • the impression it made on us every time we see him, then we relate
    • and ineffective when turned outwards, but no sooner is it turned
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 2: Different Types of Illness
    Matching lines:
    • nevertheless; and when you lend lectures to one another you cannot
    • other, and then it unavoidably gets misunderstood and causes
    • depends on the whole development of the life of the group. Only when
    • course will then close. Last week's lecture was a small beginning,
    • themselves fall sick with it, and even then their interest does not
    • of whether they can be cured or not, and then they will apply to the
    • taken seriously enough except when people are personally affected.
    • they only had a body, then however spiritually minded he believes
    • ego, then however much you study anatomy and physiology you would not
    • expression, the physical counterpart, of the etheric body, then even
    • course that when he makes a prick in the body blood will flow out
    • body, is not what flows out when I make the prick and take out a
    • physically in its totality at all, because when you are able to see
    • it, it is no longer the blood it was when it flowed in the body. It
    • manifold nature, with the complicity of his being; hence it is only
    • understood when we realise their connection with the nature of the
    • way — in the expression of the ego, the blood. Then there are
    • thought necessary here. When man's astral body has an irregularity
    • disability in the functioning of the nervous system. Now when the
    • even though you can draw clear lines when you want to make
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 3: Original Sin
    Matching lines:
    • series of aspects the comprehensive meaning of which will not dawn on
    • we go back through post-Atlantean times and then through Atlantean
    • times as far as ancient Lemuria we come to that moment when the
    • kingdoms that are around us. Phenomena that doubtlessly belong to
    • This was still a long time before the sexes separated, when there was
    • progressive development in one direction or the other, at a time when
    • sexes. It is only when we have a spiritual scientific basis that we
    • the clockmaker. And similarly, when we want to understand purpose in
    • to evolution only when we consider them on a spiritual scientific
    • meaning behind the two sexes gradually developing and then
    • meaning will become clear to you when you see what we call
    • fructification appeared for the first time at the moment when the
    • when fructification happened in connection with the intake of food,
    • a much more delicate nature, and when human beings partook of
    • before the arising of the sexes. A great uniformity was there then.
    • The beings that arose then were similar to one another and to their
    • times this was not the case. When man was still as it were more
    • etheric, more spiritual, and not so firmly embedded in matter, then
    • much they see, they return on the whole the same as when they went
    • gradually individualised in the course of life. Then this possibility
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 4: Rhythm in the Bodies of Man
    Matching lines:
    • the seventh day when the patient can easily die, and the doctor has
    • understood when we know that he has a fourfold structure of physical
    • When
    • higher entities. When the human being's own astral body and ego
    • body active when the human being is asleep. To be exact, we would
    • tell ourselves that this human ego is within the human body when man
    • describes part of a circle and then sinks down, passing through more
    • climax is reached, and then the ego becomes slowly more conscious
    • again. We must say, then, that in the course of twenty-four hours the
    • aware of it. Then man felt his own innate astral feelings that he had
    • universal astral body and ego are that are present in man when he is
    • asleep. This I into which he plunges when he falls asleep and which
    • If we imagine that he always turns his face to the sun, then in the
    • to receive the stimulus to turn first, and then they took the earth
    • then passed on to the physical body. This also becomes defective.
    • Then the organism starts revolting against the defect and applies
    • become defective through one or other cause. When it is the human
    • becomes defective first and then it passes through the etheric body
    • healthy person this increasing and decreasing alternates. When a
    • person is ill, however, his life is endangered when the fever is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 5: Rhythms in the Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • night, sleeping and waking, will be seen as a kind of unity. So when
    • regularity of the astral body is really there, then the astral body
    • cycle in about ten times twenty-eight days, and then returns to its
    • had to point out that phenomena of daily life are comprehensible only
    • when we know things like this that lie behind the sense perceptible
    • to make people think, namely that in pneumonia a special phenomena
    • if the patient cannot be brought through this crisis then in certain
    • then as a rule you do not know which the seventh day is either. But
    • pneumonia on the seventh day. Why does a special phenomenon occur at
    • sense phenomena into the spiritual world, knows of these rhythms, and
    • why phenomena like a temperature arise. What actually is a
    • some damage in the organism, in the lungs, say. When the human being
    • particular organ of the human body is upset. Then the whole organism
    • is governed by the number seven. The phenomenon of a rising
    • a certain course. The temperature, then, is somehow within the rhythm
    • of the etheric body. Whenever you have a temperature it has this
    • relationship of 1:12. Now suppose you look at the clock at noon, when
    • Then the minute hand goes round one, and when it returns to the
    • When after seven days it returns to its original position, it does
    • patient's disorder has been overcome in seven days, then all is well.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 6: Illness and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • have a kind of survey of the phenomena of illness in so far as each
    • glandular system, and the physical body represents itself. Then we
    • mentioned. During life, when man is asleep, he lays his etheric body
    • aside as well as his physical body, hence this combination of ego,
    • astral body and etheric body exists only after death, and then for a
    • past life standing before him as a great tableau. Then, after a
    • questions of reincarnation, when the etheric body is preserved in a
    • etheric body is kept, being the fruit of life experience. Then
    • know that when man has just passed through the portal of death he
    • thirty-ninth year, then the thirty-eighth, the thirty-seventh, the
    • beautiful words of Christ, when He was speaking of man's entry into
    • first moments and being absolved of everything, he can then enter
    • then onwards. This is difficult to imagine, as we are so very
    • had done something in his twentieth year that hurt someone else. When
    • at all. Then the world would be the poorer. We must altogether
    • When,
    • when he was twenty, so that it really hurt. In his reverse journey
    • way the other person did when it happened. You experience objectively
    • of the obstacle. So when you have lived through the Kamaloca period,
    • no means always be worked out in a single life. It can then happen
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 7: Laughing and Weeping
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena, because spiritual science is the only thing that can
    • spiritual scientist, for he knows that when the animal does something
    • should not imagine that when a man is born it is possible under
    • in the child, as we said, when the child is born. But before birth as
    • When
    • when the child cries its first tears and also smiles, because that is
    • the moment when the kernel from previous lives first enters the body
    • the ego-hood within the bodily nature. What happens when a person
    • weeps? Weeping can only come about when the ego feels weak in
    • still there. Disharmony occurs when we have lost something and the
    • imprinted upon it by this group ego. Then why has the animal such a
    • man has all day is bound to change when the ego makes a change in the
    • forces of the astral body. When, instead of holding the astral body
    • resulting in certain muscles changing their position. So when in the
    • give him his normal expression. When the astral body relaxes its
    • expression of the ego's inner work on the astral body. When the
    • we shall see much more in the phenomena of laughing and weeping if we
    • observe the breathing process when people laugh or cry. This enables
    • the breathing process changes when the human being is under the
    • influence of the phenomena we have been describing. And you only need
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 8: The Manifestation of the Ego in the Different Races of Men
    Matching lines:
    • you consider what you know of earth conditions, then even if you look
    • have been entirely different then. Man, evolving in earthly
    • the sun and then the moon separated from the earth! Now we know that
    • when man descended from higher regions on to the earth. Although man
    • was already in a physical body at the time when the sun was still
    • the year night. When you think of these differences, then what
    • times were the closest to those conditions existing on the earth when
    • phenomena taking place in the region of the air became dependent on
    • who entered more into physical bodies, then they had to descend
    • of transformation. Just at the time when Atlantis began to sink there
    • beings had not yet reached the point when they could make of their
    • expression in his physiognomy and on the surface of his body, then it
    • rage. They are absolutely connected, these two phenomena: the red
    • comprehensible through the fact that all these possible shades of
    • Asia, from the Negroes to the yellow races. Hence you have bodies
    • will now be comprehensible to you: they present various combinations
    • the ego at all. When these people looked up to the divine, they said:
    • times, when people perhaps no longer saw any reason for it. Someone
    • we see it meeting with understanding, when envisaged as the idea of a
    • when nothing was known as yet of what was going on in the South,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Being of Man/Future Evolution: Lecture 9: Evolution, Involution and Creation out of Nothingness
    Matching lines:
    • physical world when he leaves his mother's body and frees himself of
    • the physical maternal sheath. But we know that when this has happened
    • etheric body born. Then the astral body is still enclosed in the
    • twenty-second year, which is the time when strictly speaking the
    • actual ego of man is born. Not until then does the human being awaken
    • were it not protected by the various sheaths. For when that which has
    • the protecting sheath first of the etheric body then of the astral
    • body and only when the twenty-second year has been reached does that
    • then slipped inside, is active for the first time independently of
    • sheaths in the twentieth to the twenty-second year; then it becomes
    • and then the etheric body gradually develops. And this etheric body
    • that man's astral body is not actually born until then. But the
    • world when puberty occurs, and after it has been fertilised, it
    • and then dies. Why? Because it is a creature which, like a plant, has
    • nothing further to develop when puberty has occurred. In a certain
    • Then the plant has nothing else to develop in the physical world, and
    • possibility within it as a natural tendency when it comes into the
    • Therefore when the animal has just reached the stage when man attains
    • twenty-one, when the ego is born in man, his development is
    • conception, and it now becomes free. Hence, because there is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • will deal chiefly with the life after death when the Kamaloka period
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • seriousness when speaking of the spiritual worlds. This, after all,
    • study; nowhere are they at variance with what was then said. It has
    • inevitable on the physical plane, namely, the time factor. Hence I
    • are living in an age when the soul need only be receptive and duly
    • this inflow of spiritual knowledge to be a reality. Hence the further
    • spiritual worlds. Hence it is true to say that what takes place
    • world has often been emphasised, also the fact that when the soul
    • contained in the lightning. It was then that he founded his Order,
    • — that when he wishes to call a human soul to himself, it is
    • human side, would not have been right then, nor would they be right
    • measure of understanding of what is to happen; then, in restfulness
    • come to expression through us. Hence it is also necessary, if we are
    • moment when Grace is vouchsafed to him and if he can abstain from
    • activity when the spirit is not speaking. And quite certainly no
    • resignation, when confronted by a problem or riddle of existence, and
    • this sets the beam moving to right and left. But it is only when
    • anything is to happen, it emerges from the twilight. But when it is a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • the body when waking from sleep. Between birth and death a human
    • be experienced by the soul after death when passing through the
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • point of view will become thoroughly clear only when the whole course
    • long before the child has any ‘I’-consciousness, when in
    • about the reason why the child gradually passes from the stage when
    • he has no experience of his ‘I’ to the stage when this
    • will hardly fail to be aware of that ‘I’ when you have
    • their effect is similar — to some extent at least. When a child
    • when a child opens his eyes and light falls upon them. It is actually
    • When there have been enough of these collisions with the outside
    • accurately, can have the following experience. When he wakes in the
    • and when memory recalls them we may feel that we have as little
    • soul then lacks the forces necessary to sustain its vigour. In order
    • from the extra-terrestrial conditions in which we are then living the
    • Mercury as understood in occultism. Thence he expands to the spheres
    • In the first place, when his Kamaloka period is over, a
    • sphere into which he then passes. If the lives of various human
    • spheres; then our being expands and we pass on from the Venus sphere
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • was said that when we again encounter some personality in the
    • the existing relationships do not change when the transition takes
    • becomes a hindrance only when he has passed into Devachan. Hence the
    • We realise from this that when Anthroposophy actually
    • in anthroposophical development has been reached when it is thought
    • Anthroposophy takes hold of our very life. We shall then no longer
    • ‘effect’ and then, having ascertained some connection
    • for sleep. We then connect our various experiences; one makes a
    • sold the ticket and then heard of the disaster. Would your experience
    • their way into our physical consciousness. But when they do, this
    • When Anthroposophy wakens in men a feeling for
    • do so, and when the soul abides firmly by this feeling, experiences
    • what might have happened, nevertheless there are times in life when
    • were connected with him in the physical world. Such influences then
    • fulfils its task in the real sense only when it permeates the souls
    • of men as a living force and when by its means we not only comprehend
    • the existence of a spiritual world. Hence it is extremely difficult
    • example. When somebody speaks of telegraphing today he has the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • Spirit resolved that when the human being had acquired certain
    • being is restored. In the very earliest years of childhood, when any
    • not as things are on Earth, when man does not really know his own
    • a particular point, directs his senses outwards and then his sight
    • at a point. There comes a period between death and the new birth when
    • When the human being sleeps during his earthly
    • existence, that is to say when he has left his physical and etheric
    • bodies and is living in his Ego and astral body which are then in the
    • his Ego and astral body when these members are outside his physical
    • simple; and that is quite comprehensible because usually we describe
    • things from one point of view only, whereas when a human being passes
    • picture of the Ego when a human being is asleep, actually becomes
    • part streams upwards from the head and then expands into the
    • lower aura during sleep. Hence from his particular point of view he
    • hence the differing statements in the different epochs. Although the
    • process of evolution as a whole becomes clear only when all the
    • We ourselves have now reached the point when it is
    • attitude and disposition of man's soul when we observe its
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • what it signifies in the history of worlds when a Bodhisattva rises
    • is that when a human being rises from the rank of Bodhisattva to that
    • of Buddhahood, he need not henceforward incarnate on the Earth in a
    • on Earth for the last time as Gautama Buddha has since then been
    • peace which then rang out was the contribution of the Buddha from
    • can be no more than indicated — and even then half
    • Christian form. It may truly be said that when the Buddha had become
    • devotion in the inner life to the mysteries of the Spirit. And when
    • Mercury, Venus, Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn. We then draw our life
    • impulse of the Mystery of Golgotha then made an ascent possible in
    • with the fundamental laws of evolution, whenever we return to the
    • evolution. Whenever we pass into a planetary sphere after death —
    • too evident in that sphere. As already said, when we pass again into
    • and when he appeared again as Copernicus he was responsible for the
    • Christian Rosenkreutz at the time when the approaching modern age was
    • ascending phase of Mars evolution began from then onwards just as on
    • then we shall realise how infinitely wise was the contract between
    • order henceforward to work in the Mars sphere for souls between death
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • was done because since the time indicated then, the Buddha has been
    • present age, though not, of course, for the age when the
    • too, that when an individual passes through the gate of death he
    • leaves behind him, first of all, his physical body; then, after a
    • sheath of that body is cast off when the Kamaloka period is over.
    • period of Kamaloka when he is still completely enveloped by the
    • night the human being sleeps, for then the ‘I’ of the
    • refuted by every sleep at night, for then this ‘I’ is
    • must be present in the human being even when he cannot yet say ‘I’,
    • when he is still crawling on the floor. The real ‘I’ —
    • indeed go back to the time when you were first able to think, but not
    • Who, then, is the actor in this process of learning to
    • life there is a conflict between the spirit living within him when he
    • faculties of speaking and thinking are still undeveloped. When the
    • human being reaches the level ordained for him, when he can stand
    • and, for example, the hand. When we move a hand, the physical hand
    • and the etheric hand move together. But when a certain stage in the
    • is, in fact, a Medusa head. This is a very real phenomenon. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Seven
    Matching lines:
    • until the Mystery of Golgotha when the new impulse was given to
    • character when they have reached a certain age. This is the result of
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • point of view. Today, then, I will ask you to think, above all, of
    • puberty at about the fourteenth year; then a third cycle, and so on
    • back to which a man's memory extends in later life, the moment when
    • he begins to feel and know himself as an ‘I’, when
    • When
    • member of man's being and are then concerned with the other, more
    • development is connected primarily with the physical body, then for
    • seven years with the etheric body, then for seven years with the
    • What, then, is there to be said about occurrences which
    • when they drive out the second teeth. That is the culmination of the
    • therefore be said that when the human being enters into life through
    • seven years of life; the human being has then reached the point when
    • we may ask: When these Spirits of Form have worked on the human being
    • something does intervene. When the human being stops growing, certain
    • further growth. That is why growth stops at some point. When growth
    • at work. Whenever formative principles are active, whenever forms
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Eight
    Matching lines:
    • the body of the future earthly existence. When the soul encounters in
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • When with
    • real light upon his essential nature and being. For when we look
    • from then until the moment of waking he really sees nothing at all.
    • But if and when in the course of development the time comes when
    • thinking. Hence we must use or at least activate the brain when in
    • period. When a man looks at the mineral, plant or animal kingdoms, he
    • immediate present when he concerns himself only with his memory. The
    • our memory-pictures continue into our present life of soul. Hence we
    • fugitive stage of created existence. But when we waken spiritually
    • human kingdom. But then we know that the essential realities which we
    • state, is revealed when contemplated from the viewpoint of sleep. And
    • it is then, for the first time, that knowledge dawns in us of the
    • our vision when we are contemplating the world from the viewpoint of
    • sleep, in other words, when we become clairvoyant, having wakened
    • onwards, when seen from the viewpoint of sleep, reveals a constant
    • accumulates and the natural death of old age ensues when the
    • Thus when we observe the human being from the viewpoint
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Nine
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • the time when materialism — mainly theoretical materialism —
    • last decades of the nineteenth century, when the writings of Buchner
    • When people do not flatly deny the possibility of a life after death,
    • life on Earth? When death has taken place we shall discover whether
    • offer we shall then discover what it is!
    • is disclosed to spiritual investigation when the facts connected with
    • aspect. When a man has passed through the gate of death he comes into
    • We know that when an individual has spent this period of
    • brought with him from the spiritual worlds when he enters again into
    • are fitted for life in the physical world only when we bring with us
    • because it is dark in the higher world in which we then live. Thus we
    • itself occurs because we shall then discover what the facts are —
    • when he passes into the life between death and rebirth. Now, he can,
    • it is true, perceive the higher Hierarchies, recognise when they are
    • character. The forces of the higher Hierarchies are then not exactly
    • then is such that when the human being passes into his next life on
    • Earth he can certainly form and mould his body, but he moulds it then
    • When we come across individuals who have worked on their
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Between Death and Rebirth: Lecture Ten
    Matching lines:
    • Facts, in German, Das Leben Zwischen dem Tode und der Neuen Geburt
    • Im Verhaeltnis Zu Den Kosmischen Tatsachen in the Complete Edition
    • (Lust und Unlust), and then into the higher regions of
    • aside the physical body, then the etheric body, and then expands and
    • may be called the region of the Moon, then that of Mercury, of Venus,
    • of the Sun, of Mars, of Jupiter, of Saturn, and then of the starry
    • spaces and then begins to contract, becoming smaller and smaller, in
    • sense-impressions bring into the soul and then try to realise how
    • say: When the soul passes through the gate of death, everything given
    • experience. When the sense-organs fall away at death, all
    • Susceptibility. When the soul lives through this region it has
    • this stage, when the human being has weaned himself from fostering
    • And then finally, in the region of Attraction and Repulsion, man
    • exist. When the soul has finally cast off any such longing, it still
    • however, he then rids himself of this longing too.
    • sphere. If you compare what was said about the life of the soul when
    • the aspect of inner influences of the soul and then from the aspect
    • somewhat beyond the Moon sphere; then the more luminous regions of
    • the corrupter. When the soul has expanded into the cosmos it comes
    • completely free from the ties of the last incarnation. But then it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture One
    Matching lines:
    • the soul can be brought up against a certain contradiction when it
    • that which includes Christmas and the New Year. When we take these
    • memories seriously, then it becomes clear to us that at the same time
    • contradictions which have a depressing effect just when we want to
    • knowledge. This contradiction can be cleared away only when we call
    • world. Then we realise that during the centuries before and after the
    • When we consider what mankind had accomplished in this
    • so ranked), then we are bound to say: These conquests in the realm of
    • important to let this struggle work upon us. For we then come to
    • Now from the outset I would like to say that when in
    • the ideas that sprang from their thinking, and then one comes to the
    • feeling: Yes, that was the time when thought underwent an
    • approached the human soul in a quite new way. But if then, after
    • experience, then suddenly something surprising emerges. One feels
    • behind our own! Then, if the clairvoyant state of soul is raised to
    • Golgotha has reached it. Then, when we inwardly contemplate this
    • a clairvoyant faculty in the background, then one feels truly
    • immersed in the individual character of this thought. And then one
    • apprehend in the external world or in the spiritual world makes you
    • But then — and it cannot be otherwise if one enters with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Two
    Matching lines:
    • we shall not be able to comprehend an essential fact of later
    • When we recall the beginning of our era and look at its
    • most significant, wisdom-filled current of thought — when we
    • look, that is, at the Gnostics — then on the one hand we can
    • spiritual chronicle of the time, then we must say that no real truth
    • particularly evident when we consider the various ways in which the
    • was hidden from these Gnostics. Hence they were never satisfied — or at
    • body, it was said that no such union had occurred and that when
    • the comprehensive, deeply-grounded wisdom, permeated throughout with
    • when one tries to enter clairvoyantly, as well as one can, into the
    • Christ. Then there would have been no difficulties; they would have
    • abstract words such significant phenomena as those I have just
    • will be given later — in the epoch when all the means of
    • epoch, when even the Gnosis was not powerful enough to understand
    • When we come to the fourth post-Atlantean epoch, we can
    • least adapted to understanding Him. And when we look at all the
    • A truly remarkable phenomenon! The Christ was born in
    • work on the understanding of human souls on Earth, then
    • These Sibyls were indeed a remarkable phenomenon, with a
    • And then we see further how the Sibyls, always
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Three
    Matching lines:
    • be introduced, and then I shall bring in considerations which will
    • understanding the Being of Christ Jesus. Then we came to the
    • centre. What is really meant by the themes will then gradually
    • such. We shall then see how in Paul the Christ Being is reflected in
    • who at that time founded the Zarathustrian spiritual stream and then
    • remained behind appeared in the Nathan Jesus-child. Hence of this
    • was then in a certain sense born in the Nathan Jesus-child, we are
    • the physical Earth, but in pre-earthly spiritual realms. And then,
    • Luciferic and Ahrimanic influences — then something else would
    • First of all, when the human beings came down from the
    • sympathy and antipathy, for they would then have been under the sway
    • of Lucifer and Ahriman. Hence the following took place.
    • Being, and then brought about a change in the cosmic forces which
    • was then still living (if I may use the phrase) in the Sun-sphere,
    • Later on came a time, in the Atlantean Age, when it once
    • as cosmic secrets, when we try to penetrate into them clairvoyantly.
    • Thus it came about that when a man breathed in a particular place, he
    • Then in the further course of human evolution a third
    • been obliged to continue using the bodies then available for them on
    • the Moon goes round the Earth. Hence I cannot say exactly that the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Four
    Matching lines:
    • Then we come to the third post-Atlantean epoch.
    • in human souls by the forces which shone out from the stars; when the
    • everything that was disclosed by the true, authentic Chronology of
    • Zarathustrianism, and by the true, authentic Astrology of the
    • addressed as Apollo when they addressed it spiritually. And so it was
    • rushing through the storm. What form then did the world-picture —
    • “logy” to the Logos. Geology, then — where do we
    • August, 1910.] We meet him first when he wishes to
    • engaged in the forming of man. Athene lends her aid and causes a
    • what happens when we bum a piece of paper in the sulphur hills of
    • Thus we are told how Jahve, when he was forming man out of earth,
    • reveals itself in the Ego through calm repose, when the Sibylline
    • elements are silent, when all inner turmoil ceases, when only calm
    • even when things turn out quite differently from what has been
    • relationship which belonged specially to the Earth period. But when
    • commandments that arise when the Ego stands directly over against God
    • if the influence of heathen peoples gains sway over the Jews. No
    • did not incarnate on Earth but remained in spiritual worlds. And when
    • we look back over what happened then, we must say that what was
    • the Being who then lived as Christ. Christ caused his Being to be
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Five
    Matching lines:
    • forces in the third post-Atlantean epoch, when Astrology was studied
    • themselves; it depends on when and where they appear. The forces that
    • forces that were then intended to prevail in human souls were not
    • Impulse. When the Christ Impulse entered into the evolution of
    • forces of the Sibyls were thrust back for a time, as when a stream
    • the Christ Impulse, but then they sank below the surface of the soul.
    • Christ Impulse working below the surface. Then we shall understand
    • men were aware only of these dreamlike apprehensions and could not
    • if we observe that on October 28, 312, when Constantine the Great,
    • thing — that when Constantine was moving against the gates of
    • you that when in my occult researches I tried to follow this stream,
    • when I spoke of this, I felt unsatisfied. I had to give out what
    • could be told with confidence, but often, when I tried to trace the
    • further course of this stream — when I tried to unravel the
    • further occult development of Christianity in the West — then
    • Thus I did not know how to proceed when I once asked the Norwegian
    • make of this. It was the same when I was coming out of St. Peter's
    • to serve this God. But he knew nothing of what this God was, and when
    • them. When he confessed to his mother that he had seen the knights
    • him a sword, a gift from his niece. Then there appears first in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christ and the Spiritual World: Lecture Six
    Matching lines:
    • latest publications show what happens again and again when these
    • outside our Movement, who then make the most senseless remarks about
    • come when someone or other may think it profitable to attack us. And
    • rays; spiritually, there is something else. When the rays of the sun
    • relation to the Christ, then in what the moon does physically an
    • at the Easter festival, when Parsifal is again directed towards the
    • Which is the day appointed for the Easter festival? The day when the
    • Astrology of the third post-Atlantean epoch, for humanity then
    • retained so much of the old ancestral spirituality that when men
    • initiate of Hebrew antiquity look to the stars when he wished for a
    • When all that has come over into Earth evolution from
    • then we find it symbolised in the old Hebrew tradition through Eve.
    • Mother, whose powers are a result of the Moon period ... Jahve! Hence
    • been very different if the Maid of Orleans had not appeared when she
    • the time — the fifteenth century — when the fifth
    • post-Atlantean epoch begins; a time when the Christ Impulse had to
    • and shows remarkable sagacity; when she speaks she has a pleasing,
    • a time is coming when the old Astrology will live again in a new
    • form, a Christ-filled form, and then, if one can practise it
    • Spiritual Science of today was not then available): ‘The Christ
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Perception of the Nature of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • and then the Moon evolution and today we are living in the Earth
    • old Saturn we have to go to the law of our personal karma. Only when
    • life from Aries, Taurus, Gemini etc., we are then thinking in the
    • to the zodiacal signs, we are then living approximately in the sphere
    • passage and then conceived a special hatred of this paragraph in the law
    • When
    • outside space and time. When we observe human life as a whole
    • be seen when we confront a man in the physical world.
    • astral body from the Old Moon, and the Ego. And when we look at man
    • laws of Earth which prevail and are active when the ego fashions man
    • already appealing to something entirely spiritual when, from the
    • then must we seek for what has remained behind from the ancient Moon
    • ensheaths the growing human being and then falls away from it —
    • One can still apprehend it but it is not easily recognised.
    • to the time of John Scotus Erigena. Then came a third period which I
    • and which lasted from 800, 900 A.D. to 1600 A.D. And then there is
    • Then
    • perceives it from outside and when we speak of Greek philosophy we
    • from Christ and hence this period of philosophy lasts up to the time
    • was different again in the third period when the inner impulse
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Individualities of the Planets
    Matching lines:
    • speaking not in a very remote past — when the Moon was still
    • united with the Earth. The Moon then separated from the Earth and now
    • When we speak of the Moon as a physical body in the heavens, its
    • the light of the Sun which has shone upon it and is then reflected.
    • First and foremost, then, the Moon is a mirror of the Sun's light.
    • as a mirror of the universe — then radiates them back in every
    • and he can penetrate into this Moon fortress of the universe. He then
    • universe. When we contemplate Saturn, he tells us always what he
    • is necessary is to be open to receive the spiritual. And then, to the
    • When efforts to bring clarity of thought to bear upon some weighty
    • Saturn, then, is the preserver of the Memory of our universe; Jupiter
    • to Jupiter in the days of ancient Greece, when the human spirit lived
    • when, at the cosmic hour of destiny in the life of a human being, a
    • flash into human destiny those wonderful moments of illumination when
    • particularly during its last period — when there was a great
    • is why in ancient times, when active thinking was still at a very
    • always dependent upon the relation between Jupiter and Saturn. When
    • and he is particularly active when human beings talk in sleep or in
    • dream. Mars has a great longing to be always talking, and whenever
    • here or there in the universe and then they talk about it with great
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • and we shall then proceed by explaining that these faculties enable
    • riddles, and when we enter the spiritual world we shall discover new
    • lost a dear relative. This relative was comparatively young when he
    • from his sight at a time when he never thought of losing him.
    • our daily experiences, the experiences we have when we face one
    • the two departed ones. When we enter the spiritual world it is not an
    • the dead person enters when passing through the threshold of death,
    • reveals the following: When we enter the spiritual worlds through the
    • far more encompassing way between death and a new birth. When trying
    • violent death when viewed within the whole complex of man's
    • strengthening, an intensification. And the required strengthening is
    • strengthening of his Ego-consciousness, which must be brought about
    • the impulse to strengthen his Ego, and this leads him into the
    • arisen in our present time. When we revert to earlier times we find
    • take with us certain definite results when we cross [the] threshold
    • which continues to live when we pass through the portal of death.
    • Something else should also be considered when reflecting
    • impoverishment of earthly existence. This is a phenomenon which can
    • spiritual life is concerned it is so that when we describe the path
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Connection of the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • as ‘imaginations.’ Hence we may also call it the
    • world. Just as when we open our eyes or lend our ears to the outer
    • often largely unaware, or aware only in the vaguest way. Indeed, when
    • Death, when for a few days we still bear our etheric body with us, we
    • in, as it were — by this etheric counterpart. Henceforth it
    • spiritual world. For when the coherence is broken by our passage
    • the spiritual world. Then you will say to yourself: the thought you
    • mutual interplay between them. We can observe it most clearly when by
    • then take place, as follows: to begin with, the dead human being
    • brings us into different conditions — just as when you go into
    • the occult connections in the world knows that when two human beings
    • sleep, too, indirectly, when with our ego and astral body we are
    • outside the physical and the etheric; when our body that lies there
    • sleep when we have our astral body freely around us, and also in
    • waking life — albeit then the connection, mediated as it is by
    • time when, after passing through the Gate of Death, we have laid
    • aside our etheric body. We with our own individuality are then among
    • the world than we are in our physical body. Hence there are certain
    • manner of his vision and all that he is then able to know, he will
    • relationships. Then, of a truth, as fire is avoided by our hand, so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elemental World and the Future of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • when a change has come about in the last few decades, when a young person
    • one's own human effort or whether one simply has it. When, as was
    • consciousness of self, then, through the inner effort, one was
    • processes. This is not the case when one is simply placed into the
    • by the intellect, sees the world. But the time has come when mankind
    • If one has in mind their physical aspect only, when speaking about
    • the four elements of earth, water, air and fire, then it makes no
    • ones of solid, liquid, aeriform bodies and conditions of heat. When
    • earthen nature has as its foundation an elemental spirituality.
    • Today's ‘enlightened’ people may laugh when reminded
    • when knowledge is no longer obtained by means of combining abstract,
    • the world rhythm, then we shall rediscover the elemental beings
    • multitudes. When one is in a position to find out how many of these
    • astute beings a suitable earthy object contains, then one can
    • that way. When one has reached say three, then there are suddenly a
    • rose or feel enchanted when trees unfold their foliage. But these
    • air. But now we live at a time when the intellect has begun to
    • the spiritual world, then the result of this dullness on man's part
    • evolution, then mankind would be unable to make further progress.
    • of the whole problem. But I would say that when one starts to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Moment of Death and the Period Thereafter
    Matching lines:
    • useful to our comprehension of the world as a whole.
    • scientific dissection of what we perceive through the senses. We then
    • We then ascend in our contemplation to the astral body.
    • studied the brain inside the skull when dissecting corpses; we have
    • interior, is not what I mean when I speak of man's inner being. Even
    • when we send food into our stomach, we really send it out, we do not
    • super-sensible; the super-sensible world has formed it, and when we
    • contemplation. But when the human being passes through the
    • physical world) that when we pass through the portal of death we lay
    • other part when we have passed through the portal of death? The other
    • Where do we go to when we abandon our physical body?
    • When we are outside our physical body, we experience
    • We must realize that we then look upon the moment of death from the
    • because we look upon it as a kind of dissolution, as an end. But when
    • spiritual side, then death continually appears to us as a victory of
    • physical. It then appears as the greatest, most beautiful and
    • spiritual has freed itself from our physical part. When we cannot
    • contemplate the moment of death, beyond the portal of death, then our
    • ego-consciousness here upon the earth when we are asleep. Just as we
    • know nothing of our physical ego-consciousness when we are asleep, so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Relationships Between the Living and the Dead
    Matching lines:
    • when we approach the world which has received into itself our dead,
    • which separates us from the spiritual world, when it seeks to enter
    • into the fundamental conditions of existence, when he knows that
    • course, just when the human being, by means of his opened soul,
    • world in which the dead are to be found — precisely then, when
    • But, even when we consider this fact, that the physical
    • time, a spiritual significance. In this case, then, the physical
    • parts, into atoms, and that these atoms are then incorporated in the
    • then pass over as such into other beings.
    • indeed come when what is present there to-day as skeletons, will
    • — What then remains as a result, as a consequence of this
    • Indeed, if we were not able to have this experience when
    • Consider now, for a moment, what this means. When we
    • surely do we always have before us, when we become fully conscious
    • We then lay aside this etheric body. But this etheric
    • Then comes the time, as you know, when we carry with us
    • only the Ego and the astral body, and when we, of course, look back.
    • upon what we were. We then experience ourselves in an entirely
    • behind. Even then this kind of experience would move our souls most
    • being does not take part in them, then they can never damage a human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • without a certain degree of opposition that might now and then be
    • briefly say, that a man is called ‘homeless’ when, in his
    • what it is to-day. The astral body will then represent what you know
    • That will be the highest member of the human being, when the ‘ I ’
    • seems grossest and most material, will, when transformed by the
    • to us today; here we comprehend man, so to speak, at the present
    • to form the first foundations of his physical body, then those of his
    • etheric body, and finally, to form those of his astral body and then
    • him to-day, implanted first as a germ and then perfected further.
    • Saturn state, and if we then follow the incarnations of the earth
    • with his ‘ I ’, [when] he transforms his etheric or
    • are at the stage which we shall some day reach when we, from within
    • Life-spirit or Budhi. When we look up to these beings we behold them
    • will reach in a still more distant future, when he will be able to
    • comprehend how they act upon us, we must bear in mind, that such
    • beings when at work, present a different spiritual aspect, so to
    • different. When man shall have advanced so far as to be able with
    • consciousness. What a remarkable picture would man then present to
    • his astral body, outside his physical and etheric bodies, it is then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • part in human life, then on the other hand we must be able to point
    • exhaust what he knows about this particular country. When we speak of
    • certain part of our earth, it is comprehensible that for a
    • during his lifetime goes through a development, when he rises higher
    • as regards intelligence, morals, etc. But then we always see that
    • gradually, and when they do alter, the alteration only takes place
    • of the evolution of humanity on the earth when one people leaves its
    • peoples. When we consider this aura we must clearly understand that,
    • ways in which the three forces co-operate, when one influences
    • upon him. Hence human work reacts upon the Folk-spirit. Later on we
    • spiritual world, and then embodies himself again somewhere else. When
    • the mingling of the temperaments of the single individuals. You then
    • consciousness, when it studies the peoples, finds, strange to say,
    • Hierarchies; we shall then, so to speak, find the names of these
    • We should then come to yet others, which we do not,
    • then their normal stage of evolution. There is, however, a remarkable
    • on the earth, then that which we call speech could not have arisen on
    • relief; at other times when the Spirit of the Age is using his
    • when some children were playing in a glass-cutter's workshop
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • whole would not otherwise be comprehensible, we must also make
    • comprehension, and which will be a little more difficult than that
    • in the soul-life of man. Hence also you must think of the form of
    • away, and space as being constructed in thought, then in this space
    • would then also have a number of inner conceptions, but there you
    • only attainable by mathematical construction, then you have some
    • you have then eliminated just what does not concern the Archangels.
    • We shall therefore inquire, ‘What then still remains for the
    • intellectual-soul or mind-soul when we see how, for instance, what we
    • our sense-perceptions; true we might then be able to rejoice over the
    • inscribe in our soul and then follow with enthusiasm. But we must not
    • appeared in it. From whence could the Greeks have taken their
    • conceptions of Zeus and Athena if they had only relied upon external
    • by the intellectual-soul or mind-soul feelings. Then, however, you
    • the intellectual-soul and spiritual-soul, it would then be quite as
    • or mind-soul, and then goes up into the ‘ I ’,
    • which then spreads itself out in a world of higher realms, in a realm
    • aura. You have then the picture of how the Archangelic Being looks
    • What then differentiates the world of the Archangels or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • that only when we, in a sense, draw this tissue apart and observe the
    • the co-operation of these Beings man has come into being. We are then
    • last time in a particular way. Then comes the time from the seventh
    • only during the condition of the Earth-life. We then come to the
    • that no one should till then have dabbled in their handiwork. If no
    • then, in the first seven years of his life man would have had the
    • one-and-twentieth year, would man really wake up. Then only would he
    • followed a normal development he would only then come out of himself
    • then man would only come into consideration, as far as the physical
    • abnormal Beings; he has to pay for this when the middle third of his
    • twenty-first year of his life, when he finds himself bound to the
    • extent he actually is to-day. If that had happened, then all the
    • entirely under the guidance of the normal Spirits of Form. Hence the
    • Atlantean epoch, when man was directly dependent upon his earthly
    • race before the Lemurian epoch, for then only did man descend to the
    • earth. Before that he was in the periphery of the earth; he then
    • centre and that it is divided into so and so many races, then one has
    • and we must then follow their propagation down into our own times,
    • but in doing so we must be quite clear, that when our present fifth
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • Reincarnation, when properly understood. It gives us the outlook
    • therefore be sure, when we contemplate this kernel of our being, that
    • and then in another.
    • comprehensive, through these ideas of karma and reincarnation.
    • can comprehend the characters and the missions of nations.
    • made comprehensible to us how the Beings, whom we have learned to
    • what has already been explained, you will then know that we so
    • vegetable and mineral kingdoms.) Above him come the Angels, then the
    • Archangels, then the Primal Forces or Archai. That is what we may
    • Then we have the highest of the three Hierarchies:
    • Spirits of Motion, then the earth would inwardly be in a continual
    • state of flux. No part of the planet would then be able to be at
    • the primeval past, when the Alps were not yet there, but to the North
    • become solid. Viscous waves were then thrown up from the South, so
    • produced at the time when the primeval mass of the earth was still in
    • that when we look towards the centre of our planet, we may say: There
    • are sublime Beings, Thrones, Cherubim and Seraphim. When we look
    • Spirits of Motion and the Spirits of Wisdom. When we gaze out into
    • the periphery of our earth, when we gaze up to the lofty sky,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • As you may imagine, it is a very complicated matter, when the Spirits of
    • that the mission of the earth can be fulfilled; when they have so to
    • work that finally a state of equilibrium comes about. Hence you will
    • lecture can only be made when one takes a quite definite period in
    • one considers evolution at another period. Hence also, if you wish to
    • direction they take when they are thrown back, reflected.
    • in which a comprehensive idea was given of the heavenly part of the
    • simple, and, to make the mission of the earth comprehensible, it is
    • But if you take this into consideration, you will then
    • things are so complicated that when we think we have grasped one
    • which then throws light on the matter from another aspect. We can
    • to-day you wished to seek in the cosmos the locality from whence the
    • light, then you must seek for them in the Sun. You must always seek
    • aspect, when it is shown that the Spirits of Form go away with the
    • be brought about that Jehovah split off towards Moon); then we must
    • You have now, when you look into the cosmos, a sort of
    • normal Spirits of Form, then nothing would come into existence on
    • intermingled the forces of Mercury. Hence in that which here unfolds
    • centered in Mercury, the negro race came into existence, we are then,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • last few days, you will find it comprehensible that not only a
    • interesting to notice this, for when we observe how the Folk-spirits,
    • rank, then only do we obtain a correct conception of what is actually
    • we want to find the period when the division into the five principal
    • races of which we have spoken took place, if we wish to enquire when
    • those men came to that particular spot in Africa where they then
    • formed the black or Ethiopian race; when those other peoples came to
    • comprehend what was thus accomplished in Europe, Africa and America,
    • crumbling away, and what was then sent later on, towards the end of
    • post-Atlantean evolution, — then we must clearly understand
    • which then the various peoples of Asia, Africa and Europe arose. We
    • Those peoples of Europe who had remained behind when the
    • to the rank of an Archai and then acted through intuition upon those
    • ancient India were still under the guidance of the Archangel. When
    • its Archangel on the other. Then took place the event in which the
    • Egyptian Archangel. But that was also the age when another important
    • Hence, because He had elected one particular race to be His special
    • Jehovah, and who then later on grew up into a Spirit of the Age.
    • Hence, besides the ordinary, evolving Spirits of the Age of the Old
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • What happens as a rule when a person compares the mythologies and
    • and so on.’ And then he quickly goes on to say: ‘Then
    • far-fetched, and yet it is the same when in comparative religion one
    • completely different Beings are in Adonis and in Christ, then the
    • the Persian civilization was founded, then the
    • Egyptian-Chaldæan-Babylonian, then the Græco-Latin civilization,
    • only be understood when one knows, that the men who played a part in
    • Indian civilization — which then acquired a literary form in
    • passed through it in a sort of twilight. Then the ‘ I ’
    • Among the Indians this came comparatively late, at a time when the
    • Indian people was already to a certain extent mature, when it had
    • to go through when they already possessed their ‘ I ’.
    • whose domain the human beings came when they migrated from the West
    • dull, dreamy condition. The Indians were the farthest evolved when
    • awoke to self-consciousness when they were already furnished with
    • could penetrate to a high degree into the spiritual worlds. Hence all
    • etheric bodies, at a time when they were not consciously present.
    • They awoke when their souls already possessed a very high degree of
    • maturity; they awoke when the most advanced among them could, by
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • clairvoyance then still to be found in humanity, were transposed
    • Now you might possibly ask: What then happened to these
    • you are then, in the act of cognition, always really dealing with two
    • of this antithesis in a purely formal manner, then we shall also
    • comprehend why Europe was the ground destined to bring this ‘ I ’
    • Hence the completely different fundamental tone in the
    • has been permeated by the Luciferic power. When, therefore, we speak
    • ‘devil’ is spoken of; but whenever Ahriman is in
    • becoming active in the domain which lies outside. Hence he has his
    • which was even then still participating in the formation of the races
    • form. Because the Northman could then see the reality, he saw that
    • How then does the Luciferic influence act? It encloses
    • itself in the astral body and thence works upon all the three members
    • Hence we may say: that through the entrance of the
    • persons cannot comprehend that one external phenomenon may look like
    • whilst on the roof and fallen down when already dead; the injuries
    • seeing things in their true form. Whenever any part of the external
    • then spoke of a wolf. That goes through the whole Northern
    • When the old Scandinavian wished to explain what he saw
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • the East, when the ‘ I ’ actually awoke, they
    • but as his own. When in the East man awoke to the ‘ I ’,
    • individuality such as Thor. This was experienced in Europe, and hence the
    • The Northman still felt thus about them, at a time when to the
    • received quite different tasks — then had the task of educating
    • higher world. Hence it is perfectly true that through their
    • strength, and which they then had to hand on further to the other
    • time when these Folk-spirits of Europe had to direct men to work from
    • begin to withdraw. Hence with the withdrawal of the Celtic element
    • old Indian culture worked upon the human etheric body. Hence the
    • being wakened. He then returned to his work in the human etheric
    • this again occurred at a time when man could perceive by means of the
    • then able to perceive, and we must therefore describe this
    • In the other peoples which then follow upon the Greek
    • for the development, stage by stage, of the Spiritual Soul. Hence the
    • of man as such. Hence the Roman people was able to develop that which
    • system of the rights of the individual. Hence it was the creator of
    • Then you will be able to understand the peculiar nature
    • comprehensible, if you know that an impulse of the Spiritual Soul was
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Folk-Souls (1929): Lecture 11
    Matching lines:
    • Mit der Germanisch-Nordischen Mythologie.
    • from then on, this modern spiritual research will be fertilized in a
    • Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Venus, and Mercury souls then descended; as
    • the form of clouds; that was the condition when the descent of those
    • flexible, pliable bodies of that time, when they descended so to say
    • still found it among the South Germanic peoples at the time when he
    • times developed in these Northern parts. Hence in the Sagas of the
    • which was still ‘at home’ here in those old days when the
    • soul-forces, which then can carry into the physical plane what had
    • which express themselves on the physical plane, then it must be
    • so does the miraculous ship expand and is then folded up again into
    • its national character. Hence also you will see why I have said that
    • comprehension of that which I could only indicate briefly in my open
    • man will do something in the external world and will then feel
    • place in accordance with law, he will then learn to understand,
    • manifestation which must come when human capacities so develop in the
    • when the Mystery of Golgotha took place men were to comprehend
    • forces will evolve, and hence, in the course of the next three
    • higher in a manifestation of Christ at a higher stage, and then will
    • He will appear in a material body. The result would then be another
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: A Picture of Earth-Evolution in the Future
    Matching lines:
    • This is a time when a great deal of attention, ranging
    • understand man in his real being only when we relate him to the whole
    • universe. If we ask: What is man in his true nature? — then
    • then separated from the earth and now circles around it as its satellite. We
    • the Atlantean deluge, to find the epoch when the moon departed from the body of
    • henceforward placed within his reach.
    • Even when long ages ago the human being, as ‘metabolic
    • it was until the epoch of the fourth century after Christ. It was then for the
    • rooted in reality. It has only a picture-existence. When the man of today
    • Human beings are coming to a point when their development of body and soul will
    • possible until the 27th year. In the fourth millennium a time will come when
    • year of life. Women will then become barren. An entirely different form of
    • earthly life will ensue. This is the epoch when the moon will again approach
    • being what can now flow to them from spiritual worlds, then they will
    • dealing with the time when the human souls ascended to the planets and
    • I repeat, then, that since the last third of
    • are speaking of concrete fact when we say: Spiritual Beings are seeking to come
    • earth-existence when the moon is once again united with the earth.
    • will in a trice become substantial realities when the moon unites again with
    • then be endowed with being.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission of Spiritual Science and of Its Building at Dornach
    Matching lines:
    • when it makes its appearance anywhere. It is very easy to understand
    • “Anthroposophy” is by no means a new name. When some years
    • till then I had, I may say, endeavoured as a solitary thinker to build
    • stress on the fact that at the time when I was invited to speak to a
    • succeed in separating what is important from what is erroneous. Hence
    • Then came the time when
    • thought that it would be well to erect such a building in Munich. When
    • who has our cause at heart. And thus, through easily comprehensible
    • science finds it entirely comprehensible that many misunderstandings
    • is dreaming,” or perhaps worse, are comprehensible. In the same
    • the Middle Ages. But this is all due to a complete misapprehension, a
    • meant for mankind when three or four centuries ago the revolution took
    • movable. Now, when the movement of the earth is looked upon as a matter
    • then sought to do for the interpretation and explanation of the
    • spirit similar to what natural science then became for the life of
    • apprehended with the intellect which is limited to the brain.
    • are, far and wide, confused with all manner of diseased phenomena in
    • something lifeless in it. When we think logically, we have images in
    • details; these are described in the books I have named. When thinking,
    • when the logic that bears sway in man, is treated in a certain way, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spiritual Communion of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • Das Verhaeltnis Der Sternenwelt zum Menschen und des Menschen
    • evolution of humanity. The Christmas Mystery — when it is
    • When we turn our attention to
    • thoughts were given expression, or when we compare the Christmas
    • humanity were still able to gaze into the spiritual worlds whence the
    • able, when he saw the works of art in Italy, to utter the beautiful
    • following way. — When the man of today conceives a thought, he
    • environment. Hence man too is given up to the wide cosmic expanse. In
    • when the Sun is at the zenith of its power — in order at this
    • thinking and he is then permeated by these powers. He can avoid this
    • the symbols one by one. Then, when they went away from the
    • was like a confession on the part of those sages of olden times. When
    • into the possession of wisdom, then passing into a state of nescience
    • different from what it afterwards became when men began to regard
    • But then man also said to himself:
    • own being. Hence he must inwardly raise these thoughts of his to the
    • Winter, when the earth envelops herself in her raiment of snow and is
    • growth begins. So when we see a plant growing this year it is actually
    • When therefore we are looking at the
    • interpenetrate. When the earth dons her Winter raiment of snow,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Michelangelo
    Matching lines:
    • for yourselves in actual detail, what I am describing. When Herman
    • at a different epoch of humanity when the soul was more closely
    • us of Greek sculpture reveals that when the sculptor set his hand to
    • Zeus feeling. He then knew what inner tensions this feeling could
    • ourselves feel withdrawn when we experience in the organic process of
    • and the work of art has some relation to us only when we direct our
    • when in his heart he becomes fully aware of what lies before him; he
    • the moment when the soul becomes aware of its task, and that moment
    • our right when we enter St. Peter's. This work still bears
    • God.” Yet when we enter the most important chapel of
    • disregarded by Michelangelo when, at the height of his creative
    • just a false analogy when we say that successive epochs of humanity
    • state, to appear again later in strengthened form. The achievements
    • shalt not make any graven image.” Then, however, there follows
    • shall see that it could have been created only in an age when the
    • When Michelangelo returned
    • weaving of imagination, we shall feel when we see a block of marble
    • soul devises: when people see a block of stone before them, there is
    • lay hidden within it when everything had been removed that did not
    • comprehended artistically what came to him from an earlier period, he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Technology and Art: Their Bearing on Modern Culture
    Matching lines:
    • strengthen ourselves against the harmful influences of modern
    • have been apprehensive about its effect upon the material as well as
    • When a man who has reached, shall we say, the first
    • person realises what actually happens to him when he spends a night
    • vigorous enough to develop the force which arms and strengthens us in
    • Our real task is to strengthen the soul by permeating it with the
    • They take no account of the fact that when they are investigating the
    • modern life. How does external culture speak of this phenomenon?
    • in our modern age. Then at last — so it is said — men
    • Nature, but also the meaning they receive when the Cosmos is viewed
    • point of view, of what happens when modern technical science is put
    • when the outer aspect of the matter is under consideration.
    • know that when Nature is demolished — the mineral world first
    • present throughout Nature, and when we demolish Nature we drive out
    • of the nature-spirits. The second stage is when we put together,
    • hacked out of, Nature. When in accordance with a recognised law of
    • But this procedure in the modern age, when we live in a
    • day. No wonder that when someone who has reached the first stage of
    • destructive element when in his Ego and astral body he comes down
    • about the occult side of modern life to those earlier times when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Past Incarnations of the Peoples of Today
    Matching lines:
    • Der Verantwortung des Menschen Fuer Die Weltentwickelung
    • earthly life. But when it is a question of coming to grips with the
    • kind of thinking can explain certain phenomena of nature, it is
    • entirely at a loss when confronted with the intricate complexities of
    • the people who, when they are faced by the weightiest problems of
    • outer circumstances to be qualified to judge of such things. And then
    • When a man comes to Spiritual Science today he begins to understand
    • capable of explaining the things and phenomena of Nature, and nothing
    • more. The spiritual aspect of history is ignored and when anyone
    • tracks of one continuous stream of human life which leads back then
    • regions of the earth. And when we try to follow up the destiny of
    • extent when we take into consideration the things I have put before
    • When a seer has made the investigations of which I have been telling
    • Life itself indicates the line of investigation, and then the faculty
    • spiritual contemplation of the universe, but that they then descended
    • practical and thoroughly scientific way, when we know that this
    • characteristic is to be traced back to an age when the attention of
    • We live in a world of pure abstractions when we study merely the
    • are taught only one small fraction of reality. When people are asked
    • and, furthermore, to make history intelligible when one has this idea
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Morality and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was transcribed
    • he fainted when he first entered an operating theatre where a corpse
    • there was a moment in the development of mankind when the tempters,
    • expressed a deep truth when he said: “Folks do not notice the
    • Devil, even when he takes them by the scruff of the neck!” IN
    • get rid of it, to overcome it and drive it away. When a person first
    • When we fight against Lucifer in the astral body, Ahriman can easily
    • against it. When we try to overcome falsehood, we can see that
    • When this has disappeared, when it has been overcome, we can observe
    • arise in old age, when envy appeared during youth. This is a faint
    • our character is then the architect of these three bodies. If envy
    • When we see someone facing life in a helpless and dependent way, we
    • is justified. When we see someone entering life with bad health and a
    • When there is such a person in our environment, we must say that
    • of Theosophy will then become living substance.
    • It is another matter when someone is passing through an esoteric
    • when we immerse ourselves with love and understanding in the other
    • This shows us that entirely different laws hold sway when we remain
    • standing, as it were, by criticism and rebuke, or when we progress as
    • other soul; it dissolves Karma, smoothens it and eliminates it.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Inexpressible Name, Spirits of Space and Time.
    Matching lines:
    • Die spirituellen, kulturgeschichtlichen, und sozialen
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was transcribed
    • practically when the human being stands before you, he is that being
    • and the physical body. The fact that whenever we face a human being
    • existence between birth and death. When we see a human corpse, we
    • astral body and by the Ego. It is abandoned by these bodies and then
    • sources, when certain truths are transmitted which do not seem to be
    • When the human being passed over from the Atlantean to the
    • your childhood upward, can say “I” when referring to
    • lifeless things to that of living things. This is what I mean when I
    • every delusion. What do most people imply when they speak of “God”?
    • mean, when they speak of God? It is an Angel, an Angelos —
    • they need, when human interests have grown wider, when they have
    • ascends to the destiny of mankind as such, when people will once more
    • of East and West; a religious renewal will come when human souls will
    • attune our soul for the comprehension of something higher and more
    • the comprehension of the Archangel.
    • When we survey our cultural environment, we do not find in it only
    • gymnasiums for the “strengthening of national consciousness”
    • own sphere. But then it lays claim on the human being, the state then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Etheric Being in the Physical Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenschicksale und Voelkerschicksale.
    • This document was literally crumbling in your hand when it was transcribed
    • previous lectures. When the human soul unfolds in the way which I
    • the spiritual world. When the soul progresses in its development,
    • which makes him grow together with his earthly life. When we
    • penetrate into the spiritual world (we are then outside the
    • the size of a whole world, when we thus look back upon him.
    • is what we should be able to conceive. When we transcend our own
    • corresponds to winter, when Nature outside is awake, and summer
    • keeping with the actual facts? Because when we develop in the
    • and the great consciousness of the Spirit of the Earth then
    • slumber and it wakes up again in the autumn, when the first frost
    • falls; it then begins to think and lives through its thinking,
    • When we look back
    • upon the sleeping human being, we see that when he falls asleep
    • describe this, to meditate over such things, for then we progress
    • the plants grow out of the soil. But it is otherwise when we
    • with frost, I might say, so the astral body and the Ego, when
    • described to you when speaking of the Impulse of Golgotha. We
    • Golgotha. We grow aware of this when we really penetrate into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Coming Experience of Christ
    Matching lines:
    • for the right kind of development — then out of this mood, out
    • When
    • of scientific learning when we held our course for scientists, and we
    • himself becomes comprehensible. There is no place for man in the
    • then that he descended from spiritual heights, that before he entered
    • beyond the comprehensive expression of what has been implanted in his
    • something directly felt, and then it will become an oppressive
    • characteristics. When we no longer strive to fathom man's
    • this human nature will thrive in it, and when, instead we try to
    • so on, then we are forgetting all spirituality, we are excluding all
    • blood-relationship one is denying the spirit, then one is lying. To
    • his ego. When the earth enters into its future states there will
    • learn so to live inwardly as I shall one day live actually, when the
    • feelings will ripen, and when they are no longer mere theory, but are
    • trivial feelings of today — when humanity comes to feel disgust
    • only then will a reaction set in. Man will feel himself to be a
    • world was before 1914, when all talk of ideals, all talk of
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Knowledge: A Way of Life
    Matching lines:
    • The Supersensible Human, Anthroposophically Comprehended,
    • out for recognised knowledge. How readily, when entering into some
    • has been scientifically proved. ... When anyone brings forward
    • man when knowledge is in this way brought into immediate connection
    • to see that some scientific statement is true or untrue, then it
    • Let me take a simple, practical example. When we satisfy
    • before us as something objective to ourselves. Whereas when we come
    • enjoyed it, then we are not quite the same as we were.
    • become changed when we begin to have immediate experience of the
    • to the Divine Order”; the abstract meaning came later. When the
    • whether ideas enrich life or impoverish it, strengthen and aid life,
    • As we come to apprehend the truths of the pre-earthly
    • this, when it has undergone change inside him, enables him to replace
    • some oilier reason. When this is so, man feeds on what is in his own
    • spiritual world when we have passed through the gate of death, and to
    • to apprehend ourselves for the first time in our full human
    • when we have learned to apprehend sound spiritual truths, then ideas
    • possession of the self in the true sense. When man has learned to go
    • filled with world content, then it is that he finds his true manhood.
    • but when a man has probed to the heart of spiritual knowledge, he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: How Can the Destitution of Soul in Modern Times Be Overcome?
    Matching lines:
    • Die Verbindung Zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • Graeco-Roman period when, according to the stage of development
    • time. People, then, did not pass each other by with the complete
    • seventh post-Atlantean epoch when learning to know nature will
    • secluded from the rest of mankind. Hence the difficulty of getting to
    • time — when less importance is attached to what takes place at
    • develop when our contacts with other people are made from within;
    • develop this understanding. When spiritual science blossoms more and
    • made their appearance. And only when certain sociological ideas are
    • adjust ourselves in life that when confronted by karma with a
    • and when we find that they differ from it we criticise. No progress
    • How often, when two people meet for the first time, one
    • school often have upon their pupils, when out of prejudice they show
    • comprehensible, to further the spread of universal religious
    • work to this end. Hence in the fifth post-Atlantean epoch the need
    • human beings appear when compared to the unreasoning animal creation!
    • described above, the moment has come when parents and children,
    • realise that these necessary conditions can work for good only when
    • Now when a society is formed, this should take place in
    • thence come the high-sounding doctrines which from pulpit and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Modern and Ancient Spiritual Exercises
    Matching lines:
    • and other writings is described how man at present, when he
    • When we look back to the spiritual strivings of man in a very distant past
    • returning to what was practised then because they cannot rouse themselves
    • spirit-soul content in the external world then we add something to it in
    • our imagination. It was different in the remote past for then, as we know,
    • the man of old did not feel like that. When he walked along a river
    • when we breathe. When we inhale, the breath is driven into the organism, up
    • the system of nerves and senses. Therefore, when we think, we by no means
    • when combined with the air. As a consequence, he also experienced a soul
    • thinking followed the breath. When he inhaled he felt he was taking
    • something from the external world into himself which he then let flow with
    • definite effect upon the yogi. When man today is aware of himself within
    • as such. His senses inform him about the external world and when he looks
    • before he descended to the earth, that is, to the time when he was a
    • soul, immersed in the phenomena of nature, partakes of every secret, steeping
    • soul — when it was as yet only soul — and lived within a
    • words and sayings. It was noticeable that one spoke differently when these
    • remains within the realm of thought. He must then do the same with blue
    • different consciousness when we separate thinking from breathing and
    • of which I have spoken. When these are experienced they are found to have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Meaning of Easter: St. Paul and the Christ Impulse
    Matching lines:
    • the sun has been in the sign of spring. When, therefore, men on earth
    • their connection with the sun-forces — when the Sunday comes that
    • is the first after the full moon of spring, then is the time to keep the
    • these were laid down at a time when traditions of wisdom were still
    • earthly conditions; it is a time that can be ascertained only when man
    • left Paul unconvinced; when these events in
    • weak reflection of all that he experienced inwardly. But even so, when he
    • When,
    • which becomes intelligible to us only when with the help of spiritual
    • Egypto-Chaldean, Greco-Latin epochs, on to our own time. When we look
    • entered into the evolution of mankind at a time when men — especially
    • the organisation of soul and spirit. Then, in relation to earthly life,
    • spiritual science; it can be understood only when we are able to look
    • When modern theology
    • kind of hallucination, then it is only a proof that in our day even
    • have any true comprehension of Christianity.
    • able to form the right ideas when he reads the words of Paul. Many
    • Christianity cannot possibly be comprehended without having recourse to
    • of the world which carried within it the experiences of the heathen of
    • When Paul spoke in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • Hence I can well
    • think they can talk of a thing from theoretic points of view, when
    • needle) is considered good sense by the men of to-day when applied to
    • instinct still remains over from the times when men were used to work
    • time when orthodox science already wanted to overlook such matters,
    • water from a long distance. Hence they were wont to put out pails and
    • makes no difference, then let Frau Prof. Schleiden put out her barrel
    • when by my indications, according to the phases of the Moon, there
    • emancipation grows. In human and animal life we find phenomena
    • phenomena of human life take their course in such a way that in their
    • phenomena of all, that of female menstruation. The periods, in their
    • are many other, less evident phenomena, both in the male and in the
    • the periodicity of the Sun-spots does not begin when they begin, nor
    • does it cease when they cease. It has emancipated itself. It shows
    • may object: Why then, when certain outer phenomena appear, does not
    • the external phenomena? It is true that the fever does not; but,
    • outer phenomena, it still maintains their inner rhythm. This
    • Hence we shall never
    • surrounded in the heavenly spaces, first by the Moon and then by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • significant when put into practice. In these first lectures you must
    • then we must say: In the individuality with which we are here
    • Earth then rays it upward again. Thus, the influences that rise
    • surface and works back from thence. Now these relationships determine
    • then take effect as they ray upward again from the Earth.
    • When we pass on to
    • jargon of to-day — and it will then be possible to give exact
    • when they are received into the Earth. The opposite is true of the
    • this winter season. The time will come when such things are
    • recognised as exact indications. This is the season when the
    • then has the property of being least dependent on itself — on
    • This then is the
    • before it, when the minerals are, so to speak, just on the
    • — then they are of the greatest importance; they ray out the
    • time when that which is under the surface of the Earth becomes
    • plants?” The time will come when it is recognised, how very
    • season, then it is well to add a dose of clay to the soil. (I shall
    • which we observe already when we look out over the crystallising
    • crystallising force must therefore be carried upward at a time when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • Sulphur is actually the carrier of the Spiritual. Hence the ancient
    • substances. He knows what they look like when he has them in his
    • carbon nowadays is very little when you consider its infinite
    • — only a few centuries — when this black fellow, carbon,
    • the Wise” may be. Very little has emerged from it. When the old
    • only carbon. Why then was carbon the “Stone of the
    • our time when speaking about carbon. It is quite true, carbon occurs
    • undergone. How different it appears, however, when we perceive it in
    • building up the plant-body out of its peculiar conditions. Then the
    • always have physical carriers. Then the materialists come, and take
    • What then is the
    • has in his retort when he accomplishes, say, an electrolysis of
    • living oxygen would make us faint Whenever anything more highly
    • hence they can only have dead oxygen before them. There is no other
    • oxygen — that is, the ethereal life. Then comes the internal
    • a given space filled with air, and then remove a small quantity of
    • without, then, as you could prove, it would be replaced from
    • this honoured company, and — thence in one way or another
    • 6), the carbon-framework. Then there is that which you see here
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • trying to construct from thence the total human being. Here again we
    • other hand, are the attacks that are made on Spiritual Science when
    • Agriculture, and notably when we come to the question of manuring.
    • The very way the words are often put by scientists when they come to
    • when we walk or when we work — nay, when we only move our arms
    • it is simply incapable of understanding certain matters even when they
    • whenever in any given locality you have a general level or niveau,
    • ethereal vitality. Hence you will find it easier to permeate ordinary
    • with the said substance. For then the earthly material itself will tend
    • aromatic scent! Then you become aware of the marvelous mutual aid prevailing
    • we must have in a living and personal relationship; only then are we
    • obtain quite a definite result. When you manure the soil with this compost,
    • mobility if we treat it as I have now described. We then prepare the
    • get very good pasture-food, good even as hay when it has been mown down.
    • with something else, for instance granulated peat, and then another
    • of it, is as a rule one-sided and superficial. Let us then try to answer
    • of its own inherent ethereal and astral forces. Then come the little
    • throughout the winter — in the season when the Earth is most alive
    • when we took out the manure it no longer smelt at all. This was a very
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • growth. Hence it was of great value for us to recognise that the soil
    • tree from the outside. Naturally enough, in modern time, when all insight
    • So it is when we use animal
    • is happening to-day on many farms. Then we are ruthlessly exploiting
    • the earth; we let it become permanently impoverished. We must then provide
    • then assist the working of the manure itself. We add these forces, so
    • vitalise it in such a way that it will then be able to transmit its
    • always moistens its fingers therewith when it wants to carry the different
    • then you will trace it still farther, in its yarrow-nature, throughout
    • then, you have a fairly compact mass of yarrow in the stag's bladder.
    • to the sunshine. When autumn comes, take it down again and bury it not
    • process. Hence it has sulphur in the precise proportions which are necessary
    • which camomile undergoes in the human and animal organism, when taken
    • few years later. Read the Swiss newspapers of the time when someone
    • to be unobtainable in any place, then you must get it dried from elsewhere.
    • of the iron on plant-growth in general. Hence it would undoubtedly be
    • note of the place, so that when you afterwards dig it out again you
    • I explained when I spoke of the kinship of the living earth with bark
    • Now calcium, when it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • earth and then work from the earth upon plant-growth. As I said, the
    • are the forces we must consider when we are tracing what produces the
    • when it works through the air through all that lies above the level
    • of the ground, and of the cosmic influence when it works from below
    • plant arises, and a third, and so on. Once more then: everything that
    • the Cosmos it is just this lunar forte which strengthens and intensifies
    • all that is earthly. Indeed, when the Moon was united with the Earth,
    • When the Moon was still one with the Earth there was nothing so mineral
    • Whenever
    • all this is only there for a given district of the Earth when it is
    • Full Moon. When it is new Moon, the country does not enjoy the benefit
    • regulate growth. We must first enter into them. Then we shall know that
    • when the Moon-forces work more than in the dry. The weeds will then
    • other hand, we reckon with these cosmic forces, then we shall say to
    • those that work directly. Then we shall set a Limit to the propagation
    • pepper and scatter it over the fields. Then you will have the dandelions
    • then by two and then by three people, and now you tell statistically
    • pests of the field. But we can no longer speak so generally when we
    • used; then, other things, such as the “Strychnine-Saccharine”
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • afield from present-day points of view. Time was, indeed, when they
    • one generally considers a single plant by itself. Then, from the single
    • and genera, and all the rest that we are then supposed to know. Yet
    • one upon the other—as for instance when one creature is eaten
    • or digested by another, or when the dung of the animals comes on to
    • these more intimate relationships of Nature when we are dealing with
    • Here, then,
    • from the woods and forests! Then you will feel the difference between
    • such as you have in your nostrils when you sniff what is so beautifully
    • and the scent of trees. Then, in the former case you will become clair-sentient
    • astrality. What happens, then, when the herbaceous life grows out of
    • a whole. Let us then enquire: what is the inner significance, for Nature,
    • yesterday when speaking of human Karma). That which is poorer in ether,
    • Hence,
    • in a more or less larval condition. These creatures then emancipate
    • the faculty to regulate the ethereal vitality within the soil whenever
    • without the other. Hence the farmer should also be careful to let the
    • we should have the heart — when we see that the vegetation is
    • then we should set to work and make some clearings in the forest —
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Agriculture Course: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • worlds. He presents a comprehensive picture of the complex dynamic
    • it will be much improved when our agricultural training tends more to
    • that the foodstuffs are received from outside and then deposited in
    • theories which they then apply in practice, though as you know, the
    • not — or it only seems to work for a limited time, and is then
    • theory — I really mean it, brilliant. And when people begin to
    • in the very least. The things they then talk of are altogether different
    • from what actually occurs when you have animals to look after. It is
    • a characteristic phenomenon of to-day. They set to work and do something
    • exactly when we describe this threefold nature of the body; for the
    • of the two outermost poles (Diagram 18). Hence, for the animal we should
    • that the head receives its materials from the Earth. There, then, we
    • What then is the function of the brain? It serves as an underlying basis
    • How then
    • not reach up to the Ego, more Ego remains there potentially. Hence,
    • And now when the animals feed on what is there above the Earth, they
    • too. Thus, in a Sense, you mar the working of Nature when you take your
    • order the manure-content from Chile. Then you are playing fast and loose
    • Hence,
    • treatment. Much will remain to be tried out. Then useful rules of conduct
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Significance of the Mass
    Matching lines:
    • corresponding phenomena were practiced.
    • first part is the Revelation or Gospel, when the Message of
    • When he was ready for this he was allowed to enter the
    • and the Divine Division, he then experienced in the soul
    • world or astral world when he was ready to sacrifice
    • “This is what thou wast at the time when thou wast
    • second being — Isis — the picture then
    • present-day man, when asleep, there is first of all the
    • physical man, then the etheric body, and further, the
    • astral aura arising from the sleeper. Man then finds
    • then a transformed and consecrated being. One who is
    • was then clearly aware of the following: “Even as
    • When the pupil came forth from the Mysteries he was to
    • matter. He then comes forth, being able to accomplish
    • then the Kyrie Eleison. That is the outer ceremony. The
    • thence gradually descended into matter. The second part is
    • When
    • inner being. Hence the words in the Offertory are half
    • Heaven; then “Thy Name,” — the Name of
    • God, of the Logos Who had become Flesh in Christ; and then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Universe
    Matching lines:
    • Die Gestaltung des Menschen als Ergebnis kosmischer Wirkungen.
    • Die Gestaltung des Menschen als Ergebnis kosmischer Wirkungen.
    • should then consider first of all man's life as a
    • during the time when he was not enclosed within a body.
    • when we consider how the human being attains knowledge by
    • looking back, as it were, into his own self. For when we
    • these laws fill out the whole universe. Consequently, when
    • what he takes in from outside. Consider that when the child
    • But these prenatal experiences then begin to be active in
    • with the eyes. When we envisage any point outside, the axis
    • way in which our hands cross, when the right hand clasps
    • when we thus grasp ourselves. We are not yet within our
    • but we are still outside. Then the imitation of the
    • Then
    • our being, with that body which fills us out. Then, when we
    • when we weigh a human being, he stands there like a
    • development consisted essentially of this. Then comes our
    • world. When we reach this moment, we should, above all,
    • may therefore say: When the
    • ordinary knowledge. When I explain these things to you, you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Templars
    Matching lines:
    • certain impulses, certain forces which work in the souls of men and thence
    • but which is one of the most, important and essential of all. When we inquire
    • should like, then, to put before you once more, the picture of the Order of
    • It was, so to speak, an important accompanying phenomenon to that great event
    • now, when such an intense life is lived in the right rhythms, so that it can
    • take its place in the whole stream of cosmic and earthly forces, then
    • of real significance. For when such a consciousness as this is placed
    • outside world, then Man can experience again and again how his own inner
    • else, something that has still greater effect is developed when this inner
    • accomplish more for the world than other Spiritual Orders. For when in this
    • on in the surrounding world, then what is experienced mystically streams into
    • come to birth and are there. When a person performs his daily task with his
    • and deep experiences were then undergone, and not for the individual soul
    • Then,
    • trials and temptations which beset a person when he really approaches the
    • life, they had gained those inner victories that Man can gain when with open
    • with strengthened powers into the spiritual worlds where he rightly
    • Hence it has come about that what we know as materialism has spread itself so
    • before the year 1312 — Wolfram von Eschenbach composed his poem
    • or in a very small circle, Wolfram von Eschenbach produced this song about a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Paths to Knowledge of Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophy clearly recognises that people are quite right when in
    • Anthroposophy must above all strengthen and intensify thought within
    • that the same applies to the forces of the soul. When certain
    • the centre of consciousness, and we then concentrate upon them with
    • new? When we draw reminiscences out of memory, we can never be quite
    • outside the soul. Our cognitive power can only act freely when we
    • perception. The first thing which should be borne in mind when
    • hallucinations or mediumistic phenomena. It rejects all this
    • worthlessness of such phenomena.
    • Then one comes to quite a new way of thinking. The old way of
    • sets before the soul a kind of thought-organism. When we have a
    • neck, then the shoulders, the thorax, etc., even as in an organism
    • These exercises strengthen and intensify thinking. The morphological
    • morphological or imaginative thinking. When our eye, or some other
    • instance, when they are drowning, see before them a weaving, living
    • parallelism, viz., that psychic phenomena and bodily phenomena follow
    • When the child changes its teeth, it reaches a final point in regard
    • the whole body and manifest themselves locally when the second teeth
    • observe the soul at one moment and then the body, may speculate or
    • kind of thinking when we rise to a stage which is higher than that in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Errors in Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • phenomenology and mysticism.
    • eye. He then related how he once went around the corner in a strange
    • can be developed only when forces lying peacefully in the depths of
    • appear when man, through appropriate meditation, through
    • human self-love, this sense of self, only when one goes through a
    • spiritual scientific training; only then does one begin to know how
    • first phenomena that appear as reflections of his own being; not only
    • know his reality in a corresponding way, then only does he face
    • spiritual phenomena and to approach them but also to extinguish them
    • images when it recognizes their error. We are in a different
    • situation in relation to the outer world when we are confronted with
    • forces of nature; when lightning flashes, when thunder rolls, we have
    • to let the phenomena take their course; we cannot tell the lightning
    • in us when we leave the ordinary soul life; as little as we can
    • one come to be able at last to erase a spiritual world when it
    • itself. Such a cultivation of the will is accomplished only when the
    • are followed systematically. When we awaken the slumbering
    • Another thing that is necessary when the soul undergoes
    • otherwise guided you correctly through life”; when he has seen
    • this, then comes the all-important, serious moment in the life of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Supersensible Being of Man and the Evolution of Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • less intense although they may still be unconscious. Nowadays when
    • such terrible conflict and chaos. Then they would have to admit that
    • facts that people on the one hand find really incomprehensible
    • actually thinks best in ordinary life when he allows his experiences
    • active as you are when you use your limbs, even though this is an
    • the phenomena of the world. So it is a particularly good
    • arbitrarily but according to the phenomena of nature itself. But he
    • natural phenomena must now be developed as a thought activity
    • independent of physical phenomena. A spiritual scientific training of
    • unconsciously. But when it comes to the experiences of active,
    • introduce it, however, to the head organisation. But then this
    • We discover that when we make a conscious imprint of what we
    • shattering phenomenon. When we imprint our super-sensible
    • overcome this phenomenon is to have other soul exercises going
    • motor nerves is to convey internal perceptions when we walk or move
    • We only discover what this is when we really practise the kind of
    • what the body does with us, so to speak. Then we discover that it is
    • to further stages, however, we must then ascend from the level of
    • mentioned. We then discover this soul body to be a higher member of
    • ourselves but only when we are outwardly active and when we become
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Year as a Symbol of the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • speak of our part of the world) at the time when all plants have
    • The power of the Sun is then at its lowest.
    • that when we walk through the forest, we have not only the trees
    • purely mineral Earth. True, when we speak of the consciousness of the
    • solid earth ; so that when we speak of the consciousness of the
    • when we consider the consciousness of these two entities or beings.
    • when awake, our ego and astral body are within our physical body. I
    • When the ego and astral body withdraw from our head, for instance,
    • A parallel thing happens on the Earth, when on one
    • and it is exactly the same with the Earth, when on the one hemisphere
    • sleeps in the height of summer when there is growth on every side;
    • asleep. But it wakes to full consciousness during the time when
    • physically, externally, it is going through no development; then the
    • When speaking of this consciousness which as a second
    • other. At the time when one year is passing over into the other, the
    • extraordinarily exalting thought, when we realise: ‘I am not
    • when the plant consciousness is united with the consciousness
    • two cycles penetrate each other; then parting, continue separately
    • apart through the whole year, then at the time when one year passes
    • era, to a time when all human thought was evolved within the cycle of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Duty of Clear, Sound Thinking
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena, the impression on the senses, the impression made on the
    • evoke within itself by means of its nervous or other activities. When
    • box on the ear, would I then say (as these are but images I see in
    • And so it is. When our thoughts are alive and not frozen, when they
    • images; but when the images come in touch with living
    • reckon with thoughts that were frozen, with thoughts which when at
    • are blind, especially when these are journalists! And thus this
    • then the world around us would appear quite different. An exceedingly
    • from the spiritual world, when thought is built up in this way I have
    • our movement to establish. When, however, we take the trouble really
    • then applied to the conceptions of Spiritual Science. Because
    • people want. At the present day we have reached the point, when all
    • any great man in particular; I know that when such things are said
    • such and such a way; then in the last four hundred years there arose
    • Hence the extraordinary progress of recent years.’
    • There then follows the last sentence of this
    • something of great worth — then we should never surmount the
    • world-outlook, when they entirely left out that which as spirit rules
    • great persons, not only when they gave out the results of
    • when they asserted things regarding the secrets of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Peoples of the Earth in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Der Weg zu gesundern Denken un die Lebenslage des Gegenwartsmenschen.
    • Gegenwartsmenschen.
    • are happening in the world of economics. When we seek for the
    • When it is a question of one nation
    • fundamental, for one can then receive from him what his own inner
    • being wants to communicate. Is it then possible for something akin to
    • when we want to speak intelligibly of a nation or people as an
    • of course. When he perceives the spiritual, a foreign people is
    • material phenomena — these are the three members or divisions
    • is the bearer of the will — hence the will develops in
    • Thus when we enter into all that has come
    • the East, it appears as a spiritual product of the Earth itself. When
    • and when we allow his poetic wisdom to work upon us, it is as though
    • physical phenomena on the surface of the Earth and the external facts
    • sense-phenomena are the outcome. They are therefore less
    • Now when an ideal arises before the peoples of
    • When he forms a concrete ideal of how he can become higher
    • because man realised his true being in the rhythmic system. When the
    • man. This is what strikes us when we turn to the productions of
    • When the man of Middle Europe follows the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Mystery, Novalis, the Seer
    Matching lines:
    • And ever since then, if the eye of the soul has been opened
    • too, that since then the human heart has been able to
    • of spirit has actually seen what is revealed when ‘the
    • when Paul, who had hitherto persecuted the followers of
    • Earth have experienced at the time when we now celebrate
    • begin with to the times when our souls were incarnated in
    • objects appeared in clear outline. When men woke in the
    • swathed in mist and surrounded by auric colours, and when
    • When men went to sleep
    • Europe; the names of Zeus, Pallas Athene, Ares, and so forth,
    • whence man had come forth in the age of Lemuria. Our souls
    • on the astral plane when by night he enjoyed the bliss of
    • whence men had come forth, proclaimed a truth which they
    • ‘You can look back to the seeds of the Gods whence men
    • woven from physical substances. There will come a time when
    • you must labour on the physical plane, when it will seem as
    • When the Atlantean
    • Then came the Atlantean
    • initiated into what man had experienced when he was still
    • when the Gods separated the Sun from the Earth and ordained the paths
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Some Characteristics of To-day
    Matching lines:
    • Thanks to the kind donation of Henk de Laat, this lecture has been made available to everyone.
    • E are living at a time when one
    • usual among us. Such events are only really perceptible when we study
    • by mentioning one such phenomenon which almost escapes notice among
    • something which can, of course, only be apprehended through spiritual
    • arose, pronounce this or that person guilty — and then, when
    • all this — especially now when all kinds of memoirs are being
    • reason then; I must, indeed, have been mad!
    • men have gradually reached a point in their development when they are
    • when the spiritual could reveal itself to man in all sorts of
    • subconscious and unconscious processes. The time has come when man
    • physical body; it must be apprehended, through the instrument of the
    • unconquerable fear of the spiritual world. When they say they do not
    • glad people are when they can escape the great tasks and riddles of
    • present day life! When one spoke, maybe from this or that angle, of
    • important problems of our age, people grew uncomfortable. Then
    • dramatic art. People grew uncomfortable when one spoke to them
    • a phenomenon that is characteristic of the psychology of the age.
    • “Inspiration” and “Intuition.” Man then
    • incomprehensible. Of course one does not understand it if
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy's Contribution to the Most Urgent Needs of Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • echten Menschentums.
    • when, in genuine concern for the being of man, he contrasts, with a
    • because we live in that period of time when what is ethical is at the
    • cognition that we are accustomed to use when considering natural
    • appearances outside man, and we then attempt to extend in more or
    • theories of knowledge. Then we come with this natural scientific
    • beginning of the earth. Then, out of the second principle, the
    • fruitfulness. But then, if we reach a certain degree of
    • power of the human soul and spirit, then we must come to the
    • years, then in the face of this there is no possibility of
    • cannot change itself back into any other force, and that then the
    • century, like a devastating wave, proceeds when all is said and done
    • everyday consciousness is impregnated with a content when it
    • Then, in order to reach to
    • stage, then by means of all these practices we are able to strengthen
    • but we go yet a stage further. When a man reaches the Imaginative
    • far back as to his birth. If he is then able to go still further
    • back, through Inspiration, then he extends his survey to the life
    • live through when we have gone through the Portal of death. This
    • fact that the horizon has widened to include a spiritual world, then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha and Christ: The Sphere of the Bodhisattvas
    Matching lines:
    • they then inhabited. This clairvoyance, once a natural faculty in
    • prevailing during the Græco-Roman epoch of culture. Since then,
    • follow our own. And then another great catastrophe will befall the
    • followed by the seventh, when the moral life will be still further deepened.
    • soul is connected with Higher Devachan. Hence we can also say:
    • 28:14 And two chains of pure gold at the ends; of wreathen work shalt thou make them, and fasten the wreathen chains to the ouches. \
    • 28:22 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate chains at the ends of wreathen work of pure gold. \
    • 28:24 And thou shalt put the two wreathen chains of gold in the two rings which are on the ends of the breastplate. \
    • 28:25 And the other two ends of the two wreathen chains thou shalt fasten in the two ouches, and put them on the shoulder pieces of the ephod before it. \
    • 28:29 And Aaron shall bear the names of the children of Israel in the breastplate of judgment upon his heart, when he goeth in unto the holy place, for a memorial before the LORD continually. \
    • 28:30 And thou shalt put in the breastplate of judgment the Urim and the Thummim; and they shall be upon Aaron\'s heart, when he goeth in before the LORD: and Aaron shall bear the judgment of the children of Israel upon his heart before the LORD continually. \
    • 14:22 Likewise all the men of Israel which had hid themselves in mount Ephraim, when they heard that the Philistines fled, even they also followed hard after them in the battle. \
    • 14:26 And when the people were come into the wood, behold, the honey dropped; but no man put his hand to his mouth: for the people feared the oath. \
    • 14:27 But Jonathan heard not when his father charged the people with the oath: wherefore he put forth the end of the rod that was in his hand, and dipped it in an honeycomb, and put his hand to his mouth; and his eyes were enlightened. \
    • 14:28 Then answered one of the people, and said, Thy father straitly charged the people with an oath, saying, Cursed be the man that eateth any food this day. And the people were faint. \
    • 14:29 Then said Jonathan, My father hath troubled the land: see, I pray you, how mine eyes have been enlightened, because I tasted a little of this honey. \
    • 14:33 Then they told Saul, saying, Behold, the people sin against the LORD, in that they eat with the blood. And he said, Ye have transgressed: roll a great stone unto me this day. \
    • 14:36 And Saul said, Let us go down after the Philistines by night, and spoil them until the morning light, and let us not leave a man of them. And they said, Do whatsoever seemeth good unto thee. Then said the priest, Let us draw near hither unto God. \
    • 14:40 Then said he unto all Israel, Be ye on one side, and I and Jonathan my son will be on the other side. And the people said unto Saul, Do what seemeth good unto thee. \
    • 14:43 Then Saul said to Jonathan, Tell me what thou hast done. And Jonathan told him, and said, I did but taste a little honey with the end of the rod that was in mine hand, and, lo, I must die. \
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Nervous Conditions in Our Time
    Matching lines:
    • when they are called upon to make some decision, they never know what
    • giving in their lectures. Then, when he has to know something for his
    • because of the very slight connection which then exists between the
    • of habit for people to hold such thoughts when they take things off
    • or when they put things aside. It would represent a strengthening of
    • this will strengthen the ethereal body. Assume, however, that you
    • movements whenever they are about to write? It need not go so far as
    • that, for when it has gone so far, it is already a pretty bad
    • condition. It may be no more than this: that whenever they are
    • ethereal. We are then faced with an inherent weakness of the ethereal
    • has got into such a condition that his fingers continually shake when he
    • man would not say, when he came back from his holiday: ‘What a
    • when a man changes his handwriting, he is obliged to pay attention to
    • so is to strengthen the ethereal body; thereby we become healthier
    • when you first taught children to write, you taught them a certain
    • style of handwriting; then, after a few years, you saw to it that
    • untold strengthening of the ethereal body.
    • we can do something in life to strengthen our ethereal body. Now this is
    • body. When we do this, we apply an actual force to something —
    • this ‘something.’ If, then, the effects of the force thus
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Position of Anthroposophy among the Sciences
    Matching lines:
    • respect, Anthroposophy encounters difficulties when it would enter
    • general, more comprehensive principles and results of our
    • science, and, at the same time, when organic and spiritual fields are
    • human life, but rather with the mental attitude a man assumes when
    • is, when actively engaged in mathematical thinking. His attitude of
    • soul is then, indeed, quite distinctive. Perhaps we may best
    • accept it as something given; he must fit himself into it when he has
    • time of life when we do not think about our own activities in the way
    • experience them. We experience one of them when, from out of our
    • When we make the lines of vision of our eyes intersect at a point and
    • depth — have equal value. (This is always done when we make
    • abstractions.) And then, when we have constructed, by abstracting
    • spatial measurements. We actually go out of ourselves when we
    • firm scientific ground when we enter into objects with what we have
    • what has come from us in this way. When we judge the distance, or the
    • is so. For when we move ourselves through space, we accomplish
    • What occurs when a human being lives spatially is, for the external
    • what he does when “mathematicising”, he would be able to
    • space from out of ourselves! When we look at a cube of salt we
    • and then confront external coloured objects, we should then, in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Anthroposophy and the Visual Arts
    Matching lines:
    • When
    • prevailed with us when designing this building. If any other
    • Gothic. Then, in accordance with what is being done here or there in
    • world-view would be essentially more comprehensive; it strives to be
    • kernel. When the building at Dornach, this double cupola, was
    • or that and then simply giving them external expression in symbolic
    • or insipidly allegorical form. (This is frequently done when
    • (aus dem Farbig-Malerischen heraus);
    • nothing to do with what is usually expressed when people come and
    • previous lectures, then, naturally, what had been in the world before
    • When we speak
    • Dornach could be started — when we speak of visual art in this
    • when one speaks as I spoke yesterday, one does not arrive at the
    • apprehension of space needed for sensitive, artistic creation if one
    • when one has space in its three dimensions so concretely before
    • finds oneself when, for example, one forms — also in
    • When we intend
    • to be within the human body.) Any region of space is then related to
    • hollow sphere is vague; I can form no mental picture when I try to
    • and forwards — so, when we really look at the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Evil and the Power of Thought
    Matching lines:
    • Wesenzuege des Menschens im irdischen und kosmischen
    • life. Whenever we were concerned to promulgate a world-conception and
    • civilisation is in decline, and when the ancient oriental sage
    • culture,” then it must certainly be admitted that but little of
    • to discern it can perceive even now, in the phenomena of decline of
    • when that word resounded which found its most radical expression in
    • thyself” entered the historical life of man only when the early
    • phenomena!” — that is how the precept of the ancient
    • glance to the inner being of man when the Asiatic civilisation began
    • founded in Egypt and in North Africa. But particularly when the
    • — a special centre was ancient Ireland — then the
    • because these Mystery pupils, when still living in Asia, had acquired
    • realise when an impression was produced by this self-knowledge on the
    • the mouth uttering these secrets then lays the burden of sin upon
    • itself; likewise does the ear burden itself with sin when it hearkens
    • prepared by Oriental wisdom, was able to attain when he penetrated,
    • towards life becomes when he admits into his inner experience this
    • whole soul. Many facts must then be judged by other than conventional
    • was something quite outlandish when Bulwer travelled about, speaking of
    • his knees. He would speak a few sentences; then the harp-maiden would
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Seeds of Future Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • Wesenzuege des Menschens im irdischen und kosmischen
    • a mirror that is in space, then we can see behind it; we can look into a
    • realm we cannot see when the mirror is intact. Correspondingly, if we carry
    • As we do this, as we look within behind the memory-mirror, then what I
    • of man establish itself. It is a centre for the strengthening and
    • if this egoism is carried out into social life, then evil ensues,
    • centre of destruction. Then, in this very centre of destruction, the
    • seeds of future worlds arise. Then we, as men, take part there in the
    • When we speak,
    • eventually be evolved, then we have to see it in this way. The
    • anti-moral impulses, out of what works as evil from his egoism. Hence
    • Thus, when we
    • surrounded with sense-phenomena. We behold these phenomena spread
    • combine and relate them and discover within them laws, which we then
    • consciousness, however, we do come through it. Then men of ancient
    • instinctive vision. And then they looked upon a world where egohood
    • world every time we go to sleep. When we fall asleep, the Ego is dulled,
    • existence, has no place at all. Hence it is that the ancient Oriental,
    • who had a peculiar longing to live behind the phenomena of the senses,
    • developed a longing to see behind the sense-phenomena, and in so
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Exoteric and Esoteric Christianity
    Matching lines:
    • The mystery of death taught by Jesus Christ to his disciples after his resurrection. Saul and the event at Damascus when he became the apostle Paul. The role of Ahriman, Satan, the World Prince, in the course of human evolution.
    • appeared to him at Damascus. Paul knew then, with absolute
    • upon the significance of the testimony which came from Paul when,
    • before the vision at Damascus Paul or Saul as he then was —
    • realm of the higher Hierarchies and who then imparted spiritual
    • the teachings of the Gods and who then passed them on to others
    • animal to-day understands death when it sees another animal lying
    • becomes of the soul when the human being passes though
    • man and then streams onwards, bearing the soul to Eternity? Or
    • It was only when
    • then, for the human being to be involved in death, to know death.
    • The ancient epochs, when men knew nothing of death, were all
    • Death can only set in when certain salts, that is to say, certain
    • beings had remained as they were in ancient times when they had
    • So it is when
    • then be implanted in the being of man ... Ahriman is acquainted
    • When this
    • waits for the moment when he can invade, not only the
    • Since then,
    • soul-and-spirit he is inseparable from his body, then the human
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Realism and Nominalism
    Matching lines:
    • when someone says that ideas and conceptions are nothing at all, and
    • that the material aspect of things is the only one that matters, then
    • argument: — Let us take Nominalism and then Realism, such as we
    • were then still aware of this descendancy or progeny. In the same way
    • was very thin indeed. When the age of abstraction or of
    • into the stones and plants and animals, then my thoughts follow the
    • name; then, however, my knowledge contains no connection whatever
    • as the “Father-principle”. When a human being proceeded
    • Only when scholastic Realism
    • arose when Realism, scholastic Realism, decayed.
    • he is the son of the old Miller. Hence, the only thing you know about
    • Miller is his son. It was more or less the same when people spoke of
    • Then came a kind of reaction
    • bearing on reality. However, when they wished to understand the
    • if many of you have noted it): — when one of those who wished
    • — but he did not take part in the end —, when the chief
    • instead to grasp this Son in his own nature, then we must not
    • your eyes and your other senses and then consider Nature with your
    • then we shall really be able to say what I have often mentioned:
    • when we experience resurrection. The Christ enters this experience of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Spiritual Science, a Necessity for the Present Time
    Matching lines:
    • Mitteleuropas und die europaeischen Volksgeister.
    • being and its environment; we may then envisage to some extent the
    • whole development of mankind on earth. When we have thus striven to
    • increase, as it were, the tension of our feelings, then the forces
    • development of mankind? Even when considering things quite
    • characters might also be taken as an example. When we trace back the
    • course of history: What the Maid of Orleans did, when she rose up
    • influence of the Christ-Impulse does not depend on the comprehension
    • cosmos, through the forces of the sun which then reach their greatest
    • becomes united with the cosmos: In ancient times, when people forgot
    • when the sun's forces reach the lowest point of their physical
    • should be celebrated in the winter season. When the external physical
    • world is darkest of all, then the soul that unites with the forces
    • that when Olaf Asteson woke up again after thirteen nights, he could
    • are accessible to human souls when they transcend the body during
    • spiritual enlightenment, — when the human soul lives in forces
    • still look in the darkest season of the year. The earth's aura then
    • truly acquires forces which it does not have when it is flooded and
    • when the human being lives in a kind of sleep. Before he draws his
    • experience. When we are within our mother's body, we live in a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fundamentals of the Science of Initiation
    Matching lines:
    • initiation, which will then supply to us a kind of foundation for
    • in the ordinary course of life. When we speak of such things, we
    • them to guide us when we ourselves wish to be active in the ordinary
    • there, but when we pursue, for instance, natural science, we cannot
    • ideas required by us as human beings are given to us when we grasp
    • moral intuitions, and that when we begin to gain possession of these
    • times when the human beings who looked up to the stars really
    • ancient primeval wisdom then lost its power, it could no longer be
    • This Aristotelian thinker could not believe it. Galilei then
    • was not the case in pagan times. The pagans realised that when they
    • old traditional wisdom. Bruno almost begins to rave when he rails
    • knowledge of Nature. This super-sensible knowledge will then contain
    • once more the rays of a moral will. And when the beginning which was
    • at the conclusion of the evolution of the earth, then super-sensible
    • When the old pagan sage, or
    • see how Goethe carefully follows the way in which phenomena of Nature
  • Title: Lecture: Cosmogony, Freedom, Altruism
    Matching lines:
    • of decline within our civilisation, we have then to seek out
    • the quarters whence it may draw fresh sources of strength. If
    • overthrow. All the distressing phenomena we have hitherto
    • that, taken as a whole, presents a phenomenon of decline and
    • civilisations — especially the heathen civilisations
    • forces. And thus, in the heathen civilisations especially, we
    • find, when we look back on them, a dominant scientific
    • universe. When he looked up at the sun and the moon and the
    • scope for free action on the part of man. And when men feel
    • view of life. Only when a man comes to recognise himself
    • revolves round him. When he does, then indeed egoistic motives
    • them. If they become merely an incentive to egoism, then they
    • science, or system of knowledge. Then there is no real
    • knowledge — then all knowledge ultimately becomes a
    • then arises: — How are we going to surmount
    • through and through — then there would be
    • upon the “Absolute.” When they ask: “What
    • age. When they ask, “What is good?” — they
    • questions rightly, then we get real answers. For the point we
    • all-comprehensive universal truth; the various types of men
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Brunetto Latini
    Matching lines:
    • Great epochs of Art, when artistic deeds raying far and wide
    • spiritual worlds. That which can then be experienced, more or
    • once going along the street when I saw a face which was
    • highly distasteful to me. How astonished I was when I
    • saw the face, highly distasteful to him, and then discovered
    • When we regard
    • degrees. Then we grow slowly into the spiritual world.
    • afterwards believed when he looked back on it). Then, when he
    • fourteenth century, when the natural scientific way of
    • relates, then bade him deepen the forces of his soul; so
    • soul-forces is a thing from which man will often flee, when
    • he draws near to it. For when we perceive the forces of the
    • when he saw his own form, which was distasteful to him. We do
    • Then, when we
    • into the deeper regions of your own self. Then you behold the
    • and persons that were already here, so when you undergo this
    • is maya. What you envisage when you are within your ears or
    • Then and then
    • only, when you have gone through this region, you come into
    • within, he then breaks through the eye, and breaking through
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Shaping of the Human Form out of Cosmic and Earthly Forces
    Matching lines:
    • Die Bruecke Zwischen der Weltgeistigkeit und dem Physichen
    • des Menschen. Die Suche Nach der Neuen Isis, der Goettlichen
    • Brücke zwischen der Weltgeistigkeit and dem
    • Physischen des Menschen. (Bibl. No. 202).
    • present life on Earth. And when we consider the
    • the organs associated with the limbs, then we have something
    • one. Hence we can study the formation of the human head while
    • study the human head in relation to that. We then come to
    • assume the Moon, as full Moon, to be here; then the light it
    • man — and when I speak here of the ‘man’ I
    • we have the new Moon, and no light then reaches the man, who
    • hence he is left more to his own inner development. And if
    • — the waxing Moon and the waning Moon — then from
    • Moon is working on the embryo. Then, you have, as a result of
    • face — leaving it then in peace to continue its
    • growing. During this period the Moon retires. When the
    • lunar months. Hence something of his development is left
    • (diagram) and this to be a diagram of man's limb-system, then
    • When you move your arm or your leg the movement is not
    • simple; it has to do with the forces of the Earth. When you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Yuletide and the Christmas Festival
    Matching lines:
    • Wege and Ziele des gelstigen Menschen.
    • and Ziele des gelstigen Menschen (Bibl. No. 125).
    • When we think
    • expression in the Transitory and then vanishes again,
    • time, when we go out into the streets of a great city and
    • tramcars and the like. These phenomena, as experienced today,
    • more deeply when we realise what the Christmas Festival has
    • revitalised. There was an epoch when Christmas was a festival
    • when all morality, all love, all philanthropy could be
    • introduction of Christianity at the time of the year when our
    • Europe, when in regions subject to relatively harsh climatic
    • when the herdsman or cattle breeder of ancient Europe was out
    • fires when the spirit of Nature shouted for joy and was
    • Then came
    • I am thinking now of times when winter swept through the land
    • This was a time when, with the exception of what it was
    • were times when the unique manifestations of climate and of
    • that pervades a man when, unmindful of the outer world, he
    • deep down into their own inmost being. When November came
    • external world; but when the fields were still covered with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Buddha
    Matching lines:
    • at the turn of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. When we
    • when in one such earthly life he can liberate himself from this
    • necessity — only then will he enter the state that may be
    • evolution of mankind, and when with the help of Spiritual Science we
    • certain phenomena in human history, of which external facts also
    • entered the phenomenal world but this world is maya,
    • illusion.” Only when he was linked with the spiritual world
    • environment and all that can be apprehended by the intellect.
    • spiritual world whence he had come forth; he tried to disregard all
    • to find again the spiritual realms whence he had descended. Reunion
    • Only when we see these
    • thought. We can only understand the figure of Buddha when we
    • age when man was united with the spiritual world; he then descended
    • wisdom, a Buddha arises whenever an epoch of decline draws to its
    • descending path of evolution man loses hold of this wisdom and when
    • The wisdom arising from this could then be revealed in the great
    • the dignity of Buddhahood and was then able, as Buddha, to bring
    • again to mankind a last remnant of the Ancient Wisdom. And when in
    • had seen only the fruitfulness of life. Then his eyes fell on the
    • increasing life. His soul is then filled with the idea of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hygiene - a Social Problem
    Matching lines:
    • observation becomes most clearly evident when we turn to a special
    • that when the conclusions reached by medical or physiological science
    • materialism has been overcome, for it is equally true that when it is
    • molecular in character. When we are explaining world-phenomena
    • Spirit when our explanation is based upon the atomic theory —
    • basis of phenomena. In short, the essential thing is not what
    • spiritual conception of the world to speak like this and then build
    • scientists in the true sense when we realise that this material body,
    • heart, brain and so forth. In short, when we are describing the
    • Spirit. Then we can behold the actual unity of the soul and Spirit
    • psychic craving which would like to be rid of outer life and then
    • within him, and then working in the different branches of science
    • manifestation of soul-life it is when one blows one's nose! The point
    • is that we must see in matter a manifestation of the Spiritual. Then
    • when he becomes a specialist in the ordinary sense. For the range of
    • processes which are then described according to the abstract concepts
    • become brain or nerve specialists, we should then still be able, in
    • of a conception of the world, and then we could begin to speak
    • this not so much when we are observing merely a single part of the
    • healthy human being, but when we are observing the man who is ill
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Speech and Song
    Matching lines:
    • Das Wesen des Musikalischen und das Tonerlebnis im Menschen.
    • when, after his birth, he gradually finds his way into the conditions
    • sense when he descends on to the earth. In the mother's womb he is
    • This too we lose when we
    • yonder in the pre-earthly life. Indeed, when we study this
    • him in external nature — is an image of the spiritual. Now when
    • and fully he is contained, we only begin to see when we understand
    • here meant. For when the human being brings forth a musical note in
    • Now, these twelve original consonants when rightly understood (and
    • What then is this human
    • up out of the consonants. When we refer to the consonant element in
    • soul provides the vowel nature. Thus when you embody in speech the
    • we find that our soul, whenever it brings forth vowel sounds, makes
    • impulses. He makes more use of his nervous system when he speaks; he
    • nervous system; he lived in the breathing system. Hence the primeval
    • language was more like song. Now when the man of to-day sings, he
    • into the head which is directly called into activity when, as in
    • to earthly conditions, is reversed in a certain sense when we pass
    • thinking system which takes hold of speech when speech becomes
    • When we utter the vowel
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Three Epochs in the Religious Education of Man
    Matching lines:
    • year 800 B.C. Then we see an epoch radiant in
    • the light of the Mystery of Golgotha, when through Christ Jesus an
    • times, when we must learn to understand this Mystery of Golgotha if
    • In this sense, then, let us
    • pre-earthly existence and hence with equal certainty that they would
    • reality of soul and Spirit and then felt the need to understand why
    • as well. Then he beholds the Spiritual not only in his inner being
    • that thou art born of God not only when thine eyes gaze inwards. In
    • The old heathen cults
    • In the days when man had
    • gazed upwards to the soul and Spirit, when the soul and Spirit were
    • immediate experience to his instinctive clairvoyance, he knew: When
    • Spirit in the stars — I shall return, when I pass through the
    • And then a mighty event occurred. — The Spirit of the world of
    • within him at the sight of a corpse, when he was seized by the
    • to the riddle of death. Death had lost its sting. Henceforth death
    • first and second epochs stand clearly before us when we look back
    • riddle of his earthly nature and then of his earthly death.
    • different again in the second, when in the depths of their souls men
    • Then came the third epoch,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Concerning Electricity
    Matching lines:
    • and that time when a certain physicist prepared a frog's leg which
    • ingredient. Indeed, it is far more than this! You see, when the men
    • then they calculated the results of these collisions. At that time,
    • speak of electrons. Thus we suspect electricity everywhere, when we
    • Although a tiny rest of scholastic realism remained, electricity then
    • and brought into the ill repute of resembling electricity! When we
    • speak today, as I am speaking now, then the people whose heads are
    • see, when we speak of electricity, we enter a sphere that presents a
    • a moral element. When we enter the sphere of electricity, we
    • forget that whenever they think of an atom as an electric entity,
    • when we transform an atom into an electron, we do not transform it
    • When we think of them as atoms, in general, when we imagine matter in
    • but when we electrify matter, Nature is conceived as something evil.
    • have been wrong, their feelings were not altogether wrong. For, when
    • When
    • recent modern theory, then the qualities of Evil are attributed to
  • Title: Lecture: The Problem of Jesus and Christ in Earlier Times
    Matching lines:
    • its purpose in the form of a primitive clairvoyance that then
    • say that, when we look back at the time just before the period
    • very time when the Christ united with earthly evolution, humankind
    • had gradually degenerated, so that, when the Christ did come, people
    • Gnostics when Gnosis itself was already waning — we must say that
    • spiritual spheres. They could no longer comprehend how the ancient
    • were trained. When we consider this significant individual, we find
    • spiritual being and tried to comprehend him in spiritual realms. But
    • enabled them to leave the physical body. When human beings left their
    • through Moses and the prophets as a “preparation.” Then,
    • achieving this. So we see that, right at the time when Christ as a
    • physical bodies. Clemens of Alexandria expressed this clearly when he
    • that, when the Old Testament mentions the appearance of an angel,
    • explicitly that, when Yahweh appears to Moses as the burning bush, it
    • When it so pleased him, he appeared to one person in one angelic
    • When we go through the
    • “Aeons,” and now I could name thirty of these. And then
    • Then there were numerous other Aeons besides. Moreover, the Gnostics
    • always find, when we approach the Gnosis, one particular point that
    • afterward, when he passed through the Mystery of Golgotha, he is able
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Dimensions of Space
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenfragen und Weltantworten.
    • understanding when we speak of the physical bodily nature of man on
    • consciousness is concerned. But it is very different when we
    • the difficulties begin at once when man endeavours to relate the world of
    • that when he resolves to move about in space his thought is
    • that when the physical and bodily process takes place in space and
    • is invariably, when men try to form a conception of the existence of
    • the 19th Century, when the ideas of
    • when they have left the body? There were even men who tried to refute
    • spiritualism by proving that when so and so many men are dying and so
    • these things indicate what difficulties arise when we seek the relation
    • movements man accomplishes externally in space when he moves about,
    • the physical world-are in the three dimensions of space. Hence the
    • cannot but think of it in this way: — When we carry out a
    • is spread out over his whole body. He will then speak of Feeling as
    • for a moment what it is like when you touch your own left hand with your
    • you perceive an outer object, so do you perceive yourself when
    • fact to which I am referring appears still more distinctly when you
    • exertion of the will. It comes out more strongly when you try to
    • focus a very near object. You then endeavour to turn your left
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: What Has Geology to Say About the Origin of the World?
    Matching lines:
    • surface-layer, too, we discover very manifold variations when we
    • by this natural process have become thus entombed, and then, more or
    • the earth at the time when the present top layer had not yet been
    • plant-kingdoms. We then come, as it were, to the lowest layers of the
    • from quite primitive to more perfect forms. When we now examine
    • covering the lowest stratum of the rock-material. Then we must
    • have underdone changes under the then prevailing, different
    • to the tertiary layers, where we already find the mammals, and then,
    • – then one can calculate how long the accumulation must have
    • When
    • having pushed through the overlaid layers, then protrude over the
    • when it came into being, there could not — at least according
    • our earth-evolution to olden times when as it were out of a
    • events, events which occurred when, through radiating its warmth into
    • in this way we look back into those oldest times of our earth when a
    • on the earth for a very long time. When we consider those oldest
    • archetypal rock-material, also when granite is spoken of.],
    • When
    • when face to face with this “oldest son of the earth” as
    • is the mood which came over Goethe when he contemplated this rock-formation,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Thinking and Willing as Two Poles of the Human Soul-Life
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwerden, Weltenseele und Weltengeist.
    • a definite direction. When we turn our attention to the life of the
    • thinking in that we correct one thought with another. Hence even if
    • is for the most part reflection. Even when we think ahead, as it
    • were, when we decide to undertake something which we afterwards
    • carry out by means of our will, even then experience lies at the back
    • him in the building up of his physical body. From then on these
    • which enwraps the human being when he is born, indeed from the moment
    • with him when he descends from the spiritual world. He incorporates
    • become aware of these will forces when we pass through death and enter
    • of the will, which can then be carried over beyond death into the
    • life upon which we enter when we pass through the gate of death.
    • one of us, although indeed when a man has passed the age of fifty he has
    • actual fact that the time is rapidly approaching when old people will
    • will see that this whole question gains special significance when we
    • are atoms, and these atoms whirl round and round, and then — well
    • then, they just go on whirling. In reality there is no tapestry of the
    • then two Privates, O., O., and then still another Private called X,
    • comprehend with my consciousness what is contained in such
    • it aright when we recognise it as belonging to the past. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Vortrage: Denken, Fühlen, Wollen - Das Muspilhgedicht
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwerden, und Weltenseele Weltengeist.
    • liegt, nach dem ändern Pol hin das Willenselement, zwischen
    • gewöhnlichen Leben das Fühlen, den Inhalt des Gemütes
    • und so weiter nennen. Im wirklichen seelischen Leben, so wie es sich
    • solchen nach außen gerichteten Ruhe denken, uns klar sein
    • durchziehen immer unsere Willensbetätigung, so daß wir also
    • wenn wir nur die alltäglichen Lebenserscheinungen betrachten,
    • einem solchen Vordenken Erfahrungen zugrunde, nach denen wir uns
    • bezieht sich auch schon im gewöhnlichen Leben mehr auf die
    • Gemüt, das Fühlen, steht zwischen beiden. Wir begleiten mit
    • ins Leben. Fühlen, der Gemütsinhalt, steht zwischen dem
    • wie es schon im gewöhnlichen Leben, wenn auch nur
    • eben als Gedankenkräfte durchaus veranlagt im Menschen, wenn er
    • nur das zappelnde, sich bewegende Kind in den ersten Lebenswochen,
    • seine Seele und sein Geist von der physischen Außenwelt her mit
    • physischer Leiblichkeit umkleidet worden sind. In dieser physischen
    • es besteht ja die Entwickelung des kindlichen Lebens darinnen,
    • physischen Leibes herauskommt, seine Glieder bewegt, und wie nach und
    • das ganz und gar in der Hülle, die den Menschen umgibt, lebt,
    • schematisch etwa den Menschen so zeichnen können, daß wir
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 1: Introductory Lecture
    Matching lines:
    • life when none of us will any longer be able to be present in our
    • devotion and growing comprehension shewn by those of our theosophists
    • larger circles; on the other hand it is not to be wondered at when we
    • day, but they will be when everything that Theosophy included
    • sense, and how completely different it is to enter such a room when
    • to which I referred when I spoke about the significance of colour, of
    • easy. I believe that when course after course of lectures is followed
    • things too easy. When we consider the great store of lectures and
    • at any rate must study a little) — when we consider this, we
    • It might have been thought when the Congress at the last minute fell
    • might have been difficult to work in the time approaching. When I
    • when I reflect that in order to speak about Christian Rosenkreutz at
    • in the West. Hence we must say that what relates to the great Figure
    • of St. Paul, ‘If Christ be not risen, then is our preaching
    • When the Theosophical
    • Then it came about by reason of things of which we have not time to
    • that until then a Bodhisattva will live in the manifold incarnations
    • time — and will then be a great teacher on earth. That is the
    • ourselves when we cannot agree with those who speak of Jesus ben
    • but it is true. Therefore we cannot blame them when they speak of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 2: The Inner Aspects of the Saturn-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • If it be asked, whence
    • instance when we look back clairvoyantly into the Saturn or Sun
    • Saturn did not only take place then, — it goes on even to-day;
    • in themselves. Hence in literature we find but few descriptions
    • Hegel as the ox understands of Sunday, when he has eaten grass all
    • experienced on a mountain, when a man stands at the edge of an abyss
    • these apprehensive feelings. Next he loses not only the ground
    • or sleep; and then he can arrive at having no perception at all. He
    • emphasise the fact that we do not start from the Gospels when we
    • bottomless abyss when we stand before the dreadful emptiness. If we
    • so shaken our minds, which can now be grasped by our conceptions when
    • we live into that world, when we place ourselves, so to say, in the
    • Saturn existence, then we learn to know Beings — not in the
    • When we have lifted
    • respect it is all alike But the important thing is when we reach
    • able to move, then you will no longer be able to say that what you
    • must say that our brain is frozen. And when we realise this condition
    • Now when we have got
    • only notice that there are other Beings here at play when we become
    • make this comprehensible, we must imagine the following.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 3: The Inner Aspect of the Sun-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • even exist. When we speak of ‘space’ we are speaking
    • came into being on Saturn itself. When we carry our thought back to
    • When, therefore, something is said to call up a picture before our
    • that even the clairvoyant, when he transports himself back to the
    • the spiritual deeds then existing. We have said that the Spirits of
    • Will or Thrones achieved sacrificial acts; so that when we look back
    • modern term and does not quite apply. For time was not then that
    • an actual comprehension of what lies behind, when it is said:
    • understanding of what lies behind the phenomenon of beat. If it
    • impulse to sacrifice, it is then unthinkable that he should feel
    • is who can grasp the thought: Whenever heat appears in the world
    • behind the illusion of warmth, behind the phenomenon of
    • substance of the ancient Sun — not our present Sun. For when we
    • external phenomenon. Just as behind the heat we must seek for the
    • casting off of self wholly flooding the soul through the vision; then
    • intensified; for this can only be conceived when a man has worked his
    • away with when we wish to attain to higher knowledge. The soul must
    • How then does such
    • knowledge reveal itself? How is that which comes to us revealed when
    • suppose that he was present when the sacrifice was being offered. Let
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 4: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 1)
    Matching lines:
    • behind all the material phenomena of the substance of our earth
    • spiritual to be found behind the phenomenon of heat, and then that
    • behind the phenomenon of flowing air. As, in order to do this, it was
    • — the Thrones — who then brought their sacrifice to the
    • reality mere illusion, nothing but maya; and only when we progress
    • When we saw the virtue
    • When in his external
    • depend upon the strengthening of our impulses of will. In the
    • necessitate any strengthening of the positive impulses of will,
    • whereas in the physical world we grow stronger when we eat well, when
    • the spiritual world, when we wish to attain something important we
    • spirit. Let us then acquire the concept of the creative
    • something far removed from our everyday life; and then we are guided
    • language to describe it. But when we advance to the ancient
    • centre we have the sacrificing Thrones, then in the heights above the
    • What then is brought
    • itself. Thus when we say that Time is continuous it means that when
    • the last two lectures when speaking of Saturn and Sun. Time would
    • then form an element in everything that happens in evolution. We
    • certain conditions which then came about. Just as we saw, on looking
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 5: The Inner Aspect of the Moon-embodiment of the Earth (Part 2)
    Matching lines:
    • discover to some extent the spiritual behind the phenomena of the
    • external sense-world. Concerning such phenomena, at first outwardly
    • our own soul-life — concerning such phenomena we have
    • But to-day, when we
    • the last lecture, when we came to the subject of
    • ourselves to the height necessary for the comprehension of what is
    • the beginning of an opposition to those who rejected it. So that when
    • feeling is represented in an accentuated form. Hence we do not find
    • its way up to the surface; and then perhaps its torment is least. We
    • when the human soul begins to aspire and prepares for higher
    • striving. We saw this when we tried to understand the nature of
    • sacrifice by referring to our own Soul-life, when we tried to
    • comprehend the nature of the wisdom man can acquire, which we saw
    • even to giving oneself, so to speak. When we come on to the more
    • this boy should experience fresh injustice, perhaps at school; then
    • phenomenon with which we are all well acquainted; perhaps a man who
    • that it is a kind of willing, and whenever we investigate this
    • when in that person's presence. And as we are now speaking of the
    • preparing to offer up, they would then have been driven back into
    • if we want to acquire a more comprehensive conception of movement, to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Evolution/Aspect: Lecture 6: The Inner Aspect of the Earth-embodiment of the Earth
    Matching lines:
    • the nearest external phenomena away from our field of vision and
    • comprehend by means of our own souls. Now if we are really to
    • phenomena of heat, presenting it in its true character of sacrificial
    • this world of sense, the world of our external comprehension which to
    • referred to in our last lecture. We then started from the hidden
    • wonder to the bliss we feel when our riddles are solved, which first
    • anything external, arises in our souls? It arises, because, when we
    • designate as a ‘wonder’, when they have no direct proof
    • by any of the phenomena known to man, that the Christ incarnated in
    • when those Beings found their sacrifice rejected. In a spiritual
    • exalted Entities united as a Sun, and then, in one position, as a
    • was not accepted. Then in their loneliness, their isolation fills
    • rejection of the sacrificial substance of those Beings who then had
    • in their proper place. Even when death comes to a man in a concrete
    • form it is fundamentally the same thing. For when we look at a corpse
    • excluded from its purpose. That which we can no longer perceive when
    • a man dies, is then for us in the macrocosm. On account of the Cosmic
    • sense. Suppose ice forms in a pond; the water then becomes solid. The
    • them, but also to meditate upon them; for only then will they be
    • other phenomena must be traced back to their reality; all other
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 1: The Driving Force Behind Europe's War
    Matching lines:
    • of the human being, and every now and then we must therefore
    • we may call to mind again and again when we give deep and
    • today. But when those who are awake look back on what went
    • when one lets the mind dwell on an old book or a work of art
    • a time may well come, sooner than we may expect, when people
    • sense. Humanity is only fully awake when people are able to
    • the moon are all around us. When we are physically asleep we
    • way when we are wholly given up to the physical environment,
    • when we take note of what people think, or rather pretend to
    • what is happening now for the real thing, when this is in
    • arise from the chaos that fills the world today when insight
    • Order can only come when it is understood how this chaos has
    • of the nineteenth century, when people put the same effort
    • cruelly, to the perceptive mind when you meet many of the
    • image of the region into which human beings enter when they
    • aware of this, however; they do not even notice when things
    • I have said that when
    • their histories. Inevitably a time will come when most of
    • real feeling for what it means when a miserable individual of
    • happened, then another, and that was the moment when I went
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 2: Humanity's Struggle for Morality
    Matching lines:
    • when the fact that an age of materialism must inevitably
    • instinctive level, and individuals are then aware of the
    • physical body has gone through such a comprehensive process
    • and the blood have developed. This, then, is the highly
    • much more complex than we are inclined to think. When we say
    • ancient Saturn. Then the etheric body was added. This created
    • the night, when we are asleep, the element of the physical
    • ego and the astral body are then outside the parts of the
    • night when we are asleep the ‘astral physical’
    • of the secrets of human nature. We say, then, that when we
    • difficult for people to discover this for themselves when
    • moral. When we wake up, the impulses we bring from this world
    • humanity must inevitably lag behind when it comes to moral
    • Some think their motives are entirely selfless, when in
    • find the spirit in nature. Then one will also find the
    • only then shall we really know the social laws that are
    • then speak about social life out of their feeling, out of
    • living in an age when one year of war is equal to more than
    • it spur us on to even greater activity; then a later attempt
    • Atlantean and post-Atlantean life when the catastrophe
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 3: The Search for a Perfect World
    Matching lines:
    • When I say
    • When truths
    • that the three angles in a triangle add up to 180°, then
    • can they gain an idea of what Jesus Christ meant when he
    • immediately be seen to be illusions. When we are dealing with
    • story is one I have told before. When I was a young fellow of
    • explain it all to me and then told him: You know, that is
    • When one is
    • come when a certain basic characteristic of the present time
    • come when people say: At the beginning of the twentieth
    • Well, when I
    • establish the truth. The literary historian then said: Well,
    • of Jewish blood rom anywhere, then he, the historian, would
    • times today when it is really difficult to take what is said
    • Today, when
    • the greatest difficulties one can imagine. For when it comes
    • the base mind, particularly when the truths to be accepted
    • their instincts and have to obey the laws of nature. When we
    • This, then, is the reason why people may lose all control if
    • one of the great problems which may arise when truths
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 4: The Elemental Spirits of Birth and Death
    Matching lines:
    • to the senses. Spiritual entities are involved when a human
    • then leaves it again for the non-physical world. To give them
    • times not very long ago. You will find times when there were
    • no steam locomotives, when people did not yet use electricity
    • as we do now; times perhaps when only thinkers like Leonardo da Vinci
    • particular sphere of elemental spirits and then human beings
    • the Atlantean age, when human beings were still flexible in
    • terms. In those times, when outer appearance was in accord
    • gods for the whole of human life. When the Atlantean age had
    • authority.’ They will then, of course, eagerly follow
    • of reality when it comes to people having virtues.
    • when people say: ‘It is our programme to achieve perfection in
    • or at least aim to be so, but when people are actually
    • then let go, it will go to this point to find its
    • uses to move to the other side. It then goes down again. It
    • means that when the pendulum travels this distance, the
    • this direction, but then goes in the opposite direction.
    • then, people who refuse to familiarize themselves with
    • control birth and death. When they ask the elemental spirits
    • an instinctive feeling that it is so. Hence her remarkable
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 5: Changes in Humanity's Spiritual Make-up
    Matching lines:
    • the Mystery of Golgotha when human beings essentially related
    • they would then think. This created an intimate relationship
    • Up to then everything was growth and development. In some
    • concerned. When we walk on the soil today — I have
    • more of a growing, sprouting organism. It then started to
    • then that the rocks of today, with their cracks and fissures,
    • ancient Greek times. Then, human bodies were as perfect as
    • merely more flexible and comprehensive in the case of a
    • genius was therefore available when the body was still in the
    • speaks to us in the way it did when human bodies were
    • more mysteries than people would like to think when they base
    • said then which relate to developments in our own age. They
    • one person and then another, and in St Augustine's terms we
    • to develop their souls parallel to their bodies. Why, then,
    • then, is another awkward truth, but a truth which we must
    • adequately meet human needs. Hence the inadequate political
    • so inadequate. We are living in an age when programmes like
    • when it comes to taking an inward look at the human being.
    • time when human beings were not fully in control of their
    • interesting phenomenon, one I would ask you to take a really
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 6: The New Spirituality
    Matching lines:
    • And we also feel, for instance, that when we walk, stand or
    • life. It is our thoughts. But when it comes to the world of
    • this: When you walk on earth as an ordinary physical human
    • the elemental world. When we speak of entities which are part
    • when someone has died and a living person who is walking
    • with the senses when in waking consciousness. Our own
    • the senses and drag around with us when in waking
    • living thoughts when we develop ideas on the basis of what
    • Elohim, when they created human beings as dwellers on earth
    • then you have the body of cosmic hierarchies (drawing on the
    • Many historical phenomena will find their explanation if you
    • But when a thought which marks a real change arises in world
    • have to be waited for and expected; then human beings are not
    • before — in ancient Greek times, for example, when the
    • altogether different from what it was before. When a human
    • Yet when something significant occurs in connection with this
    • able to interpret dreams intellectually. When Cimon had
    • thought. Then humanity was deprived of this relationship with
    • the outside world in order to establish and strengthen human
    • phenomena belonging to the world of nature, but we cannot use
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 7: Working from Spiritual Reality
    Matching lines:
    • muscular strength, the conjurer then suddenly lifts them up
    • descriptions which are given — for a time. But when you
    • a number of people when it comes to the historical writings
    • of my lectures. But when I take up his books on Goethe,
    • him belonged to the fifth postAtlantean age which then was
    • when it came to the impulses in his heart and mind and
    • people who had lived in the fourth postAtlantean age. Hence
    • phenomena which were, in fact, to be of the essence in the
    • when the secrets of alchemy were known, which was during the
    • he said; but when the faithful receive the bread and the wine
    • already mentioned, we are living at a time when certain
    • pick them up. And finally, when you know that something is
    • weight, even when they were just perceived by the eye, if I
    • consciousness may arise, it is also necessary that when
    • alternating periods, periods when weightless situations and
    • people are presented, and periods when the weight, the
    • particularly important: When the world looks to the East now,
    • Europe, then you have something which will lend weight to the
    • statements people make today, however erudite, then you have
    • of fire even then; they did not enjoy walking over red hot
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 8: Abstraction and Reality
    Matching lines:
    • is different, however, when it comes to social and political
    • then in human actions. And we can see how abstract thinking
    • prove adequate when one is dealing with the superficial
    • phenomena, but the concepts used to explore them are
    • achievements of abstract thinking when it is addressing
    • their full weight, otherwise there can be no comprehension of
    • organism. This is the kind of thing people do when they use
    • important to have a tremendous sense of reality when creating
    • analogies, otherwise they will not work. When we create an
    • their youth, when — forgive me — we instantly
    • say, when I had read Kjellen's book, I realized, as soon as I
    • and you would then no longer consider the individual
    • analogy is utterly inappropriate and then I tell you it is
    • this as your basis and then observe how individual States
    • State to the whole organism, when in fact it can only be
    • as a whole can be compared to an organism, and then the
    • then this theory must apply in the present time, in Roman
    • before then the globe was not a coherent whole; it has only
    • come to be a coherent political whole from then onwards.
    • did come across for a long time, even at the time when war
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 9: The Battle between Michael and 'The Dragon'
    Matching lines:
    • truths of spiritual development come to mind whenever you
    • time when the materialistic point of view came to its peak,
    • a struggle, a real war in that world, which began then and
    • strengthening this idea, especially if you want to make it
    • powers when they were in the spiritual world. If you think on
    • in the autumn of 1879, when Michael and his followers won a
    • time when human souls became subject to ahrimanic powers with
    • human beings more in peace; when they were driven out of the
    • into human beings when they had to leave the realms of the
    • personal inclinations since then, to understand that they
    • resulted when the Archangel Michael drove the dragon, that is
    • are in the realms of inner response. The philosopher Henri
    • spirit. It is helpful to look for other ways of strengthening
    • spiritual worlds into the earthly realm when they had lost
    • earth at a time when the dragon had been overcome. In the
    • entered into us when Michael won his victory that we are
    • way of thinking, and carrying this on into ages when,
    • materialistic way of thinking and want to keep it, would then
    • in the sixth post-Atlantean age when the only thing to please
    • of the earth is observed for a time and then conclusions are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 10: The Influence of the Backward Angels
    Matching lines:
    • does meet the case — a hen is about to hatch a chick
    • Since then their fortress, their field of activity, is in the
    • called the devil then, and it was shown how the devil
    • would then arise in many nineteenth-century minds that people
    • ideal of many people is to study science and then apply
    • gained their purpose, for people would then not know they
    • could then work in the subconscious.
    • others were not lifted until 1835. This means that until then
    • Then, people would not have been able to think that the kind
    • this in yesterday's public lecture. He construes that when
    • clever then as the present generation does now in looking
    • childish then, with people taking dreams seriously! Just
    • think how far we have come since then: today we know that
    • the other worlds and they howl with hell's own derision when
    • Greeks had had our modern science, then there could have been
    • when we try and bring the things which exist to consciousness
    • and also when we perceive the element which gives us a
    • philosophy of life is then based on this scientific approach
    • purely imaginary. When people think like this, and infinitely
    • a science in which it was said at the time when the war
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 11: Recognizing the Inner Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • When it is
    • spiritualistic. Then a more spiritualistic stream comes to
    • down into the hidden depths of human nature. And then the
    • can grasp, we do not give them anything for later life when
    • then remains the same throughout life. Something quite
    • Later in life they can then recall these things from memory
    • recall things they were told in childhood, and then be able
    • When people
    • continually pass through this backbone. This creature, then,
    • abstractions and, indeed, is most useful when it enters into
    • undercurrent in them can be reached. Then you will see an
    • believed when this war started that it would last no longer
    • calamities which result when people's ideas are divorced from
    • question, then, of being inclined to leave specialized areas
    • why we must take note when someone seeks to make a real
    • first, impulses to consider life in a truly comprehensive
    • way, impulses altogether attuned to cosmic laws, and then
    • through the Reformation; when the Reformation was in
    • be overcome, when people live with notions that have little
    • really outstanding when they put it in a particularly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 12: The Spirits of Light and the Spirits of Darkness
    Matching lines:
    • preceding lectures, the occasion when certain spirits of
    • realms. The battle started in the early 1840s and ended when
    • phenomena. At the present time people generally give validity
    • only to natural phenomena, phenomena of the physical world
    • perceived with the aid of spiritual science, for only then
    • concepts and definitions when considering the world and not
    • times, when the spirits of light made it their concern to
    • course, for systems do not come to an abrupt end when there
    • natural world, and in 1413, the year when the break occurred
    • event which occurred in 1879. Until then they had their
    • spoken. Then the spirits which are related to those others
    • then began to instil ideas in human minds that affairs should
    • is considered idealistic, when in reality it is an early sign
    • time when hereditary traits were passed on in a positive
    • children as they get older, and their bodies then follow a
    • your blood-prejudices; you will then join the streams which
    • fallen under the spell of materialism, and so on, when I
    • able to unite with the earth because when it came down from
    • for human independence during the time when the laws of
    • Evolution then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 13: The Fallen Spirits' Influence in the World
    Matching lines:
    • major occurrences in the spiritual world which then continued
    • With their feeling for those blood bonds people then also had
    • spiritual world during the 1820s and 1830s, when the souls
    • worlds. This, then, was one way in which the battle for the
    • spirits of darkness had been victorious, for they would then
    • become poets. Speaking of the time when they first began to
    • the spirits of darkness in the 1840s, 50s, 60s and 70s when
    • on guard so that we may realize what is happening when we
    • towards spirituality out of people's souls when they are
    • less and we lived in an age when usefulness counted more than
    • or lecturing on technology. However, when he took up
    • is of interest when one considers such an individual who is
    • at the university, for there was no interest in Part 2. When he
    • critical faculties was indeed a time when access to Part 2 of
    • speak about Part 2 exactly when the victory had been won over
    • here, there and everywhere. It is particularly when spiritual
    • you were outside the Spirit of the time when you spoke about
    • independence, culture and literature were then still being
    • waking will only come when people begin to feel embarrassed
    • the very ideas which have led to present events when those
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fall/Darkness: Lecture 14: Into the Future
    Matching lines:
    • for then the members of the hierarchy of the Angels became
    • belongs to these when we are in the other worlds between
    • because, within certain limits, that was the time when the
    • then began to train the Angels to take possession of the
    • complexity of human beings becomes apparent when you consider
    • — before 1879 from the spiritual world and since then
    • Later a time will come when this only goes to the
    • this is Lloyd George. For it is always significant when the
    • ado in human beings; then, in the twenty-eighth year, between
    • into action when individuals have reached the age of 28, when
    • a social phenomenon traced back to its spiritual foundations.
    • elements have their origin in this — when in some place
    • then easily gain power over what that they cannot achieve if
    • way. This is the age when human beings must take affairs into
    • has to be considered when we speak of human evolution. It is
    • partly during the time when the Spirits of darkness were
    • still above, and then after they had come down, they sought
    • to mind whenever we speak of the reasons for developments.
    • Whenever you
    • when someone wants to present his nonsense about what will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • divine spiritual powers. Whereas he would then have remained
    • spiritual powers. And then there arose in humanity this
    • consciousness of sin: As a human being I am sinless only when I find
    • then arose most strongly in the Middle Ages. And then human
    • When the Scholastic wisdom
    • passes over then into the modern scientific view of the world, the
    • — to revelation, in fact — when one wants to know
    • stay where it is, but then places itself completely upon a standpoint
    • as that of today. One assumed then that when the human being used his
    • together of himself with the sense-perceptible world when he employed
    • his intellect. And one believed then that if one wanted to know
    • man. When you take up his writing in this direction, you will see
    • that he only stumbled when he tried to take up the human being. He
    • animals. But something always went wrong when he tried to take up the
    • then added on the human being without being able inwardly to
    • This was when I wrote
    • himself to, when — not in a traditional sense, but out of free inner
    • activity — he attains pure thinking, when he, attains this pure,
    • willed thinking which is something positive and real, when this
    • down to intellectuality. When we again find the spirituality in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Foredrag: Kristusimpulsen i tidens utvikling og dens virke i mennesket
    Matching lines:
    • legeme. Der skred et vesen hen over denne vår jord, om
    • hengivelse overfor det, som er foregått for
    • den. Alt som skjer før den tid viser forberedende hen
    • forestillinger som peker hen på Kristus. Men hjertets
    • tidspunkt da det ennu ikke avhenger av vår bevissthet, da
    • Mennesket har gjort seg uavhengig av de
    • det gjennem sin oppreiste gang gjorde seg uavhengig av den
    • de henger sammen med taleevnen, hvis der ikke var skjedd noe
    • hen på Kristus, vekket forståelsen for de
    • menneskene vil se hen på det som de har erfart og opplevet
    • være henvist til å lære historie av ytre
    • opplevelse, og som henger sammen med den første oppflammen
    • und das Leben war das Licht der Menschen.
    • göttlichen Gedanken.
    • und lebe und webe in seinem göttlichen
    • und dieses Leben ist das Ich des Menschen,
    • das im Menschen selber strömt.
  • Title: Lecture: Man's Fall and Redemption
    Matching lines:
    • above earthly contemplation. I said that when people speak to-day of
    • For, everything that a thinker applies when he is bent on his
    • scientific investigations (according to which other people then
    • the observation of the outer phenomena of Nature. The process of
    • on earth. Then, we lived in these thoughts as living beings, just as
    • seize our organism when we incarnate on earth, are the forces of
    • thoughts makes us grow and forms our organs. Thus, when the
    • force of thinking, which becomes active when a human being is born or
    • Even when we
    • fretful tempers, provided we have eyes to see. Then we shall
    • later on. This is so, because in the, beginning of its life, when the
    • entire organism. When the organism gradually grows firmer and harder,
    • that thought takes hold only of the elements of air and fire. When an
    • thinking asserts itself only when we are asleep, i.e. when the weaker
    • this in mind rightly we must say that whenever we contemplate the activity
    • true indeed we may say that undoubtedly we should have seen that when
    • can say: When the intellectual age began to dawn, the old conception of
    • pre-existence. Then science arose as the immediate offspring of this
    • Hence
    • history speaks in a very peculiar way. When the natural sciences and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Calendar of the Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Erfahrungen des Uebersinnlichen. Die wege der Seele zu Christus.
    • gradually be realised, but insight will come when understanding has
    • reality. When the spirit is being spoken of in images taken from Nature,
    • 4:6 But when the sun was up, it was scorched; and because it had no root, it withered away. \
    • Nature — hence it can only be described in the form of a parable.
    • But when Christ Jesus is making clear to His disciples that He is one with
    • given to all men through all time to come — then He is speaking
    • therefore, can only be genuine when man has succeeded in penetrating
    • will be tremendously enriched when man is able to be aware of his
    • seed; then, during the winter, all this seems to be obliterated and
    • that we actually experience when we go to sleep at night? Our astral body
    • happens in the spring, when everything buds and sprouts. The moment
    • condition of budding, sprouting life. It is then spring and summer
    • desolation resembling that of Nature during winter, when the Earth's
    • movement is such that when the Earth-spirits depart from the north
    • consciousness reside only in the head, and when the astral body
    • when the Earth-spirits stream in again, the seeds remain hidden and
    • the Earth-spirits wake; they are then united with the Earth. Thus we
    • may say: When we stand on the Earth in summer we have around us
    • Then comes
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Spirit in the Realm of Plants
    Matching lines:
    • for granted when the words were spoken. ‘These premises’
    • being wants to make comprehensible what resides in the objects, were
    • behind this or that phenomenon. Nevertheless, in our spiritual
    • science and then want to speak about ‘the spirit in the realm
    • Theodor Fechner must already have experienced this idea when, around
    • spoke comprehensively about a soul of plants (e.g., in his book
    • that plants are merely built up out of cells; rather, when he looked
    • individuals were fascinated by what they beheld when, under the
    • doubts and riddles that arise nevertheless, especially when one
    • earth, as something existing by itself. When confronted with the
    • of the earth's crust and were then transformed chemically in
    • something plant-like that hardens and then turns to stone.
    • then it will no longer appear absurd if spiritual science tells us
    • being in the evening, when he is tired, as his consciousness is
    • inner being, then, the human being alternates in such a way that in
    • limits of his skin, and then expands into the great world during the
    • which he is then imbedded. We will not understand the human being
    • when the human being has drawn together into the small, inner world,
    • it is the same as when the human being is surrendered to the whole
    • steps out into the great world when he falls asleep; in summer the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • Mysterienwahrheiten und Weihnachtsimpulse. Alle Mythen und ihre Bedeutung.
    • refer to the last third of the 18th century, when European
    • When we
    • considerable distance. When the Revolution broke out, he was
    • 1780's. Leaving Paris when the Revolution broke out, he was
    • effect; the point is simply that they are there. When they
    • against the things Dupuis discovered with such genius when he
    • pursue these radical changes. Hence it came that in the 18th
    • into thin air. Then they began to take the greatest pains to
    • you, namely that man really dreams historic evolution. Then
    • exoteric truths were represented. What then was esoteric,
    • Then came a
    • time when the Mysteries changed their policy — albeit
    • very ancient times it was the physical truths; then it became
    • Brotherhoods such as those of which I told you, when I
    • received quite special forces when he reached the age of 14
    • which the human being thus received when he became about 14
    • unite with the processes of physical manipulations. When a
    • then prevailing properties of man. Magic would have been
    • then received about the 14th or 15th year of life have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • Mysterienwahrheiten und Weihnachtsimpulse. Alle Mythen und ihre Bedeutung.
    • depends upon the senses. Then we pointed out that in contrast
    • when, as a thought, it springs forth from man, has — so
    • effective after 33 years. And after the 33 years — when
    • to ripen, — then it goes on working. A seed of thought
    • — to ripen. When it is ripened, it goes on working in
    • sleep is at the time when the Summer Solstice has occurred,
    • that is, at the time when — for us — the days are
    • that the Earth has its true waking season; then it is that
    • that when the shortest days and the longest nights are with
    • is most wide-awake. So, then, it is, for one who truly
    • removed as far as can be from any comprehension of events
    • things during my recent lectures, when I described the
    • to revere, in Pallas Athene, the Virgin Wisdom, Pallas Athene
    • under the influence of the Spirit (that is to say, when you
    • the sense of anthroposophical Spiritual Science, then, in
    • Athene, the Virgin Wisdom, the Virgin Wisdom of the Cosmos;
    • impulse of our willing and our doing. Then we express the
    • association-nerves. These nerves are then effective
    • according to their own nature, as pure phenomena; he wanted
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: On the Mysteries of Ancient and Modern Times: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • Mysterienwahrheiten und Weihnachtsimpulse. Alle Mythen und ihre Bedeutung.
    • Warmth)? What is it in reality, when they revere this Fire?
    • This, then, is
    • speaks to man at night-time when the star-lit sky sends him
    • the constellations of the Zodiac. They knew that when the
    • They were clearly conscious of the fact that when a man gives
    • lives in that element which receives the human being when he
    • associated with the constellations, Hence we may truly call
    • said, when ancient charts depict all manner of Beings in the
    • When we
    • Zodiac which represents it. It was said, of old time: When a
    • when the Moon is shining from the Pleiades. They felt the
    • when the Moon is shining from the region of the Pleiades,
    • that which issues from man when he makes use of his larynx.
    • in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces. Pisces will be
    • as he is born in the Spring, when the Sun rises in Pisces, a
    • were not really the work of the Egyptians, Whenever
    • will) knew something else as well. When we observe the stars
    • body. And when we have lived for 72 years (these things, of
    • then culminated in the Easter Mysteries — laid especial
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The World Development in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • when speaking of these. The way in which I characterized the exit
    • the body of formative forces, and then this sentient-volitional
    • learn to know this inner being of man when super-sensible
    • — when we are just as conscious within this inner being as
    • sleeping condition. Consciousness arises when we dive down into
    • physical world (when it uses the physical and etheric organs of
    • which we shall live again when we pass through the portal of
    • death, for then we shall recognize it as a world which belongs to
    • thing which rises up before us when we enter the soul-spiritual
    • self-observation anyone can discover that when he ascends to the
    • sphere of pure thinking, when he surrenders to the external
    • ordinarily dive down into the physical world only when we awake,
    • kindled in us when we encounter certain people in the physical
    • when we come across such things in the external physical world.
    • when we rise up to spheres which are generally called the spheres
    • this in the fullest meaning of the word only when super-sensible
    • When we try to gain knowledge, we are then no longer able to
    • objective. When I look upon a wonderfully painted picture, it
    • without any enthusiasm. It is the same when the spiritual worlds
    • When speaking from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Supersensible in the Human Being and in the Universe
    Matching lines:
    • strengthening forces for our work, strengthening forces for an
    • understanding survey of life and strengthening forces in general,
    • to know, from a moral, a religious, world conception. When he
    • everywhere, behind the phenomena of Nature, spiritual Beings that
    • guided and directed them. When he looked up to the stars he
    • were led and guided by divine spiritual Beings. And when he
    • sin. Wherever they looked, they did not see phenomena of Nature
    • the human being lifted up his heart and soul whenever he wished
    • ancient times, when a moral-religious aspect of the world alone
    • times is in the midst of a conflict, when he looks upon the world
    • that rises up before his soul out of the laws of Nature, when he
    • of Nature, to be buried and lost, when the earth ultimately ends
    • religious and what is natural and sensory. In ancient times, when
    • which we encounter in man is the fact that when he experiences,
    • when they looked upon these three peculiarities of human nature.
    • powers. In ancient times of human evolution, when thoughts took
    • link, whenever the human being, living upon the earth and
    • times; for instance, when they regulated their breathing in order
    • people said to themselves: When a child changes from its crawling
    • within it. When the pupil of the Oriental sage crossed his legs
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Foundations of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • When such a case
    • matter must be taken more seriously when we have to do with the
    • When these
    • precaution), at the time when these experiments were made, no one
    • investigate what can be achieved by a strengthening and
    • everyone can test them … whenever the human will (and we
    • acquainted with the phenomenon known as “second
    • proceed from any abnormal phenomena (the two last lectures proved
    • training which strengthens thought
    • exercises, such as those recently described to you, strengthen
    • just as alive and intensive as sensory perception. Then there are
    • exercises, such as those recently described to you, strengthen
    • just as alive and intensive as sensory perception. Then there are
    • for nor against Anthroposophy, but then he makes a remark which
    • for the following simple reason: When things are mentioned, such
    • any way seem comical to them. But when an Anthroposophist is
    • world — when an Anthroposophist uses ordinary words
    • people do not like to apply to anything else — then he may
    • granted that when the human being is awake he gets tired and as a
    • fatigue is the cause of sleep; for instance, when they observe a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: East and West in the Light of the Christmas Idea
    Matching lines:
    • present time we perceive above all through symptomatic phenomena
    • greatest reverence can be felt for it when looking back from its
    • When we envisage
    • when we adopt the standpoint of the West. It is a word which is
    • thousands of years. We then look back into a time which lies 3000
    • humanity of the Orient, began to perceive the phenomena of the
    • external physical phenomena of the world as something not
    • the stars. Reality will then manifest itself in Maya. If anyone
    • a reality. When submitting to the life of thought we feel as if
    • living Jesus; he opposed the living Jesus. But when he perceived
    • even manifest Himself out of the world's darkness, then Paul
    • comfort when they looked up from the earth to the stars, whence
    • They were endowed with the highest wisdom then accessible to man.
    • appear in His true shape when a world conception based on the
    • then you are lost for evermore.”
    • The festive feeling which we have at Christmas will then ray out
    • we understand this, then the individual Christmas idea which we
    • connection with the different festivals of the year will then ray
  • Title: Lecture: Man and Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • then we speak of the astral body and of the Ego organization. But
    • When we study the
    • studies we know that we discover certain senses only when we
    • us that this statement is absolutely correct; for when
    • And when we study the human being, it will not be difficult to
    • this process, you cannot help saying: When I perceive through the
    • comes from inside. When I look at the table, its impression comes
    • human corpse. When we study a corpse, we study something which no
    • things in the right way must even say: We are then looking upon
    • as such true and real. But when I look upon the corpse, this no
    • the things I perceive when I dig a hole into the earth are not
    • things which exist in such a way that when the human being stands
    • through air when we behold something. When we look through air,
    • same way in which we would see the earth in a coal mine. Hence,
    • human being would then perceive are the earth's different kinds
    • waking consciousness and may then look upon the process of
    • sense impressions and with our thinking activity. When the human
    • human being cannot be conscious of such a perception. Only when
    • then able to perceive the whole metal life of the earth —
    • perceived after a special training, when he has passed through a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Human Freedom and Its Connection with the Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • Anthroposophie als Kosmosophie. Erster Teil. Wesenzuege des Menschens im
    • irdischen und kosmischen Bereich. Der Mensch in seinem Zusammenhang mit
    • Wesenzuege des Menschens im irdischen und kosmischen
    • When we emancipate ourselves from the necessities of earthly
    • existence, when we rise up to free motives guiding our will; that
    • will, then we create the possibility of independence also between
    • When our senses
    • we live from birth to death, then the world appears to us as a
    • us when looking out into the world, it is an illusion which
    • re-appearing in another form; that is to say, we then no longer
    • which fills his waking consciousness. But when he considers his
    • waking concepts, then all this is not only a semblance or
    • be experienced within a world of pictures, of semblance. When we
    • lectures, to times when people still had a certain instinctive
    • manifestation of a spiritual world. This spiritual world then
    • is then the human being. What is concealed here on earth, becomes
    • illusion. When he passes through death, necessity imprisons him,
    • development of the earth. But when he went back still further, he
    • development. They reach back to ages when earthly life was still
    • themselves, and then all the beings, rising as far as man. And
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Knowledge Pervaded with the Experience of Love
    Matching lines:
    • superficial way, when Greek life was beginning to evolve, and the
    • without a spiritual-scientific deepening, that when the ancient
    • when by his intellectual power he could form a picture of the
    • stage of human development. When he could grasp the world
    • when people tried to produce the homunculus in the retort out of
    • element. When man turns his thoughts and ideas to lifeless
    • the feeling that when single phenomena had to be drawn out of the
    • whole extent of facts and grasped in the form of ideas, then
    • whenever he faces the lifeless world.
    • When we go back
    • We shall then discover what a great change took place in all the
    • When we go back
    • through the methods which you have learned to know — when
    • Then came the
    • When the Greek
    • the belief that God might then express himself through man.
    • at a moment when the Greeks strove to set forth the divine in man
    • one entered icy regions, when an ancient Greek philosopher, for
    • becomes manifest in pure thought; as modern men we then no longer
    • animate his concepts, which have grown cold and lifeless: then he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The End of the Dark Age
    Matching lines:
    • Nature. Hence the intellect is spirit, but it fills itself with
    • into himself and that he must say to himself: When I am
    • to the Ahrimanic powers. During the past centuries, when the
    • When we
    • ordinary understanding; but when it is a question of grasping in
  • Title: Lecture: The Golden Legend and a German Christmas Play
    Matching lines:
    • at a time when peace keeps away from a very large part of our earth.
    • we shall want to comprehend it still more deeply at the present time.
    • strengthen us,
    • and it was then shown how man was, as it were, embodied in the Old
    • Testament history. Then as time went on there was added that which
    • comprehensive thought: the thought of the Origin of the Cross. The
    • about that (as was shown at certain times) when Adam, the man of sin,
    • when we lay his body in the earth, this body is not merely that which
    • Earth-aura. And when we now see on the grave of the man Adam led away
    • originally was, we then see everything that man has become through
    • forsaking his original state, when he submitted to the Luciferic
    • in the evolution of the Earth and is present therein. When, however,
    • formatively upon us, up to the moment when we have a conscious
    • Only when we pass through the gates of death we have to travel back
    • Adam-nature, of which he left an imprint in the grave when he died in
    • further evolution of man, beholding how man recapitulates when he has
    • When we
    • the three last years of the Christ life, when the Christ was in the
    • other places. But what Schröer then discovered of the customs
    • permitted to share in it. Things had to be made more comprehensible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Thought and the Secret of the Ego
    Matching lines:
    • word peace in a time when peace is utterly absent in the widest circles
    • death to each other and how they then can go through the same portal
    • intensely, especially in our time. Then we will have an intimation of
    • makes us strong, that He strengthens us, that He
    • of the temptation of Adam, and Eve was presented, and then it was shown
    • in certain periods of time): when Adam, the sinful man was buried,
    • stood in Paradise, which then grew again out of Adam's grave, out of
    • the earth has since then become united with the entire corporeality
    • view. The Luciferic principle entered the human being when the
    • indeed he forms a part of the earth. And when we lay his body into
    • being within the earthly realm. It can then also be clear out of
    • It is only when
    • Luciferic element mixed in with it. This then is in the aura of the
    • earth. And when we now look upon the tree growing out of the grave of
    • When we seek knowledge, we seek it in a different way than was
    • super-sensible forces in the spiritual world. When we have gone
    • as a tool so that we can consciously comprehend our self as an
    • bodily nature. When we meet a person we ask him, “How old are
    • journey. Only when we have gone through the portal of death must we
    • order to re encounter our “I” and then to take it along
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Zarathustra
    Matching lines:
    • When we
    • When we
    • are with higher states of consciousness, they are incomprehensible to
    • consciousness of man. Man then lived in a world of images —
    • the case in olden times; for he then entered into those intermediate
    • states between waking and sleep when the spiritual world appeared
    • and the other from the ancient Indian teachings — when we
    • to incarnation. When we pierce through the veil of the inner being
    • then reach our eternal essence and enter a world of spirit. On the
    • if we so strengthen our spiritual powers that they can penetrate
    • physical phenomena — then our strengthened spiritual forces
    • become a single current of culture. When we speak to-day of the
    • to strengthen the powers of understanding in order to penetrate the
    • contrary, Zarathustra taught: “Strengthen the powers of
    • physical phenomena, the reality of a spiritual power, active and
    • the mysterious being who was to be found when a man descended more
    • in which the eyes of spirit beheld the phenomena of the physical
    • every physical phenomenon. The whole civilisation inspired by
    • truth when we say: “God is at work behind
    • every physical phenomenon” — but this is merely a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hermes
    Matching lines:
    • Egypt. We realise this the more strongly when we try to penetrate
    • grows deeper still when we find that even external research has
    • words like these: “When I have endeavoured to unravel some of
    • modern age. I have felt then that the significance of my message to
    • the significance of this expression only dawns upon us when the light
    • perceptible to lower clairvoyance. Then, so far as humanity in
    • and conceptions of physical phenomena. Thus arose our modern science.
    • to look back to still earlier times when their leading
    • them aware, and they looked back to olden times when their
    • that there had once been an age when their predecessors had gazed
    • was called by the name of HERMES. And when in later times a man came
    • have been severely punished. It is said too, that in the age when
    • had been torn from her by Typhon or Seth, and when at length she
    • different places in the land where Temples were then erected. Then,
    • from a more spiritual existence. When I look into my own soul I
    • active thinking. After having been active in soul, we may then be
    • when the active principle of thought does not enter. The Moon awaits
    • the Osiris-Power to reflect it back as Isis-Power.” But when
    • expressions of a mighty cosmic clock. When we gaze at this mighty
    • felt in his soul when he spoke of the powers of Osiris and Isis. The
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Nature of Butterflies
    Matching lines:
    • time in summer when man walks in the open and sees the lovely iridescent
    • when based on materialistic science. Experiments are continually being
    • things are only grasped rightly when the spiritual is considered.
    • complicated process. We will start from the fact that when autumn
    • where it hangs. It first attaches the threads and then vanishes into the
    • cocoon. So we first have the egg, then the caterpillar and now the
    • flutters forth into the air. It can then lay another egg and the same
    • phenomena. You have no doubt noticed the astonishing fact when a lamp
    • them to the earth. So when we see a caterpillar we know that it really
    • at night when there is no light it rolls up the thread. It spins it out
    • called. The silkworm spins the silk according to the light, so when you
    • is spun in the pattern of light rays, and when you come across a
    • which is then able to fly out and enjoy the activity of a sun-being.
    • annihilate, but when it comes about in the right way it transforms the
    • butterfly is understood only when viewed as a complete creature of light
    • far too much earthly matter. When the content of the caterpillar comes
    • When I say “I” to myself I kindle this inner light. In
    • butterfly's wings! It is really most interesting to note that when I say
    • be so simple, but in olden times when people had knowledge of these
    • know that he had not spoken with true inner feeling. But when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Memory and Love
    Matching lines:
    • Menschlichen Organismus.
    • lectures I have been permitted to give here. I spoke then about man's
    • image of those experiences. Human life on earth is understood only when
    • here on similar occasions. When a man is walking, the ground he walks on
    • perceive them only when they are ill, and then in a very imperfect way.
    • at it, unless we are studying anatomy, and then we are not studying a
    • his head. For when he begins to know anything of it, as a rule the
    • rebirth we feel ourselves actually to be the whole world — when I
    • never become fully aware of ourselves. Hence in our experience between
    • when in physical life we close our eyes and ears and go to sleep. If I
    • this experience of beings in the spiritual world when we enter life on
    • able to experience ourselves, then on earth it would be impossible for
    • of freedom. Thus when on earth we develop morality and freedom, they are
    • world. For we do then feel lonely when we, as it were, breathe out.
    • spirit-seed of our physical body: this we send down first; then we take
    • continually become less able to comprehend, to maintain, ourselves
    • for community on earth. This proves to be very significant when with the
    • want to add something about the processes mentioned then. I know that
    • together. So you must be clear that when I tell you of experiences
    • can be quite short, and then things are telescoped together — it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Conferencia: La Comunión Espiritual de la Humanidad
    Matching lines:
    • Das Verhaeltnis Der Sternenwelt zum Menschen und des Menschen
  • Title: Lecture: The Experiences of Sleep and their Spiritual Background
    Matching lines:
    • Geistiger Zusammenhaenge in der Gestaltung des Menschlichen Organismus.
    • Menschlichen Organismus.
    • understanding with its power of combination. But then we can go on to
    • show that when we investigate our consciousness, we find in it all
    • raise any objection when a conclusion such as the following is reached.
    • or feelings or acts of will to flow forth from it. When such a statement
    • the soul than to say it exhibits phenomena which are to all appearances
    • are then in a position to bring clarity into a realm where with the
    • content first of all grows dim, is then gradually extinguished and a
    • When a
    • When we
    • the world of our waking hours. Hence one feels — one would
    • that when you experience something consciously in waking life, a great
    • is a simple fact. Let us say, for example, you feel joy. When you feel
    • joy, your blood beats differently from the way it beats when you are
    • they work on into our life of day; so that when we wake in the morning
    • takes place in the soul when it is separated from the body during the
    • parts, and this process is united with an experience which, when it
    • in such a way as was right for those ancient times. Men were then so
    • when someone has inherited a certain faculty from his parents, he is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Reincarnation and Karma
    Matching lines:
    • it has followed since the 17th century the time will come when
    • will come when some Virchow perhaps will say: There was a time
    • — we are glad that time is past — when people
    • generation, when certain complicated chemical and physical
    • triumphant when Ladenburg, Professor of Chemistry at Breslau,
    • soul-life apply adequately to external phenomena. He does that
    • knowledge can only be satisfied when it realises that harmony
    • Anthroposophist when he connects himself with modern scientific
    • difficulty in realising that plants change when they are
    • conceive that certain animals lose their eye sight when they
    • soul life, which are more difficult to understand. When he calls
    • “the struggle for existence,” a comprehensive
    • matter. Certainly, when it cannot be avoided, it is admitted
    • observation have not been brought to bear upon such phenomena,
    • same position towards them as towards those people who, when
    • pass by without specially thinking about them. Then someone
    • when I describe them as members of the human species, as I would
    • have when I have described a lion as a specimen of his kind. The
    • “enlightened” man of modern days, when, in 1872, he
    • understand how inanimate phenomena can be explained by immutable
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Life and Death
    Matching lines:
    • taken away. That is to say, that when a man is no longer able
    • natural science than ten years ago, when one was almost
    • embarrassed in speaking of life at all, and when all life was
    • so that only a conservation of matter could then be spoken
    • first lives on in the second and when these die they both
    • animals and man, because an important phenomenon is not taken
    • created, the dying off of the old one then begins. In the
    • first half of the lecture — and then proceed to the
    • escaped the fate of Giordano Bruno. When we consider how the
    • then, was the cause of this truth, “Life can only
    • is just the same method as when they look at the mud
    • are planned. Certainly many will say: “Has, then, a
    • when, for example, a school task is set for pupils, such as
    • write the biography of our pens! One could, then, even speak
    • species, there would be no history. One could then only speak
    • individuality. If then, a man be born, there is born with him
    • That is to say that this individual kernel when it appears at
    • individual life — and then, of course, to our next
    • about that”, then if he draws this conclusion again and
    • characterised. The time will come when men will realise that
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Elementary Kingdoms
    Matching lines:
    • precisely when we speak of such difficult matters, that we
    • ground, can then be left rooted in this place. This may still
    • this case, to apply a thought to a single object, for when we
    • feels pain when we hammer it and break it into pieces. When
    • however, only when the human being is awake — when he
    • are then in the physical world, whereas the astral body and
    • plane, the human being is then of the same worth as a plant.
    • the Moon, hence it has reached only the second stage of
    • the physical body had then the appearance of a mineral of
    • permeated by the etheric body. When picturing to ourselves to
    • When the human Ego entered into man, it began to work upon
    • complicated. When the human being is awake, the astral body
    • and the Ego work within his blood. But what happens when the
    • an Ego are active within it. Hence, every night, the blood
    • to explain the nature of these Beings who become active when
    • human Ego really live, when it lives here, upon the physical
    • mineral nature. When the human beings will have progressed,
    • will then appear to them just as clearly as do now the laws
    • possible to produce plants in the laboratory, but only when
    • Only when man has become so earnest and purified, that he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: 'Goethe's Faust' from the Point of View of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • times when humanity has thought and striven after a solution
    • This I have often emphasized in this city, when I had the
    • Whenever
    • perfectly comprehensible if one does not go deeper into the
    • principal facts of this Spiritual Science. And even when such
    • in exactly the same way as color and light phenomena surround
    • perception. But when we are lucky enough to perform a
    • not, as a rule, advanced far enough to use these. But when we
    • “awakened” when these new eyes and ears are
    • awakening. And now, when he has advanced thus far he learns
    • in the world of spirit; hence little is thought to-day of the
    • science recognized as self-evident. But when Redi, in his
    • then it becomes self-evident and common knowledge of
    • spiritual eye and ear to the psychic sphere. And then this
    • very different when we, for example, study a child from the
    • something indefinite in its features; then we notice how
    • to physical existence when its task in the higher world has
    • formed today do not cease to be when death passes over
    • comprehensive of: his “Faust”.
    • the phenomena of nature was an early predisposition. We see
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Birth of the Light
    Matching lines:
    • Erfahrungen des Uebersinnlichen. Die wege der Seele zu Christus.
    • then we can naturally let our thoughts sweep on from this our
    • when the spirit gazes into that night in which we would pour
    • such can be our feeling, then we are feeling together with all
    • significance for us. The first figure meets us when we turn our
    • with the great cosmic forces when, through an understanding of
    • as we follow this evening a relevant line of thought, whence
    • centuries was affected when such a soul, having first felt
    • knowledge, then approached the Christ-Impulse simply and
    • what lived in those early Christian souls, when for example we
    • lived wholly in the world of the old heathen gods and could
    • Golgotha was still completely given up to the old heathen
    • use of the old heathen magical methods. All this is played out
    • between Faust and Gretchen, in the atmosphere of this battle of
    • Behold my tears outpouring and then hear
    • Unto the Sun-God Mithras. Then I lived
    • In Athena's noble city, as a citizen —
    • Such was my parents' wish. When I was ten,
    • In Kora's mournful death-complaint. Then as a temple-child
    • ‘Then I ascended on the forest-mount,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Galileo, Giordano Bruno, and Goethe
    Matching lines:
    • understand by attributing to the human beings existing then a
    • our own era, to the time when that spirit was first kindled
    • vital and progressive culture from then to the present day.
    • Giordano Bruno are the two names we must mention when we
    • which was then given to the thought of Natural Science will
    • the immediate future. Hence the importance of a comprehensive
    • how wide was the field which the term then embraced. We must
    • Scientific Knowledge was then very different from the ideas
    • printing-press, of those days when, for the majority of the
    • instruction. Hence the necessity, if we would understand
    • heart, the nerves spread to the brain and from thence spread
    • body. Then, indeed, this scholar, who was a devout follower
    • Aristotle on this subject, then I will support it by another
    • understand it when we realize that Aristotle lived at the end
    • logical system in his writings. Hence there is much in his
    • it is he really meant. Thus, when he speaks of nerves, we
    • Giordano Bruno, which was already related to our own. When
    • when the clairvoyant consciousness saw, not only the physical
    • proceed from the heart, flow to the brain and, from thence,
    • centuries preceding Galileo and Giordano Bruno. Hence people
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: On the Occasion of Goethe's Birthday
    Matching lines:
    • of his poem, when he returned again and again to this labour
    • For when Goethe, wrote the present, universally-known conclusion
    • beings in the true sense of the word. When we pass in review
    • comprehensiveness and many-sidedness of his mentality. It is
    • universality of his spirit, and then to ask ourselves how
    • for us, then, to devote a little study to the inner character
    • comprehensive enough to embrace all the various branches of
    • general knowledge of special subjects. But when we consider
    • whether our souls are capable of comprehending what belongs
    • when we consider this we must conclude that it would be a
    • which testify everywhere, when examined in the proper light,
    • branches in that period. When we were young, in the
    • theories attributed all phenomena to particular kinds of
    • In short we might say that it was customary then to explain
    • theory of vibration. Then as we approached the last decade of
    • attributing external physical facts, such as the phenomena of
    • unprogressive minds. This opinion is chiefly strengthened by
    • fated to be discarded by the great physicists, who then
    • when we were young, when even the force of gravitation was
    • The essential point here is that when the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Errors of Spiritual Investigation
    Matching lines:
    • investigator can only push forward to truth, when he really
    • of herself, when she works on herself in the way indicated.
    • Imaginative cognition, consciousness is strengthened and
    • condition void of ordinary consciousness appears then in the
    • planetary system, then such knowledge mingles with the
    • way is present, then, surprising, indeed grotesque
    • everywhere the sources of error when one has to do with the
    • mediumship. Then we come to many a sphere where sources of
    • of mediumistic revelations, then one will also transcend the
    • — the fact of the experience. And when one can look
    • forces, then it is comprehensible that on one occasion the
    • far off goal. One will then come more and more to such
    • the medium is placed in this damped down condition, then in
    • manifest, then they must take possession of the
    • insufferance, when, by the one-sided emphasis of one
    • conceive then that the truth lies between two opposite
    • own standpoint, and asking: — how has my soul then,
    • the spiritual side — then in this attitude, one
    • and then to see how each has come to his standpoint, then
    • furnish opportunity to approach the truth, which would then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Factors of Karma, Deficiencies in Psychoanalysis
    Matching lines:
    • Das Karma des Befurs des Menschen in Anknuepfung an Goethes Leben.
    • not even that. Nor must you imagine that the position then
    • Notably when it tries to enter into the life of the soul, the
    • Solfatara country when one sets a light to a piece of
    • schools will not yet admit a comprehensive
    • life. Then she lived on. Fourteen years have passed. Perhaps
    • they say, ‘nervous,’ neurasthenic, or the like.
    • the patient gets to grips with the thing — then it will
    • are then obliged to place it frequently in a distorted light.
    • lives on Earth. Then perhaps we shall discover that there are
    • prevented the fulfilment of his plan. And then we shall
    • death when this life is at an end, and to become a potent force
    • strengthened and enhanced. Then between death and a new
    • Then as to the so-called ‘animal slime at the bottom of the
    • then you will understand how many things are working upward
    • now, in the one case and in the other. Above all when
    • Consider the human being in those years of life when the
    • make a great mistake, especially when they try to be clever,
    • of the former incarnation; and when this period is at an
    • effect, notably in the first seven years of life, when the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Matter Incidental to the Question of Destiny
    Matching lines:
    • Das Karma des Befurs des Menschen in Anknuepfung an Goethes Leben.
    • of destiny in human life. The fact is brought home to us when we attempt
    • itself is obstinate when we try to elaborate ideas according to
    • especially when people are discussing the biography, the human
    • introduction of far more science into the schools. And when one
    • What does it mean when a biographer — in this case it is
    • its origin in ancient times, when people based themselves on
    • when the first train goes over, the bridge collapses and he is
    • hypothesis, for when such a thing occurs, Karma works itself
    • between birth and death. How would it then have been?
    • America at a time when Olcott was up to all manner of things
    • period of life when this profession is generally
    • somehow to promote him. When people prove their ability so
    • — naturally had no suspicions when he was told this
    • interesting piece of news. But when they had finished their
    • experiencing this and that, such and such complications. Then
    • entangle the accused. (And as defender? Then he must be well up
    • again into a half-slumbering condition, and when he
    • very minute when he visited him in his bedroom.
    • and then again on quite another, so as to bring precisely these
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Hereditary Impulses and Impulses from Previous Earth Lives
    Matching lines:
    • Das Karma des Befurs des Menschen in Anknuepfung an Goethes Leben.
    • will go on and on evolving when the Earth passes through the
    • scientific world-conception of to-day, educationists, when they
    • the question of heredity when they consider it in conjunction
    • change of teeth, the etheric from then onward to the time of
    • this point of time. This is what we must really comprehend.
    • ... When he is in the spiritual world with the Angeloi,
    • in some way can be near to his soul, then, looking downward,
    • thence, as I have explained even in exoteric lectures, all that
    • result of his vocational life in the last incarnation. Then
    • this is also the point of time when man is led by vague
    • former incarnation are especially at work. When
    • impulses, then he can also understand what social needs can be
    • so we called it, choosing a comprehensive and, as it were,
    • ideal of the Bourgeois we then contrasted the Eastern goal. (It
    • Europe, when modern scientific realism will have gone so far
    • circles.’ And then they summon up all kinds of powers which
    • can no longer work effectively when they begin to know how they
    • not do so — when she was born, since when she has been a
    • she has been in the Society, and if I were then to add up the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Relation of Man to the Hierarchies
    Matching lines:
    • Das Karma des Befurs des Menschen in Anknuepfung an Goethes Leben.
    • believe — though they do not comprehend it — that they
    • kingdoms which he then finds in his physical environment: the
    • mineral kingdom and so on. And when he passes through the
    • gate of death the other section of his life begins. He then
    • they really do not comprehend it — that they
    • whence it comes there is absolutely no knowledge of the
    • God when they declare: ‘We will have none of your mediation
    • it really God whom they conceive when they think or speak of
    • God? Are they conceiving what the word God must mean when the
    • man, then the animal kingdom, the plant kingdom, the mineral
    • Spirit of the Time is a sublime Being. Then again we have those
    • harmony among men on Earth. Hence in a certain sense they
    • from death to a new birth. Then they lead him again into a new
    • Thence we come down to man himself. Man, as he now is on
    • part. In real truth, when they give themselves up to this
    • human being is living in an untruth when he does not admit, ‘I
    • and this involves important consequences. For when a man
    • human evolution. For when the soul is benumbed the Ego is
    • suppressed, the Ego is made dim, and then those other Powers
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Birth of Christ in the Human Soul
    Matching lines:
    • such — for instance, when the Christian cosmic
    • earliest times of the evolution of Christianity, when the Event
    • Christmas, for the strengthening and uplifting of the human
    • level whence they could, in the true sense, direct their look
    • then in concepts that speak to the utmost depths of the human
    • of one elderly person who was then present and whom he did not
    • can be broken through when such a karmic situation exists as
    • evolution. And in our own present time, when all that is taking
    • into trivial conceptions of Christmas, when the human heart is
    • filled with so much that is painful, when this human heart must
    • dear friends, the very moment when the human being enters into
    • born out of the spirit into a body. When the Rosicrucian said:
    • spiritual world, we then express ourselves very differently
    • about man's whole physical evolution. That is, we then know
    • body when they are separated from the physical and etheric
    • humanity. Then will the Christmas conception become powerful
    • again for humanity; then will mankind once more approach the
    • as it will then be in human hearts. For it is a strange fact,
    • humanity in its true meaning only when we know that truths are
    • when it first appeared tumultuously in human evolution. We must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mysteries (Die Geheimnisse)
    Matching lines:
    • second frankincense, and the third one myrrh. When the Danish
    • into the One principle, the Christian principle. When this
    • When he looks on the human body he sees it as consisting of
    • different limbs: the head, arms, hands, and so on. When he
    • phenomena were to him deeds of the gods, gestures of the gods,
    • was everything that occurs among mankind, when people establish
    • social communities, when they submit to moral commandments and
    • regulate their dealings through laws, when from the forces of
    • expressions of the spiritual. When he pointed to the sun
    • men among each other as determined by laws. When the esoteric
    • Then the esoteric Christian looked up at the moon and saw that
    • something spiritual. He imagined that when the sun looked
    • visibly down on the earth, when it sent down its rays,
    • and when it had culminated in the long summer days — then
    • sun was. But when the days became shorter, when autumn and
    • earth most intensively when the shortest days come, with the
    • midnight. The earth was then no longer a veil for the sun,
    • their experience: “At noon, when the sun stands highest, when
    • and they sleep the deepest sleep in summer, when the sun
    • awake on Christmas night, when the external physical power of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 1. Angels, Folk Spirits, Time Spirits: their part in the Evolution of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • outlook. It follows then that a certain degree of maturity in
    • man, who at least in their external aspect can be apprehended
    • the most intractable member of his being. When our present physical
    • distant past when man required long epochs of time for his evolution
    • then for the etheric body and finally for the astral body, and then
    • the evolution of his astral body, for example, at a time when the
    • within him today implanted first as a seed and then perfected
    • reached the stage when they are transmuting their astral body into
    • performing the work which will be the prerogative of man when, in his
    • when from within our ego, we shall transform the life-body into Life
    • Spirit or Buddhi. When we contemplate these Beings, we recognize them
    • still more distant future when he will be able to transmute his
    • evolution of mankind. When ultimately man will have developed so far
    • into Spirit Self or Manas, then he will experience in full
    • and etheric bodies, then he is limited to the free and random
    • possible at present, but it will be a possibility when he has evolved
    • in the evolution of man. We shall then feel that we can direct
    • phenomena exist already and man could perceive them if only he would
    • give heed to them. He would then see that there are certain entities,
    • right time so that he will then be able to direct his physical and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 2. Normal and abnormal Archangels and Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • stage of development when they work from within the ‘I’
    • upon their etheric or life-body, when they fashion this body from out
    • Spirits, invades the life of man, then there must be on the other
    • surprising, for his consciousness is limited to the phenomenal world.
    • plane. Then we are always conscious that this etheric aura begins to
    • evolution when a people migrates and occupies new territory. The
    • the inheritance of the migrations of the peoples. When we observe
    • the external world apprehended by the senses is only maya or
    • possibilities of interaction, as when one temperament influences
    • for a time in the spiritual world and then incarnates again
    • elsewhere. When we observe these recurrent changes we are still only
    • the etheric body of the people; then picture the interaction of the
    • When,
    • must be quite clear about these Beings; we shall then be able to name
    • experiencing it in the Earth-stage. Hence they are Beings who are now
    • isolated phenomena, but as particular configurations in the physical
    • in bold relief; at other times, when the Spirit of the Age directs
    • one occasion, when for the first time specially polished lenses were
    • then assembled in the appropriate manner. Chance would account for
    • thought. Hence the thought-life of man at different epochs is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 3. The inner Life of the Folk Spirits. Formation of the Races.
    Matching lines:
    • creation of thought; then, in this space, the sum-total of the angles
    • interested in the phenomenal world perceived through the senses. The
    • perceptions of the physical world, then you exclude precisely that
    • which does not concern the Archangels. The question then is: what
    • Archangels. We are fully aware of this when we see, for example, how
    • Greeks have taken their conceptions of Zeus and Athene if they had
    • from outside and which the Intellectual Soul elaborates. Then we come
    • extending beyond the Intellectual Soul and Spiritual Soul, then it
    • soul-life in the Intellectual or Mind-Soul; it then rises into the
    • which we know through sensory apprehension as colour, sound, warmth,
    • feels an object to be warm or cold when he takes hold of it. The
    • Archangel experiences something similar when he meets with human
    • receives from without, the Archangel receives from within; hence when
    • particular people at a definite time. When the opportunity for
    • incarnation occurs, when a people can be found in the full vigour of
    • youth, in the creative period of its life, then the Archangel
    • people in question when he perceives the individual centres beginning
    • Then comes the time when he withdraws from the particular national
    • feel more drawn to the astral body. Hence they have the fullest
    • undertaken during the creative period of a people when its youthful
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 4. The Evolution of Races and Civilization.
    Matching lines:
    • so when we seek to understand man as he is today, we find a richly
    • varied and much patterned fabric. Only when we examine this fabric
    • then, that precede the actual birth of the ego at the age of twenty
    • Form had free rein until man's twentieth year, then in the
    • of twenty. Hence the abnormal Spirits of Form endow man with
    • when he would find himself Earth-bound. We learn from Spiritual
    • man's development had followed this course, then all those
    • the first third of life when, in effect, he is under the dominion of
    • acquired during the period when he is not wholly under the direction
    • period of evolution when one can justifiably speak of the idea of
    • epoch, for only then did man incarnate on Earth. Before that time he
    • lived in the spiritual environment of the Earth. He then incarnated
    • fixed centre and divided into so many races, then we fail to grasp
    • we must realize that when our fifth post-Atlantean epoch is
    • continuous revolution of a wheel, then we carry the picture of a mill
    • we continue northward and then turn in a westerly direction towards
    • When we look more closely into these separate points or centres we
    • of cosmic influence. When determining racial characteristics these
    • across Europe to Asia. Then the westward migration is repeated, but
    • period when man's response to physical nature is still dormant,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 5. Manifestation of the Hierarchies in the Elements of Nature.
    Matching lines:
    • teaching of karma and reincarnation, when rightly understood. This
    • When we contemplate the destiny of our integral Self we may be sure
    • Then
    • found therefore in the phenomenal world, the realm of Maya or
    • phenomena has a totally different conception of this “rocky
    • Movement alone, then the Earth would be in a continual state of flux,
    • for this alpine chain? There was a time in the far distant past when
    • become solidified. Waves of semi-fluid consistency were then thrown
    • formation which dates from the time when the primeval mass of the
    • what we called the Spirits of Wisdom. When therefore we look inward
    • Divine Beings, Thrones, Cherubim and Seraphim. When we look outward
    • and the Spirits of Wisdom. When we gaze out into the periphery of the
    • Earth, when we lift our eyes to the Cosmic Spheres, all the
    • nature-forces and natural phenomena we encounter there are
    • when we look into the depths of the Earth we ascribe to the Beings of
    • operate. When man learns to perceive something of that which he
    • synthesis and analysis, then he hears these Spirits of Movement, he
    • occult schools speak. That too is what Goethe describes when he
    • speaks of the Sun, not as the giver of light, but when he says:
    • and dark at certain times, then there would also be times when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 6. The Five Root Races of Mankind.
    Matching lines:
    • complicated matter, as you may well imagine, when the Spirits of the
    • another period. Hence in order to arrive at a fuller understanding of
    • when they are reflected from the Earth's centre.
    • comprehensive picture was given of the cosmic activity of the three
    • make the mission of the Earth comprehensible we must approach this
    • existence. If you bear this in mind then you will also sense the
    • complicated that when we imagine we have grasped one point of view we
    • accordance with their declared intention, then collectively they
    • shine down upon us in the light from our present Cosmos — then
    • for the purpose of establishing the equilibrium), then we must
    • When
    • active in a particular region of the Earth's surface, then only
    • the Earth. Hence in that which here manifests in the potent forces of
    • the abnormal Spirits of Form centred in Mercury) then from an occult
    • from which the individual races spread outward. We then come to Asia,
    • race. We then move northward across the wide expanse of Asia and we
    • find the Mongolian race, which is formed by the Mars forces. Then we
    • epoch of evolution. It is valid for the epoch when, at a definite
    • Hence in my book
    • this way the broad foundations of the races were laid, and when man
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 7. Advance of Folk Spirits to the Rank of Time Spirits.
    Matching lines:
    • themselves advance to a higher rank. When we look back over the
    • post-Atlantean evolution, we are living in an Age when certain
    • interesting phenomenon, for when we observe how the Folk Spirits, or
    • Archangels in our terminology, rise to a higher rank, only then do we
    • understand the period when the division of mankind into the five root
    • back into early Atlantean times. If we wish to ascertain when those
    • geographical area in Africa, when those who became the Malayan race
    • migrated to Southern Asia, then we must look back to early Atlantean
    • migration towards the end of the Atlantean epoch, when a small band
    • first set out during the post-Atlantean epoch, then we must clearly
    • from West to East had long been under the guidance of Archangels when
    • Archai-being who then worked through intuition upon those great
    • attempts to explain the phenomena of the Cosmos by one ultimate
    • who, surveying the Universe, persisted in explaining the phenomena of
    • understanding of the world, to a comprehensive, concrete view of the
    • their different divinities are comprehended in a unity, receive the
    • representations which can apprehend phenomena with sympathetic
    • substance. Hence the power of speculation, the power of synthetic
    • Spirits of Form and became the guiding Time Spirit who then works on
    • exoteric Christianity. The Greek Time Spirit then became the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 8. The Five Post-Atlantean Civilizations.
    Matching lines:
    • the greatest nonsense. What happens as a rule when a person compares
    • and so on.” Then he rapidly adds: “Twenty years ago I
    • different Beings are present in Adonis and in Christ, then we are
    • followed by the Egypto-Chaldean-Babylonian, then the Graeco-Latin
    • civilization — which then found its literary expression in the
    • consciousness. Then the ‘I’ entered in — they awoke
    • came comparatively late, at a time when the people was already to a
    • certain extent very mature, when the had already undergone what the
    • Teutonic peoples still had to undergo when they had developed their
    • beings were subject when migrating from West to East. In the course
    • development when their ego was still in a dim state of consciousness.
    • furthest evolved when their ego awoke to full self-consciousness.
    • stage a long time before. They awoke to self-consciousness when they
    • Whence all the activity and positive influence of the various Angels
    • accomplished at a time when they were not yet ego-conscious. They
    • awoke to ego-consciousness when their souls had already reached a
    • people had risen to such high spiritual levels that, at the time when
    • stage which the peoples of the West still had to reach. Hence the
    • then come to the Chaldean peoples. They were already aware of the
    • on, then we are making a superficial study of comparative religion;
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 9. Loki - Hodur and Baldur - Twilight of the Gods.
    Matching lines:
    • phenomenal world was merely Maya or illusion. Now I pointed out in
    • then, was the destiny of these Indian peoples meanwhile? For the
    • human being distinct from itself, then in the act of cognition one is
    • But it is a different matter when the ego knows itself, for then the
    • formal manner; then we shall also comprehend why Europe in particular
    • universe. Hence the completely different atmosphere in the old Indian
    • ego too has been permeated by the Luciferic power. When therefore we
    • the phenomenal world surrounding man, so that the Ahrimanic influence
    • You will find — for at the time when the Gospels were written
    • is organized for activity in the external world; hence he has his
    • in a period when they endeavoured to raise themselves into the higher
    • then still participated in the creation of races, in that it gave man
    • then, does the Luciferic influence act? It penetrates into the astral
    • may say that when the Luciferic influence entered into man, the
    • claim, then, from the results of spiritual-scientific investigation
    • does not see things in their true form. Whenever the ancient Teutons
    • When
    • upon this Teutonic mythology, you would then see how this is
    • time when man did not apprehend the world through sensory perception
    • time, when this view developed, man alternated between a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 10. The Mission of Individual Peoples and Cultures in the Past, Present and Future.
    Matching lines:
    • the East, when the ‘I’ really awoke, it was not of course
    • At the time when man became ego-conscious in the East, Eastern
    • Europe; hence the European felt this gradual unfolding of the
    • It was in this way that Nordic man experienced them at a time when
    • instruction which was mediated directly from the higher world. Hence
    • culture of mankind as it unfolds. But at the time when these European
    • was necessary that the Mysteries should gradually withdraw. Hence
    • Hence the remarkable wisdom and clairvoyant insight of the ancient
    • developing ego-consciousness. He then returned to his activity in the
    • again at a time when man could perceive by means of the forces of the
    • the Spiritual Soul (or Consciousness-Soul). Hence the Greek culture
    • external world, towards the phenomena of the physical plane, and to
    • man. Hence the Roman people was able to develop human and social
    • comprehensible if one realizes that, in consequence of this, an
    • insight. All this was then poured into the Spiritual Soul of the
    • remark, so characteristic of the man, when, in answer to the
    • what form it takes. When we look back into ancient times we observe a
    • remarkable phenomenon. We have already said that the first
    • Then, turning eastward, it gradually cooled down. Long before the
    • had as yet no history; hence the Chinese civilization also has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mission/Folk-Souls (1970): 11. Nerthus, Freyja and Gerda.
    Matching lines:
    • over the centuries and that henceforth modern spiritual research will
    • Jupiter-, Mars-, Venus-, and Mercury-souls then descended upon Earth
    • Cosmos. Whenever new beings descended from spiritual heights into the
    • at the time when Tacitus wrote his “Germania”. No one
    • in former times in these Northern regions. Hence in the Sagas of the
    • which was still natural to man here when, in those ancient times, the
    • body itself for the use of these soul-forces, which then transmit to
    • clairvoyant forces to the physical plane, then this magic ship is
    • magic ship spreads its sails and is then folded up again into the
    • specially fitted to receive them. A time will come when individuals
    • world-events conform to law, he will then realize, little by little,
    • manifestation of Christ, a manifestation which must come when human
    • capacities develop naturally to the point when the Christ can be seen
    • should comprehend everything from the perspective of the physical
    • then will follow what I have often spoken of here, and which I must
    • well-known case occurred in the seventeenth century, when a man
    • flourished, then this people must realize that the old clairvoyance
    • again in an epoch when other forces meanwhile have been at work upon
    • the human soul. When man gazes out into the new world with the new
    • no longer avail. If the old forces were to persist, then the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • we may indeed rise up into those super-sensible worlds whence
    • European cultural development when the several activities of the
    • development, to times when a unified culture, born directly out of
    • their culture, but they still spoke of religion, even when their
    • knowledge. When feeling became more intense, became filled with
    • enthusiasm for what as religion overflowed into artistic form, then
    • the soul, fired by feeling, strengthened by the best in our will,
    • actions of everyday life. Then what we call profane life will became
    • this in mind some years ago, when we produced this very drama at the
    • hovers before our minds. When some time ago we were beginning to
    • spiritual-scientifie development. When I myself judged that the time
    • has to happen in human evolution when we entirely suppress our own
    • question to ourselves, then all the signs of the times show us that
    • passed its prime and will bear little fruit in future. When I say
    • before us, as if inscribed in letters of gold, when we began some
    • beginning towards the apprehension of true Anthroposophy, an
    • human nature. And then this ancient Greek said to himself: ‘In
    • Menelaus, Odysseus, were given to mankind, then under its influence
    • when Socrates first wrested scientific thinking from the old unified
    • culture, right up to the time when poor Nietzsche, in travail of his
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • capable, when it comes under the influence of this intellectual
    • figures; so that men did not then speak of abstract forces, but of
    • when we reflect that by representing the force hidden in the depths
    • what does it mean, when we apply what Greek mythology and the Mystery
    • disappears, things are really only transformed. Whither, then, has
    • comprehensive soul-life, a subconscious soul-life, is at work in us
    • really to be found. When an Atlantean man gazed into the spiritual
    • world, he saw Demeter; she really came to meet him. When, out of this
    • him by the powers of Nature, by divine Beings. When man turned his
    • these forces the process of digestion, but the digestion was then a
    • densification of the human body. And when the ancient Greek feels the
    • thought even of people as recent as the Greeks. When the modern man
    • did they work? Well, when the human being ate and when he breathed,
    • gave him his food, also as the cosmic power of Nature who, when he
    • to himself: ‘I gaze upwards to the great Demeter, and whenever
    • whole of their outer conduct. When the gods assumed the forms they
    • had later and of which we have spoken ... when Demeter saw her
    • henceforth only be used for coarser bodily nutrition. ... When at
    • morality upon men along with the forces of Nature; then the forces of
    • Mysteries. When man became estranged from Nature he needed a more
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • certain scientific connotation. It is the word NATURE. When the word
    • experience was unknown to the Greeks. When the Greek directed his eye
    • of our hand is an expression of our own soul-activity. When we move
    • unity. We still feel the unity when we make a gesture which our mind
    • directs. But when we direct our gaze upon the course of sun and moon,
    • when we become aware of the currents of air in the wind, then we no
    • someone who is accustomed only to accept as valid phenomena which can
    • hence brushed aside as impossibilities and not recognised for what
    • phenomena — to the roseate tints of sunrise and sunset, to the
    • so on. But today in anthroposophical circles, when we look into the
    • astral body ... we can then ask ourselves what corresponds without
    • causes the phenomena of consciousness to light up; without extends
    • the earth, the same forces are active as are active in us when
    • lasting emotions, when passion and habit pulsate through our memory.
    • When we are speaking microcosmically they are the forces in us which
    • and calm, untroubled and raging seas. In all these phenomena, in
    • muscles when we laugh, if we did not know that in these movements of
    • us and then disappears, belongs to the astral body; every habitual,
    • ego-consciousness. Now when the Greek asked himself what it was,
    • vividly the taste you have when you eat a very tart fruit such as the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 4
    Matching lines:
    • lecture will have enabled you to see what I meant when I said at the
    • into the sphere of Zeus. But when we consider the ego itself, we find
    • Hence we find, as the representative of the ego-forces in the world
    • at the time when our present Earth was passing through its previous
    • advanced as the Angels were at the end of the Moon evolution. Hence
    • another, and when we say that the Angels were the leaders nearest to
    • should say, ‘then Angels were leaders of humanity in the first
    • quote the Greek historian Herodotus. Once when the ancient Egyptians
    • spiritual worlds. In moments when they were specially open to these
    • humanity, thus Beings who, when the Earth evolution began, were
    • individualities that the Greeks were referring to, when they spoke of
    • lowest of the Luciferic ranks. What then was the actual task of these
    • Spirits of Personality, then in the Persian epoch the next lower
    • through them. Hence in Greco-Latin times we have the remarkable
    • phenomenon that mankind seems to be thrown upon its own resources,
    • expressing his own peculiar self as in the Greco-Latin time. Hence
    • distinctive. Hence the same Beings who were the leaders of humanity
    • development. Thus if at the time when the Greco-Latin age begins we
    • higher worlds. In the same way the Archangels, who when they acted as
    • epoch. Then everything which was once proclaimed to mankind by the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 5
    Matching lines:
    • could not bother themselves much about men! Hence came that
    • I then said about the Elohim, about the culmination of the Elohim in
    • Spiritual Science is extraordinarily comprehensive and complicated.
    • work in the analysis and combination of substances, and then think of
    • which are also called laws. Try then to imagine to yourself a real
    • universe. Moreover, when man goes through the gate of death and
    • reality then enters into his consciousness and takes the place of the
    • clear what a consciousness experiences when it has been freed from
    • the body, when so to say it looks upon the physical body from
    • without, when it lives instead in the spiritual world, when it
    • in the monologue which Capesius speaks when, after
    • takes place when one looks back in the Akasha Chronicle to earlier
    • into pictures which then stand before one, pictures that one sees
    • was then able to absorb the Christ Impulse, the Christ principle. For
    • various standpoints.’ ... one then has a far wider view of
    • the house than when one is inside it. That is what the old
    • consciousness outside it. When we consider the course of earthly
    • developed when man's highest member was his astral body. We
    • in the astral and Zeus forces, and if in what then emerges, and is at
    • first clairvoyant, we see what we have called Persephone, then we can
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 6
    Matching lines:
    • enkindled in the spirit of this marvellous Greek civilisation when
    • divine beings or divine forces. Hence in these wonderful clues we
    • But when in the last
    • was reflected in the soul of the Greek when he tried to understand
    • then to say, ‘This world-conception is full of inconsistencies,
    • contradictions? Whenever we look back at the course of our life we
    • basis of all beings. Particularly when we study the entire man, the
    • the outer world. Hence when we meet another man, if we only try to
    • body manifests itself only as maya or illusion. When we meet a man,
    • only learn to know the ego when we direct our physical faculty of
    • illusionary stamp, and it is this counterfeit image that we see when
    • then, but also half seriously, I ask how we have to think of Adam and
    • before the Fall, and that when they did begin to see them they were
    • What then did Adam and Eve feel when their relation to each other was
    • Hence the younger Dionysos, macrocosmic representative of our modern
    • consciousness. What then does it mean that Semele was to see Zeus for
    • Today when we discuss the wonders of the world in our prosaic,
    • suppose that no ego had entered into this human form, then it would
    • have been fashioned as it was when it came over from the previous
    • Then the human form would be different from what it actually is. If
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 7
    Matching lines:
    • another way is to be found there as something quite obvious. When we
    • realise this, especially when we discover that the deepest and most
    • What then was the
    • super-sensible members of the human being, and then we can ask
    • significance, then, has the brain, has the external bodily
    • for the man who sees himself in it. When you with your personality
    • mirror; then you do see what you are, you see how you look.
    • diagram to represent the human physical bodily organisation. When we wish
    • which we ourselves have first produced, and which are then made
    • we see when as earthly men we become aware of what actually goes on
    • soul.’ When the ancient Greek was directing his feeling upon
    • It is only when one
    • is filled with enthusiasm for knowledge, when one looks upon the
    • soul. It comes about when this very knowledge leads us on to
    • is obliged to say: ‘Then it is quite impossible to learn to
    • developing the passion which must come into play when the soul is
    • developed into feeling, and then the soul is faced with a hard task
    • penetrate into the nature of things. Hence in the lectures on
    • (to be born). When a man comes into the world today he is said ‘to
    • genius of language knew that, when the human being goes through the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 8
    Matching lines:
    • Then too in the figure of Dionysos our attention was drawn to
    • then is meant by the expression ‘ordeals of the soul’?
    • Ordeals are what come upon a man whenever he tries to enter upon the
    • himself as a result of his premonitions, and then plunged deeply into
    • certain doubt, as to all knowledge, a man then has an inner urge to
    • When we enter fully
    • consciousness.’ What are we doing when we bring up this
    • deteriorate, then we are in a very real sense being
    • egotistic, for then this treasure in our souls is irrevocably lost to
    • not surrender to the feeling which overtakes you when you think how
    • drawing out this treasure.’ Then there is only one resource
    • develops what lies within it, little by little, then the strength
    • powers of endurance and its fruitfulness must uphold us when, as
    • feel afraid, not knowing what to do; when it seems: ‘You must,
    • shrink back, and it is only when we find the strength which arises
    • he was centuries ago on Earth. Then we come to a sentence which is
    • one. When we look back into our former incarnation, when we see how
    • we have behaved to this or that person, when we see the debt we have
    • repay. And then there comes to us a thought which might well rob us
    • courage to face the moment when the Guardian stands before us and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 9
    Matching lines:
    • light upon zoology when once it is recognised and made fruitful for
    • then this harmony results in the present-day human form. If you
    • man the immense riddle of human evolution, then the real man, the
    • intended to represent the great riddle of human evolution, then you
    • then the human form as we have it today comes into being before us.
    • The clairvoyant consciousness cannot then look upon a sphinx —
    • hitherto only into that part of man which is today unconscious. Hence
    • element with them when they withdrew from development as a whole into
    • etheric body. Thus when we look up at the sun we have to say:
    • when he expressed the Mystery of the Christ in the sun by the word
    • the great wisdom, the great aura. And then what up to that time had
    • Modern science is superficial, hence its attitude to history is also
    • the time when such things could be perceived by a natural
    • clairvoyance. How then must we put the matter from the point of view
    • an investigation of the whole human being, then one perceives that in
    • in the astral substance of the Earth. Hence the astral body of man in
    • aura, when seen from the front, acquires a kind of coronet, a wreath
    • example in the case of Pallas Athene — are due to the way the
    • superficial expression of your true being.’ When a man feels
    • with an element of ego-aura coming from without. Hence the fact is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Wonders of the World: Lecture 10
    Matching lines:
    • in the phenomena and Beings of the world.
    • fashion. Today when we deem it necessary to reduce the feeling of
    • For when the man of today looks back from the method which he calls
    • nothing to do with reality — when the man of today believes
    • all time, then we must tell him that he is very short-sighted. For
    • to be superseded. But when we consider our own intellectual
    • that when a thought of Zeus or of Dionysos came before the soul, this
    • philosophy it may sound incomprehensible; whereas the feeling I have
    • squeezed lemon, acknowledging only the science of today, then it
    • through an endless expanse of space. The further we expand thence
    • dissipated into spiritual vapour. Then his soul has to experience an
    • Thus, when we try to
    • out on all sides when we try to penetrate the widths of space with
    • to enlarge oneself to become a world’, then we must say:
    • comprehend the world with the philosophic principles of
    • from present-day consciousness — then that soul is bound to
    • infinite universe. That is the fate of the soul when with its
    • hierarchies, have laboured. Indeed when through clairvoyant
    • and penetrate behind our ego-consciousness into our own being, when
    • then we do not come to a vacuum, we come rather to a condensed
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Mission of Raphael in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • depths of the spiritual evolution of humanity and then disappear, when
    • brightly and then disappears again, becomes a member of the whole spiritual
    • a certain sense, when we cast our eyes back into antiquity, the Homeric
    • when he speaks of “the Education of the Human Race” assume
    • great significance when we thus see how a uniform spiritual essence
    • when we bear in mind what has just been said. We realized then for the
    • Then we can truly speak of an “Education” which the human
    • arises in the soul and then the question arises: what place has this in the
    • an epoch to which Raphael stands in a relationship to when we allow him
    • their whole nature and constitution, appears as a kind of middle epoch when
    • What we speak of today as the “inwardness” of the soul when
    • exist to the same degree in Grecian times. When man used his bodily
    • Then came Greek culture
    • perceived when the senses were directed to the outer world. The Greek
    • and weaving in all things. These are the ages when the human soul was
    • to all that the spirit might intuitively hold when giveing itself up
    • Thence forward this
    • When we try to penetrate
    • the Virgin” as being a new phenomena in the whole evolution of
    • Then however we get the impression that in the Art of Painting itself
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: About Horses That Can Count and Calculate
    Matching lines:
    • is entirely realistic. Herr von Osten then called in animal experts. These
    • influence, and to assert that a horse knows immediately when a professor
    • a most complicated thing, and we shall come across extraordinary phenomena.
    • human being is more a kind of automaton. Hence it is a peculiar feature
    • a kind of automaton. In our system we count as far as 10. Then we count
    • earth. This passes into the horse's spine and the horse is then able
    • amount of affection for the man, no thinking will then be required in
  • Title: Lecture: The National Epics With Especial Attention to the Kalevala
    Matching lines:
    • Die Geistige Wesenheiten in den Himmelskoerpern und Naturreichen.
    • Die Geistige Wesenheiten in den Himmelskoerpern und Naturreichen.
    • Der Zusammenhang des Menschen mit der Elementarischen Welt.
    • lectures. Hence I must crave your pardon if many of the names and designations
    • and how, when we let the contents of the Iliad — of the Odyssey
    • the question of the personality of Homer; When he describes anything
    • in the first lines, — the wrath of Achilles. And when we go through
    • we take these words at the beginning quite seriously But then we have
    • or Agamennon? When Achilles appears before our souls, he appears to
    • how strange it is, that when we focus all our human feelings in the
    • of civilisation, and then direct our gaze towards this Achilles, he
    • part; we see Zeus, Apollo, Athene imparting the impulses, allotting
    • writings but often in personal conversation, and then much more exactly
    • in the great national epics.” Hence, for Hermann Grimm, the intellectual
    • strange however, that when we consider this field of battle in the Iliad,
    • when we consider this description of the wrath of Achilles with all
    • take one case. How do Thetis the mother of Achilles, Athene, and other
    • was removed to the Burgundian court at Worms, who then wooed Kriemhilde
    • qualities which are expressed in the epic when it is said that he can
    • And then we find how Kriemhilde and Brunnhilde whom we meet at the same
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture I: The Michael Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • When a man
    • course of the year. When we direct our senses towards the external
    • characteristic: they are not comprehensible without further
    • Only when it reveals to you
    • souls. A man first observes it quite externally: when spring comes he
    • highest level. And then, when autumn comes, it withers and fades
    • away; and when winter comes it dies into the lap of the earth.
    • earlier times, when a more instinctive consciousness prevailed, was
    • nature-beings who spend the winter there. Then, when spring comes,
    • but now, as spring advances and especially when summer comes on, they
    • When high summer has come, then out there in the periphery of the
    • fixed stars, and so on. When autumn comes, they turn towards the
    • normally experiences, and then but dimly, half-consciously,
    • When
    • earth, we share in the effects of its warmth and light. But when a
    • content of his mind, then he gradually educates his heart and
    • readiness for work in the morning, then the onset of hunger and of
    • umbrella when it rains. When we go out from ourselves and experience
    • then do we really understand the cycle of the year.
    • Then,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture II: The Christmas Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • art only when it expresses human feeling in such a way that through
    • know from yesterday's lecture that when
    • from itself during the summer. Hence in the depths of winter the
    • character of the Earth, we must of course not forget that when winter
    • Earth. It is then that the Earth unfolds its own nature in the
    • atmosphere where the watery element comes to an end. Hence if we are
    • skin of an orange. Then I must put in the hydrosphere, this watery
    • which we can say, when we use it on a small scale — this is
    • Hence
    • forms. Hence we have before us this formation of warmth, water, air:
    • wants to be. Hence, when we look up into the cosmos, we are really
    • looking at the sulphur-process. When we consider the tendency of
    • season is sulphurised. Then we come at Michaelmas to the time when
    • seeding process? When plants run to seed, they are doing what we are
    • constantly doing in a dull human way when we use plants for food. We
    • cook them. Now the development of a plant to blossom and then to
    • sulphurised, so to speak, when summer is at its height. When autumn
    • perspective. The flea would then discover that in the bone we have to
    • piece and would then describe it from his own flea-standpoint,
    • just as a man describes the Earth when somewhere — let us say
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture III: The Easter Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • deposits, which are indeed a phenomenon of the utmost importance for
    • limestone appear only when we look further out into the cosmos, as it
    • were. Then we find a subtle difference between winter-limestone and
    • as it were contented, as a human head may be when it has solved an
    • When
    • especially when March comes, the limestone becomes — we may say
    • power of attraction for the Ahrimanic beings. Whenever spring
    • beings. But when spring draws near, the impression which the
    • ensoul the limestone — to permeate it with soul. So, when March
    • were. If they were to succeed, then in the summer this astral rain
    • partly, as far as the limestone extends. And then, in autumn, the
    • from the Earth an etheric sheath in which they could then take up
    • Hence
    • When
    • sprout, they assimilate and draw in carbonic acid. Hence the carbonic
    • beings. And then, with the extinction of all human and animal life on
    • is what the Luciferic spirits strive and hope for, when the end of
    • This form would then be able to merge gradually into the
    • then out of them would arise something like an etheric form, in which
    • camel and then like something else. When March comes, he sees in the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture IV: The St. John Imagination
    Matching lines:
    • in him. Then, since in autumn Nature dies away and thus bears death
    • Nature-consciousness, a strengthening of his self-consciousness must
    • is then at its height in man, it is all the more necessary for the
    • Hence
    • the Earth? — then one knows: That is cosmic Will. And one has
    • it is when one looks down into the depths
    • of the Earth. And if one looks up to the heights, how is it then? The
    • appears — I cannot put it otherwise — a Form. When we
    • give it the same name by which it was known then. We can say: In
    • whence the dragon draws his coiling life. But now, in the radiant
    • the height of summer, we ask ourselves: Whence does Michael, who
    • golden sunshine and then shines forth inwardly as a silver-sparkling
    • you see that when we
    • human measure. Then you will come to feel that all this is a kind of
    • Its meaning first dawns upon the mind when as human beings we learn
    • Then
    • for then an impression is given that such an idea, or picture,
    • have the complete picture only when we bring it into dramatic form,
    • then to be presented; Raphael who leads man into the secrets of
    • John's time, all that can then be seen in weaving pictures would have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Four Seasons/Archangels: Lecture V: The Working Together of the Four Archangels
    Matching lines:
    • which may come to us from the content of these pictures, then at the
    • from the traditions of the past, and make use of them just when
    • then they are very little understood. So in the first part of
    • though it is quoted often enough. It occurs when Faust, having opened
    • Und sich die goldnen Eimer reichen,
    • is then compared with external combustion, in which all sorts
    • in the human organism, whereby oxygen is taken up by carbon, is then
    • human organism when carbon unites with oxygen there — a process
    • for when it is summer with us, it is winter in the opposite
    • appears to us in summer, and then follows a course which brings him
    • after six months to the other side. Then it is winter with us. While
    • winter, and then Uriel is over the other hemisphere. But the Earth
    • our heads. And then these forces, which at other times are outside in
    • winter. Then in winter he begins to re-ascend, and from this
    • precisely when we allow all that Raphael brings about,
    • summer — when we allow all this to work on us at Easter through
    • the spiritual hearing of Inspiration, then we have the crowning of
    • he engenders the forces of human breathing. Hence we can say: While
    • spring, if in autumn, when the rays of Raphael pass through the Earth,
    • when the breath pulses through the body with the help of the etheric
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • distant when even in the lowest grade schools and in the most
    • means very far distant, when countless human hearts turned to
    • to reach some comprehension of Christ and of the Christ Impulse
    • at a comprehension of the Christ and His revelation. For
    • ancient Greek dramas, especially in their earlier forms. When
    • Aristotle's thinking is something so phenomenal, even when
    • when Christianity began to make its way through the world,
    • see the other side when we consider men of intellectual
    • Christianity who even then brought forward all the arguments
    • to comprehend the essential nature of the Christ Impulse? What
    • stronger relief when we study the course of history. As the
    • life. And when we think of those who were the most influential
    • centuries. But then we are astonished to find this same
    • to agree with the statement that there was a period when these
    • which although it will seem highly paradoxical when I say it
    • the Christian impulse. When modern natural science has got over
    • to Spiritual Science. When that is grasped it will also be
    • has a grasp of the good spirit of Darwinism, then
    • education will not greatly impress us. What, then, is this
    • to be explained when the answer can be found to the question:
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • strange phenomena. And if we want to think truly about the
    • different state of consciousness. The moment came when it
    • when we look into the innermost soul of one of these Apostles,
    • world. Peter's experience was like that of a man who when he
    • then, like outspreading night, the intermediate condition came
    • when one gazes into the consciousness of Peter and of the
    • human vision when one puts into words what is here
    • possible now. For in order to comprehend many a thing that will
    • spectacle when one sees it emerging from the myriad pictures
    • significant moment when, as in a solar eclipse, the physical
    • when an actual, physical eclipse of the sun casts shadow over
    • connected with life on the earth. And when the physical
    • different from when, during the night, the sun is merely not
    • this presents itself very vividly when the backward-turned gaze
    • when the Mystery of Golgotha took place. And then comes an
    • what this remarkable phenomenon of nature perceived in the
    • reading the script ... one feels when this event is there
    • a sign in the Cosmos. And when one opens the soul to it, what
    • incomprehensible to-day — then it is possible to
    • occult script out in the Cosmos. And when clairvoyant
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN
    • it now. It is quite true that when clairvoyant
    • of soul! And the words the Apostles were then able to speak,
    • from then onwards until the Mystery of Golgotha when we compare
    • Golgotha, when He communed with the Apostles while they were in
    • then associate with it the feeling of what came to pass through
    • earthly Being. Infinite depths have been expressed when it is
    • then He was not together with human souls on the earth!
    • live, henceforward, in communion with the souls of men.
    • To what end, then, did the events of Palestine take place? To
    • symbolically a “Raven.” Then he became a
    • Initiation into this fifth degree. When such a
    • When the sixth degree of the old Initiation had been attained,
    • perceive how peoples and nations arise and then pass away, how
    • when he came back into his body he remembered what he had
    • body, having within them then the power of incorporating the
    • Apostles of Christ Jesus. Whereas before then it was necessary
    • working on henceforward in the evolution of humanity. In order
    • statement that when the human being has died, he is a
    • entirely oblivious of the phenomenal, almost incredible
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN
    • happened. In order to make myself intelligible when I am
    • on other occasions, when brief portions of the Fifth
    • this was the year when the Zarathustra-Ego which had incarnated
    • St. Luke's Gospel. Our narrative begins, then, from that year
    • in the life of Jesus of Nazareth when the Jesus of St. Luke's
    • child of St. Luke's Gospel was lost and when he was found he
    • and who regarded him as a wonder-child. Then, however, he
    • soul when he heard that in ancient times the Spirit had
    • heart can comprehend.” I narrate this story because
    • and terrible moment for Jesus of Nazareth when the Bath-Kol
    • of Nazareth at the time when these experiences were thronging
    • eighteenth years, when, partly for reasons connected with his
    • It was a form of ancient heathen religion but comprised many
    • continuation of the Mithras cult. When in his sixteenth,
    • heathen rites. Later on too, he discovered still more about
    • heathen peoples by actual, physical observation — if one
    • things. Fabulous as it may seem, I have to testify that when
    • the priest was enacting the rites of the cult at many a heathen
    • and Ahriman — that he witnessed how the heathen peoples
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Fifth Gospel (1950): Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • when Jesus of Nazareth was approaching the end of his twenties.
    • feelings, tenderness, an angelic quality of being. Then, in his
    • to the infinitudes. Then his thoughts went back to what his
    • had then acquainted him with the heathen cults, with heathen
    • his twelfth year, when he felt as if he were united with the
    • divine ground of existence, when everything in him was
    • splendid gifts of which he had shown evidence since then.
    • still able to hear the wisdom of the ancient prophets, then a
    • Herod when it was hard for any teacher to gain authority. He
    • when Hillel was most fully occupied, when he was deeply
    • then hast thou to ask me, dear son? I wish to ask why the
    • beautiful sayings of Hillel and then he said: The people say of
    • up in her heart. Then, leading the conversation further, he
    • spoke of how he had wandered into places where heathen rites
    • ground while standing at the heathen altar, how he had heard
    • the Bath-Kol in its altered form. And then there flashed up
    • Erlebet im täglichen Brote,
    • could no longer assimilate. And then he made the second
    • but now forgotten. This prayer had been revealed to him when he
    • had fallen to the ground at the heathen altar. But at the same
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The (Four) Great Virtues
    Matching lines:
    • are developed in the direction of that comprehensive picture of man's
    • embryonic life in relation to physical life. Then follows what can be
    • way there comes the moment after death when the soul feels: that
    • And this soul then feels how this will is really received through the
    • precious and significant. When, like a tributary into a river, they
    • them in love or by family ties — then the community is a much
    • feel more and more, when they have lost people dear to them. For them
    • that can bring about a still deeper connection between souls when we
    • the future. When we have extended our vision from a single life to a
    • series of successive lives, we shall have a more comprehensive
    • understanding for our existence, and a sounder and more comprehensive
    • When we
    • comprehensive knowledge of human nature, is the virtue of wisdom. But
    • so that when something meets us a second time in a comparable way we
    • experience — then we grow in wisdom. If we preserve all through
    • inwardly better and richer — then we have gathered wisdom, and
    • aroused furious anger in us, and if when we are old we no longer grow
    • gentler — then we have used life in accordance with wisdom. If
    • we were materialists in our youth, but then allowed ourselves to
    • spiritual world, then we have used our life in accordance with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 1: Natural Science
    Matching lines:
    • because of the conditions which then determined man's
    • means of arranging phenomena so that through their own
    • Thought as such has really nothing to contribute when it comes
    • phenomena.
    • Here, then, is one of my paradoxes: that thought as a human
    • comprehending realities. Within science, it is no longer
    • which must retire in wisdom and modesty when we are
    • it is precisely when we now ask ourselves: How, in turn, can
    • when, more than twenty years ago now, I worked out my
    • practical effect. When we go further and further into the
    • that nature, then we conclude: if it is only a semblance and
    • not a reality, then the process of thought does not, like a
    • educates me, then in these moral impulses conceived by
    • comprehensible experience of thinking. It suggests, on
    • When I describe these paths, I do so, of course, with the aid
    • who then compares them with what I shall have to say, will
    • a misapprehension, he applies them to himself. It is simply so
    • ways of knowledge; but I am selecting only two. First, then, we
    • will thus be forced, when considering later epochs, to present
    • the yogi, had to undertake.) When nowadays we examine our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 2: Psychology
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN
    • plethora of phenomena and experiences. And these become
    • phenomena, or is it connected with a spiritual world within
    • when we fall asleep, when the mental and psychic experiences
    • unconscious as if extinguished. Now, when he looks at
    • this experience or, as is most often the case, when the
    • overtake mental experiences when man passes through the gate of
    • unconsciously, when on waking, perhaps after passing through a
    • descending when it flows down into our own body. We are forced
    • the organism is unknown to us just when it is creative; it is
    • capable of effectively activating the physical. It is then that
    • phenomena indirectly, via the physical phenomena that
    • come a moment in life when we say to ourselves: When I was a
    • then become clairvoyant powers in the sense in which I spoke
    • passive surrender to the phenomena of the outside world, and to
    • sphere. Only when modern man attains this kind of conceptual
    • sensation when we experience the transition from ordinary
    • the moment when this vitalized or plastic thinking appears in
    • of a spiritual kind, then we are, not students of the spirit
    • based philosophy of life for modern man. Only when we say to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 3: East and West in History
    Matching lines:
    • When we allow such a saying — with all that we know may
    • spiritual comprehension of the forces of human history —
    • earlier times. Not only this: when we do develop
    • existence, and what then takes root as memories — these
    • world, which we no longer perceive when we go away from it. In
    • spiritual world. We can then retrace our steps and repeat
    • This is one of the most important factors that authenticate
    • the calm of completion when we strive towards spiritual vision
    • situation in which we only become sufficiently attentive when
    • When we try as modern men in this sense to find our way with
    • a preparation. We must then wait until the spiritual world
    • mathematical problems. It is just when we turn our attention to
    • make us ready to see the spiritual world when it appears to us,
    • Much that refers to the outside world can then be deduced from
    • Copernicus, Galileo and Giordano Bruno, in periods when
    • thought-structure by which we then apprehend the outside
    • meant something different from what we mean when we speak of a
    • from word. And thus, when we go back into Hellenic
    • concepts, then in the nature of our consciousness we separate
    • inventions; and then to put forward another kind of certainty
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 4: Spiritual Geography
    Matching lines:
    • the Vedas, there did of course then develop the clear-cut
    • concepts of a comprehensive philosophy — Vedanta, for
    • experienced and apprehended spiritual life.
    • When this dream-like spiritual life works on us, however, and
    • these images, ideas and concepts. When an Oriental idea, such
    • fitted gently to touch external phenomena and surround them
    • (to them) fantastic character. If so, we may ask: How, then,
    • the time when the Oriental was developing the finest part of
    • considered objectively, especially at a time when we need to
    • and then try to derive your philosophy of life from it. But
    • when it looks at the human shape, tracing its planes with an
    • When he looks out at the reflection of this existence, he knows
    • reality, becoming reality only when it is touched by what must
    • physical eye. When we develop this vision, however, the
    • those of the realms of nature. There will then follow a view of
    • ways, and man then fails to recognize them. He thinks that he
    • of his soul, when he has only called up from his memory a
    • experiences within the external sensuous world. When we look at
    • natural phenomena, is really experienced; it is observed also
    • to our senses it is sensuous and physical. And when all this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 5: Cosmic Memory
    Matching lines:
    • mysticism. If however you should then attempt, as it became
    • at the very moment when we develop love, our essence must
    • and since when man has a certain capacity it conditions his
    • once again, human knowledge is limited when it comes to looking
    • existence with that of the cosmos: what would he then have to
    • organic process, and then appears again in an altered form.
    • from the error that creeps in when we mistake altered concepts
    • terms. When we observe the outside world and inwardly transform
    • like a reflecting device. Ought we, then, to break through this
    • as a creature capable of memory. When we do so, we shall
    • When we examine our own reaction to nature by means of this
    • vitalized thinking, we find that, at the very moment when we
    • provides a means of systematizing external phenomena, our
    • is healthy. If we are, then no one will be able to raise the
    • strengthening his otherwise dormant powers of knowledge, he
    • further into the distance; in strengthening, by the
    • transparent. With what is vital in our will, we can then enter
    • seeing the spiritual world, we are enabled to comprehend our
    • inner self. And, as I explained yesterday, when as physical and
    • its sensuous and physical phenomena with our entire being, and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 6: Individual and Society
    Matching lines:
    • political party. Then, you have a platform, you have ready-made
    • of very recent times alone. And when we try to discover why it
    • When the urgent necessity of life presses and misery knocks at
    • social impulses. But when people speak of social needs, they
    • Again, when we look with an unprejudiced eye at the way in
    • faced by an insoluble riddle when he has to move over from the
    • to me thirty years ago, when I was trying to look at the
    • when intellectual life raises man to the apprehension of
    • pure thought, by which he then comprehends natural phenomena,
    • when thinking rises to distinctly apprehended and
    • mathematically formulated laws; to comprehend something so
    • when mankind was more naive about the life of the soul and had
    • today still shrink back when they are told: that which operated
    • the consciousness of vital thought. But this vital thought then
    • structure as capitalism cannot be comprehended in sharply
    • when this development did set in commercial capital was
    • rôle of capital in Central Europe and then in England, we
    • comprehend social life even in its individual configurations,
    • dogmatism; accused, when it has to pronounce on social
    • spiritual — an attitude directed towards apprehending
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 7: The Individual Spirit and the Social Structure
    Matching lines:
    • this is true, however, then the change in external economic
    • initiative. But when we look across at Central Europe — I
    • centralized and more or less autocratic system. If we were then
    • affairs he has to manage. This comes out most clearly when we
    • phenomenon that has become particularly important in very
    • phenomenon.
    • ideas that I have just been describing. Then, however, he went
    • whole from the economic standpoint. And when its exponents had
    • just with a phenomenon like this, how fundamentally the mode of
    • in place when we attempt to depict present-day social
    • When we look across at the East — which, at some time in
    • still be observed today points back to times when the Orient
    • the populace that all natural phenomena were inhabited by
    • when the original qualities of the Orient were already in
    • when there was as yet no sense of purely external natural law
    • and when spiritual life, too, was not yet so abstract as it
    • later became — times when the moral and spiritual element
    • understanding when, by the quite different modern path into
    • when for men natural laws were not as they are today —
    • not so in those early Oriental times, when men established
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 8: The Problem (Asia-Europe)
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN
    • of the antecedents of a phenomenon that has, quite justifiably,
    • century, makes this surprising statement: “When we survey
    • conflicts, then we feel ready to set a date for mass suicide,
    • happened since then seems likely in any way to cushion the
    • When we examine Plato's social theories, they appear to our
    • look once more at Oriental civilization. And when we do so, we
    • When we look at Asia, we find that there the idea of
    • When we come to examine the basic character of spiritual life
    • adoption by a human community — then he
    • Obviously, in an age when human individuality had not yet
    • characterizing yoga. On the social side, it reveals itself when
    • world, as death sets men apart from this life. Then, when he
    • emerged as one purified of these experiences. Only then, as a
    • arises when a human being is confronted with something that
    • he cannot bear; through purification he is strengthened for the
    • is no longer overcome by fear when he has to go outside himself
    • strengthening of his sense of self and his inner security of
    • man as a higher being — represented a strengthening of
    • the sense of self. From an awareness that the soul was not then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 9: Prospects of its Solution (Europe-America)
    Matching lines:
    • the emergence of social prospects when man is able once again
    • at this point it must even be admitted that, when it does
    • then any given institution can serve the same purpose, more or
    • language to express it, then eyes light up and hearts unfold.
    • then you can talk on party lines. But by doing so you will not
    • resistance on the part of a worker to understanding, when
    • comprehended by a historical materialist interpretation, but
    • regards all spiritual phenomena as merely the effect of
    • appeared. And when I commented that, if the principle of
    • progress was to be established in these circles, then the
    • regard thinking, when it springs from a philosophy of life, as
    • humanity. Hence, although the clubs, guilds and unions that
    • what confronts a man when he is alone with himself after work
    • We must also admit that, when we examine the social chaos of
    • can learn an enormous amount when we acquaint them with the
    • When, as we have often done during the last few days, we look
    • discovered there were apprehended by the human spirit;
    • something new. But, when it is understood, it can show
    • then attempt to draw inferences about what the social order
    • tendency to put forward the element of will, when people are
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tension Between East and West: Lecture 10: From Monolithic to Threefold Unity
    Matching lines:
    • WHEN,
    • When we consider the world around us from a social
    • comprehend the social organism when you know that, even if you
    • you could see that, whenever capitalism formed part of an
    • even for the masses. When in any branch of life capitalism was
    • Hence today, when we stand at a milestone in history, it is the
    • fundamentals, not the surface phenomena of social life that we
    • invention or discovery. But when you ask: How did this
    • invention or discovery come about? then you have to look into
    • Modern jurists, it is true, soon lose sight of the ground when
    • they attempt to do so; and what they find, when they
    • them and becomes an empty form. And then they say: This empty
    • the one hand, then, there exists a definite sense of man's
    • you,” and that they will then come to some agreement
    • can evolve a realistic law. “I want to have my say when
    • attitude. Anyone, then, who wishes to write theoretically about
    • natural science too, our view of the phenomenal world does not
    • individual. In the nineteenth century, when intellectualism
    • trust. When they came to express an opinion about something
    • various economic associations during the period when certain
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • more comprehensive understanding of the process of the human soul into
    • daily life, is really only a dream of tale Will-impulses. When they will,
    • chalk, and think of this action, then you have of course an idea of
    • your thoughts when you are asleep. A great part of the activity of will
    • do this. But something happens, especially when observing the world
    • and when we think, we follow the path of the nerves. But we do not
    • is then reflected as our thoughts.
    • the path of his blood under the influence of the outer world, and then
    • learn to know ourselves when we learn to know the imaginations which
    • are revealed to us when we experience ourselves within the blood extending
    • to up-build us when we live within the nerves extending to our senses.
    • takes place in blood and nerves, we are unable — when deeply sunk
    • then experiences the imaginative world so that he seems as it were to
    • in truth no outer world, but a world which lives in our blood. When
    • bliss in people when they become clairvoyant in this way, that is when
    • is here the boundary between the human inner and outer-world, then what
    • of what a man experiences when he eats and drinks. When all is said
    • when he has drunk Rhinewine or Mosel, which of course rises only to
    • were still known, when people still spoke of them in literature, was
    • of the 19th century. Then came the second half of the 19th century,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: Pythic, Prophetic and Spiritual-Scientific Clairvoyance
    Matching lines:
    • comprehensive understanding of the processes of the human soul in
    • impulses. When they will, and represent something to themselves
    • If you lift a piece of chalk and then
    • think about this action, then you have of course an idea of it in
    • of it, just as you are unconscious of your thoughts when you are
    • especially when observing the world through our senses and our
    • is, when we follow the eyes, nose, ears and taste nerves, we follow
    • And when we think, we follow the
    • brought to where the nerve paths reach their end, and is then
    • of his blood under the influence of the outer world, and then to
    • learn to know ourselves when we learn to know the Imaginations
    • which are revealed to us when we experience ourselves within the
    • Inspirations destined to up-build us when we live within the nerves
    • takes place in blood and nerves. We are unable, when deeply sunk in
    • then experiences the Imaginative world so that he seems as it were
    • When a man lives in the nerves which extend to the senses, he
    • when they become clairvoyant in this way, that is, when they
    • boundary between the human inner and outer world, then what is now
    • experiences when he eats and drinks. When all is said such
    • in an epicure when he has drunk Rhinewine or
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: St. Augustine
    Matching lines:
    • Die Polaritaet von Dauer und Entwicklung Im Menschenleben. Die kosmische
    • Die Polaritaet von Dauer und Entwicklung Im Menschenleben.
    • considerations, and to go more deeply into then. To-day,
    • then draw conclusions upon which we can base our deeper
    • him, and his outlook! and we can then consider other
    • good, all that is filled with Wisdom, and then on the other
    • with its acceptance of the polarity in World-phenomena, Above
    • all, it unites certain ideas which can only be understood when
    • itself such ideas of a physical appearance, (sinnlichen
    • Augustine then also passed through Scepticism, which is a quite
    • appears, when one shuts one's Sense organs to it. That is the
    • to here is expressed in two directions. The one is this. When a
    • your inner being, then the other pole of this courage should he
    • comes when one is truly conscious of what one experiences
    • yet ripe to receive then. In that pre-Christian epoch
    • away from the corpse; and then comes the Christ-symbol, the
    • phenomena connected with our present Moon, that camp-follower,
    • various phenomena connected to-day with the present Moon, with
    • of Cosmology by saying, when the Moonlight falls on the Earth,
    • whenever the secret of Birth was alluded to. And the peculiar
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Social Question and Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • German by John Root, Sr. The lecture stems from when Rudolf Steiner
    • Root, Sr. The lecture stems from when Rudolf Steiner
    • not replace Theosophy until 1913 when he left the
    • whenever Theosophy is used in the general sense. Numbered
    • something so comprehensive is given that without it today we
    • marvel at them; rather we seek the laws which we then
    • have a distant future in mind when we speak of awakening higher
    • a comprehensive, clear, and unbiased assessment of the human
    • conditions, then his theory is impotent. This man, who for
    • insertions by the German editor.}: “How often, earlier on, when
    • There is no greater mark of poverty than when someone who
    • healthy, comprehensive thinking, Theosophical thinking, you
    • are useless when one is facing reality. Such things reveal
    • can lead to an improvement?, then you would find that he has
    • national economy; then they will have the ability to develop
    • facts, then I will say a few things concerning what it is
    • distinction, then the matter is already entirely false. And
    • been produced for a starvation wage, then we are looking deep
    • into the heart of the question. When in all this you think over
    • mouth for nourishment, where it comes from, only then will you
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Architectural Forms
    Matching lines:
    • then of that time of suffering and pain which has since
    • historical moment in our movement, when we set ourselves to
    • A deep question then arose: What building does modern culture
    • Then there arose what one might call the ecclesiastic
    • earth-gravity, as it did when it built the Greek temple; we no
    • longer see the soul directly expressing its experiences when it
    • loses itself in heavenly heights, as it did when it created
    • Gothic art, when Dürer adapted his profoundly expressive
    • clear when the Baroque style is, as it were, taken by force
    • humanity is capable, when it sinks itself in the
    • Then we see, in surveying further the development of human art,
    • Thus we see the time approach, when architecture, with a
    • modern architect has done, when he has evolved Greek forms like
    • feelings, common in the times when the Host was elevated for
    • synthesis between a comprehension of heaven and earth, which we
    • regarded, when the imperfect beginning is nothing but a
    • were absolutely right, only the future can show, when the facts
    • Thus, to-day, when we wished to look back to some extent on the
    • when this spirit, near him, has some plan for mankind and
    • satisfied by the message of our building. When people
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • ‘When one considers such an address, it shows once again how
    • at all, for he replied: ‘If that is an idea, then I see my
    • external sense-perceptions, but that the human being, when he
    • incapable of realizing what lay behind, when he believed that
    • increasing comprehension of Goethe's ideas. A letter of his
    • of the individual in the “all” of its phenomena. You
    • when we shall try to penetrate still deeper into this question,
    • when we shall consider more inwardly what we are to have presented
    • especially when he had finished his Foundation of Science at Jena
    • fact-world of concepts in a comprehensive, systematic frame,
    • spiritual phenomena, which he calls the proto-phenomena, as he
    • calls the proto-plant the proto-phenomenon of the vegetable world.
    • philosopher and shows us what we can think and comprehend, he works
    • with spirit-created thoughts. Thus Goethe's proto-phenomenon is
    • united. And when we proceed from these older times to our own, what
    • different. More than then the only right method of strict Science
    • It is just when you consider the relation of these
    • a comprehensive idea of the mountain only by comparing the
    • comprehensive panorama, in which all views are revealed in their
    • mean when I remind you of a picture which many to-day cherish. You
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Green Snake and the Beautiful Lily,’ as it was then presented
    • have before us a poetic work, a work of comprehensive imaginative
    • its phenomena, combines them with his reason, which is bound to his
    • and look only at people as they are around us; and then turn our eyes
    • It is correct enough that when a man introduces his feeling,
    • against that tendency of modern psychology which says: ‘When we
    • consider psychic phenomena and the soul-life, we must not confine
    • objective results in science. When science itself shows its
    • grounds would you then establish the purely objective observation of
    • when the objection is raised that feeling and will are qualities
    • subjected to the personal characteristics of a man, and when it
    • advanced that when men rely upon it, they quarrel least, and agree
    • differences when we examine the region of ideas and their
    • when we have cleansed thought from the influences of personality, we
    • Eleusinian mysteries. Hence man must reach the point of purifying his
    • thinking, which then enables him to comprehend things with objective
    • the nature of the thing. When he has reached the point where the
    • taken into consideration, then it lies in the nature of the
    • direction — then it is a declaration of the innermost nature of
    • through my concepts and ideas. Hence there is present in me the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • This packet contained in a comprehensive way the whole
    • written on the 7th of September, 1783, when he was still a
    • when considered with reference to its literary and intellectual
    • Notably he took the first part of Faust with him when he
    • Weimar, we to-day possess the form in which it was when he took it
    • Faust. But when Faust appeared in 1790 as a fragment, it was
    • Then came the time of Goethe's friendship with Schiller.
    • The time when in his inner being he learned to know and experience
    • Then Goethe's fine, full life continued further, going ever
    • his own inner experience. The time will come when Goethe's Faust
    • when people will understand what Goethe wished to say when he said
    • The Faust mood was in Goethe even when he was a student at
    • could he find what he had already looked for as a boy, when at the
    • glass. Then waiting for the morning, as the first rays of the sun
    • Goethe then went to Frankfort and came into touch with
    • This book was much thought of then as giving a
    • when on opening the ‘Aurea Catena Homeri’
    • stiffening itself, and when he read the words on the first page,
    • Then he went to Strassburg.
    • say to himself, I have had one moment when my longing after the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Secret Revelation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • to grow into the spiritual world. Then we are shown how his soul
    • will suffer misery when the Earth-Cycle is fulfilled!’
    • must bathe in the dawn which precedes it. Hence the words of the
    •  Consider, and 't is easy comprehending —
    • when he is in the midst of all kinds of masques and revels. All the
    • instrument of the brain, when inspired by the related spirit
    • phenomena as can control the world — phenomena however which
    • clairvoyant when he has put his soul through the appropriate
    • when he has received the effect of those exercises?
    • which one finds everywhere, filling the soul when it gives
    • itself to sense-phenomena. Now just imagine for a moment all these
    • into their shapes and lines, so is it, roughly, when the
    • death. The images, indeed, will take on other, fixed shapes, when
    • everlasting, the permanent residue when the physical form of
    • — all that exists of this world of feeling when the seed for
    • into the spiritual world. Hence also the words put into the mouth
    • of Faust, when Mephistopheles speaks of the ‘Mothers,’
    • this realm, that he may not enter it unprepared. Hence the words:
    • to maintain in it its sharp outlines. And then Mephistopheles
    • dissipated’ will be found in this world, when it is
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture I: Evolution of the Soul and of Memory
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • Allgemeinen Anthroposophischen Gesellschaft.
    • when we can see already in preparation events of extraordinary
    • comprehensible as we try to understand its origin in the
    • to-day. Then we go on to assume a prehistoric life of man, and
    • soul-life undergoing comparatively little change. Then the
    • deeper when we compare the constitution of soul in the human
    • Then, if we contemplate a human being of that ancient epoch, we
    • knew how to experience their own head. And as you, when you
    • Further, when we consider the periphery of the Earth, and fit
    • experience for a man of those ancient times when he said: ‘In
    • great experience it was for him, and one of deep meaning, when
    • he was able to say: ‘Here in my head lives the Earth. When I go
    • him. We judge quite wrongly when we believe that what we call
    • heart experience. Then they had a further experience, a feeling
    • When therefore man wanted to express the experience he had as
    • works in me. Even when a rude person called some one's
    • that when he went away from the Earth out into cosmic space, he
    • came into the Earth's environment and then into the starry
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture II: Mysteries of 'Asia'
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • when one takes into consideration the totally different
    • East, and we saw that we have to look back to the time when the
    • town, bricks and mortar meet his gaze on every hand. When he
    • this realm ends another realm begins, then again above that
    • them as they are for us — then we should have above, for
    • Thrones; then the Second Hierarchy: Kyriotetes, Dynamis,
    • have when we lie, as we say, ‘like a log’ and know nothing of
    • days, are there not? But then there was no such thing: even in
    • there, even during this Asiatic evolution. By day, then, men
    • There were however moments when the sleeper would feel: An
    • Hierarchy, but only when a still deeper condition of sleep
    • nevertheless what was then experienced from the Second
    • And the experience remained in man's feeling when he awoke. He
    • could then say: I have been graciously blessed by higher
    • have to-day were unknown then; written characters were in more
    • present day, then for them you would all be initiates. The
    • know that a man may only make such signs on paper when he can
    • comprehending and understanding the thing. Read my book
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture III: Asiatic Mysteries of Ephesus, Gilgamesh and Eabani
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • then, as we have described in an earlier lecture, a memory that
    • it is to such a humanity that we must return, when we go back
    • etheric body, even when awake. He knew how to distinguish: This
    • Before, they are outside; then they are within him. They enter
    • when man experienced a certain separation of his
    • that I touched upon thirteen years ago, when I spoke of
    • have then to do with a personality who has preserved many
    • Hence it came about that when this personality, in accordance
    • city. Then there appeared, because destiny had led him thither,
    • those Spiritual Powers to whom they always turned when they
    • personality spiritually, even after death. Thus when we
    • feeling was not then so single and united as it is to-day.
    • Hence it could not have the experience of freedom, in the sense
    • present on Earth in Atlantean times, when the ancient original
    • earthly humanity the primeval wisdom and Who, when the Moon had
    • the immortality of the soul. Later on, in the Middle Ages, when
    • for him, of which he then partook, and by means of them
    • case when certain exceptional conditions are not assured, the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture IV: Atlantean Wisdom in the Mysteries of Hibernia, Gilgamish and Eabani at Ephesus, Logos Mysteries of Artemis at Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • laws than when attached to the human organism. And as a finger
    • the times when all these things were taking place, we must look
    • I then said before we can come to a clear and full
    • sense-perception. Then he was made aware of all the
    • difficulties and obstacles which meet man when he searches
    • the Hibernian initiation. For when one says theoretically in
    • Very well then, we must remain in the illusion. That means,
    • knowledge. And so once more they came to a great moment when
    • they said to themselves: If Truth is not, well then we live
    • come thus to a time in his life when he despairs of Being and
    • with error and illusion, then one cannot value Being and Truth.
    • then, when they had gone through all this, when they had, as it
    • more particularly developed. When a man approached the statue,
    • space within, he only became aware of it when he pressed. And
    • illusion and the might of error, — and then, after that,
    • elastic, but plastic. When the pupil pressed this statue
    • left the place, and was only led back there again when all the
    • when the pupil felt the suggestive influence of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture V: Mysteries of the East, West, and of Ephesus
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • more recent times when we understand and appreciate the
    • (which were in reality the source whence all the older
    • When we look back into the older Mysteries of the East, we have
    • guide the events and phenomena of Earth. The Gods were
    • natural impulses. When Aristotle points Alexander to the
    • and then the fruit. I see the annual plants in the meadows and
    • know how to-day, when there is carbonic acid in the air, that
    • Sun epoch. In that time I bore still within me the plants. Then
    • watery-airy in substance. Then the human being separated off
    • as big as the whole Earth, and then to separate off, to
    • when they looked abroad upon the meadows and beheld all the
    • growth of green and flowers, then they said: We have separated
    • Earth; then gave them over to her that she might receive them
    • were pushed out of the way and had then to go through an
    • present when man took cognisance of the physical world around
    • him. When he beheld the plants in the meadow, it was not only
    • the Mysteries had changed and the time was come when man began
    • present at their manifestations. When the time had gone
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VI: Mysteries of the Ancient Near East Enter Europe
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • century, as far as initiation was then possible, by one of the
    • bordering on it, namely, the Soul-world; and then the world
    • feeling, before we can comprehend the Land of the Spirits. And
    • our inner life of thought and feeling in just the same way when
    • we want to comprehend what lies beyond the period I have
    • Starting then from this world, the world that is a kind of
    • world fails us when we want to picture it, — we came into
    • Oriental world, passed through the Greek world, and then into
    • had not been followed first by Greece and then by Rome.
    • period when Julian the Apostate experiences as it were the last
    • that he is living in that age. When to-day a man recollects,
    • when, as we say, he bethinks himself, what can he call to mind?
    • had in Ephesus, then it was so with him that when he bethought
    • may therefore say that we are here dealing with a period when
    • moment we will pass by this period. Then follows the age that
    • the very first lectures of this course, when I described the
    • have now come to the period when the man of the West, beginning
    • abstractions. We have reached a time when mankind has no longer
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VII: The Fifteenth Century and the Transition from Mind-Soul to Spiritual-Soul
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • Spiritual Soul. For we live in an age when the evolution of the
    • rather of the Spirit that is in Nature. To-day, when we speak
    • human being and those that are found in Nature. When we set out
    • these we have mentioned, that are found when we examine
    • true understanding of man when we bring together in one the
    • that she contains. Then we have a picture, an imagination of
    • when we meet with something outside in Nature that cannot be
    • went farther. It was clear to him that when man uses his eye to
    • know how when we investigate the constitution of man, we sum it
    • knowledge of the human being, — then we cannot possibly
    • stone. If it is formed into a crystal, then form-building
    • In short, when we look around in the world, we find all about
    • quarter. And then we have the tiny particle of albumen that
    • imagine the old hen has the complicated albumen. This is
    • included in the egg, and thence arises the new hen. It is the
    • albumen continued, it has gone on evolving. Then the germinal
    • substance is developed once again; and so it goes on from hen
    • to hen. In actual fact it is not so. Every time the transition
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture VIII: The Burning of the Ephesian Temple and the Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • then to bring the human heart, the human soul and spirit in
    • found when one follows the path that leads away from the
    • writes its Cosmic Script. And the words that I then wrote upon
    • the days preceding the burning of Ephesus, when men spoke of
    • home and a dwelling place in the Mysteries. And when in those
    • Mysteries, when the Mysteries were spoken of in the
    • super-sensible into the sensible worlds — when, therefore,
    • the Mysteries were spoken of in the super-sensible worlds, then
    • peculiar force and earnestness when we see it shape itself out
    • of strange and unparalleled events, when we see it written with
    • Herostratus, to the burning of Ephesus, then, in those flames
    • sank then the Deed of Him Who was capable of the greatest Love
    • Golgotha in a true light, when we add to all else we have
    • expression of the Jealousy of the Gods. And then into this
    • when we come to our own time, then that which in earlier ages
    • it is being so played out. In olden times, when men thought of
    • wisdom has a home. And when the Mysteries were spoken of among
    • the Gods, it was said: When we descend into the Mysteries, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: World History: Lecture IX: World History in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Foundation Meeting, Steiner presents a comprehensive survey of the history
    • prepared and strengthened the founding assembly for his courageous,
    • When we look at the world to-day — and it has been the
    • Western civilisation will continue to steer. When we think of
    • world. Then modern science appeared in its many branches and
    • The notice was to this effect: When one listens to something of
    • waking consciousness were to be seen. In our present time, when
    • When one watches the scene presented there, a thought connected
    • consciousness then prevailing — in the waking state
    • the threshold. And in numberless cases one then hears the voice
    • from it again. And when one witnesses this scene which is
    • current education provides, then the souls of men would pass
    • on the journey of which I have spoken, when the souls of
    • him, to this effect: If things continue as they now are, when
    • to hear of the impulses in the spiritual world which then pour
    • be the High School of true Spiritual Science. Henceforth we
    • must not draw back when confronted by the shallowness of the
    • beings are placed when confronting the Guardian of the
    • can then apply in the activity that is needed in this age so
    • hold their own when confronting the Guardian of the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Purpose of the Goetheanum and Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Hence, I often said, I think even here in this place, in the
    • world-view in a living way from Goethe. And then this name was
    • then, the name “Goetheanum” is taken as resulting
    • from an act of homage, an act of gratitude, then no one, as I
    • comprehensible that anyone unacquainted with the
    • anthroposophical world-view, when approaching the
    • accepted just as concepts of belief, then the soul is brought
    • into contradiction with everything it takes in when it accepts
    • Even when at times they are prophetic dreams, which is by no
    • then we human beings would regard the dream-world as the only
    • when we wake up can we truly form a judgment, from the waking
    • point of view, by means of the way we are then related to the
    • now, especially when anyone surveys all that the pictures of
    • great questions of existence present themselves when a man
    • as reality, has that which pertains to the soul? This then
    • entirely different the experience is when looking outward
    • sense-reality a judgment about the dream-world, when, as a
    • When a man is convinced that the imagination of the dream can
    • standpoint of waking life, then he must strive to gain a
    • observation gives us certainty about how the dream works. When
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe, Comte and Bentham
    Matching lines:
    • Die Polaritaet von Dauer und Entwicklung Im Menschenleben. Die kosmische
    • Die Polaritaet von Dauer und Entwicklung Im Menschenleben.
    • in our last lecture, when we said that St Augustine sought in his
    • the soul of man when he develops Imaginative Consciousness, that in
    • personalities; that we can only do when we attain the Imaginative
    • Imaginative Consciousness when we so experience our thinking that,
    • the world of external nature one phenomenon is linked on to
    • consciousness by day; and it comes to man by day when he is awake,
    • body is dumped down; and by day, when man is awake, he loses his
    • the fact that especially in our present cycle of time, man, when he
    • is awoke, is given over to an illusion. As we have seen, when he is
    • are not then active; but they are not inactive. They are then in
    • should not be the case. It should be normal for a man to-day when
    • crawls, to feel then as something which he carries consciously
    • just as the Sun when low on the horizon looks bigger
    • than when high up in the heavens. One knows it is a delusion, yet
    • phenomena of nature, and expressed this in his interpretation of
    • natural phenomena. Man to-day places his soul in his flesh and
    • but he considered the phenomena of nature as brought about by this
    • thought of these Spiritual Beings as operative in the phenomena of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Whitsuntide in the Course of the Year
    Matching lines:
    • permeated with a certain belief in reality when, whether in
    • to him to describe what thus goes outside reality, when he
    • Only when the individuality in the human organism gains
    • When anyone
    • When we look at conscious life we look at destruction; and we
    • the soul force when it wakes to consciousness wears out and
    • of sprouting and budding go forward. Hence it is not correct
    • in summertime, when the earth is budding and sprouting. No!
    • the earth itself as spiritual being wakes when towards autumn
    • that the moment of time when man is destined to unite himself
    • have also called attention to how in more ancient times, when
    • sleeping condition of the earth, when his soul had to sink
    • the. dream-like Imagination of the old spiritual vision, then
    • process arises similar to what takes place when the budding
    • When we are
    • the same when we put ourselves in relation with a flower or
    • of it. We begin to know of it only when these processes of
    • what you then see. Conscious life consists in such processes
    • culture. When we instigate cultural work we also destroy
    • a dead man into our living man. Then sleep has the task of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Meditation and Concentration
    Matching lines:
    • our physical body in the waking state whenever we wish to
    • unity of the world? How they only find satisfaction when they
    • which he could explain all the phenomena in the world. He was
    • many years ago, when someone wrote to me urgently requesting
    • the soul is as if split into three, and when the soul crosses
    • kind of clairvoyance is that which arises, when what we call
    • relatively the most important. Hence I must ever speak of its
    • head, and are then really in a world which we have difficulty
    • whole orbit of the cosmos — and when we draw together
    • The colour will then become paler — and if we extend it
    • if we contract this surface, then supposing it to be a pale
    • saturated yellow, because the colour is then more
    • when for a long, long time he has taken the trouble to
    • sensation of being outside the body; and when he has been
    • not yet a coloured and resounding inner experience, then the
    • again and again, that when it is given out, spiritual
    • perceptions, then we pass over to a thoughtful consideration
    • of these, and we then form our scientific judgments. This
    • Hence knowledge must precede vision, and this is what is so
    • incomprehensible demand. For it is relatively easy to have
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Tree of Knowledge and the Christmas Tree
    Matching lines:
    • that life can only run its course truly and favourably when
    • the two sides of a balance, of which first one side and then
    • the other goes up and down. True balance only exists when the
    • the true idea when the human being, standing in the centre of
    • Mysteries the pupils were shown that when a man degenerates
    • beings and objects. He then becomes a being shut up within
    • principles and then he could go through life on a definite
    • which originates when the human being is lost to the world,
    • evolution, by diverting his course now to one side, and then
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • then, the happy mean, which must be found and followed if a
    • morals should exist at all. For what happens when there is no
    • morality, when evil is done, and when the too-much or the
    • too-little takes place, when man is lost to the world by
    • being crushed, or when the world loses him? In each of these
    • when he has done wrong he cannot do otherwise than destroy
    • something which is necessary. When in accordance with our
    • anthroposophical standpoint, we hold this principle, then
    • deviate with the sentient-soul when we enquire: What makes it
    • impulses are in fact never better guided than when we take a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • especially scientific, problems. Then I should like to refer to
    • important phenomena of the advancing post-Atlantean cultural
    • life and personality of Goethe are comprehensive and decisive
    • [*Except when noted otherwise, quotations of
    • reflections, let us, then, bring up before our mind's eye the
    • life of Goethe as a spiritual phenomenon.
    • when considered objectively, we shall find a solution for
    • forget that when he joined this university life he was not
    • awaken a longing in him whenever he had heard about them.
    • for aesthetics, was slightly disillusioned when he first called
    • the comprehensive intellectual horizons he desired. Therefore,
    • affairs, he then became so ill that he stood face to face with
    • When Goethe did continue his studies in Strassburg, he joined
    • feelings he met this personality, we must recall that, when he
    • experiences through which he had passed in Leipzig when he was
    • mystic-cabalistic — points of view. Even then he endeavored to
    • Then he came to Strassburg where he could again attend lectures
    • Goethe now entered vitally into all that then stirred
    • endeavor to trace the phenomena of the world from the simplest
    • Herder's mind already harbored a vast, comprehensive view of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • of our time. But even when we consider human life as it
    • When people trace Goethe's life in the way many do who pretend
    • Such conclusions are frequently drawn when people say: A thing
    • certain things in his youth. We then derive what he did later
    • it. That is no more intelligent than when the coming of spring
    • aspiration to know the truth in natural phenomena? Do we not
    • then sets a candle on this altar made of natural objects and
    • in the phenomena of nature even in this boy of six or seven!
    • When we consider the time into which Goethe was born, we shall
    • sense with his person. But, in reference to certain phenomena
    • have been a different sort of man, a fool, who then would not
    • actually occurred and a tile had fallen on Goethe's head when
    • individuality of Goethe and his age when taken in the broadest
    • much further. When we look at Goethe, it does not, perhaps,
    • appear at once — we shall come back to this later — but, when
    • When we trace the life of Goethe with spiritual scientific
    • childhood continues to progress. Then something comes from
    • becoming acquainted with the Duke of Weimar in 1775. Then,
    • when concentrated in Schiller's
    • a natural phenomenon in the organism. However, we never learn to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • sense, and approach it from various points and directions. When
    • This is so even when we take into consideration repeated lives
    • question can be answered only when we observe life somewhat
    • indeed, during sleep, when the ego and astral body are working
    • ego and astral body than when he is awake. It may even be said
    • the rest of our organism when it is night for our sensory
    • reciprocally, it is night for the rest of our organism when it
    • or less withdrawn from the ego and astral body when we are
    • then, that during sleep especially intimate relationships
    • sleeping and waking. Thus, you will not be surprised when the
    • that must really be developed during sleep. Well, when you
    • really the baby among his human members, it will not then seem
    • experiences when it is in the head, which is primarily the
    • head organism. When we say that relative to his physical body,
    • learn to understand him when we fail to permit these complex
    • Then an entirely different relationship comes about during the
    • within you at one moment is, in the next, outside, and then
    • form of the body and unites with it when you inhale. It is only
    • when we permeate ourselves with the knowledge that what we call
    • members of the most learned circles, when they tried to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IV
    Matching lines:
    • freedom, bring more with him than in earlier ages when his
    • instinctively; that is, when he received by inspiration the
    • When
    • conditions in ancient times were such that those who were then
    • specially qualified personalities was then inspired by beings
    • summer the earth sleeps, so it is not possible then to find
    • wide awake at Christmas; then the earth's aura is
    • easily be recognized when we take a common sense look out into
    • of one; this piece is then joined with another part by another
    • then will depend altogether upon an understanding of the
    • Sun, and Moon. It is a peculiar fact that when one speaks as a
    • the same principle is at the bottom of what has been said. When
    • comprehend it completely in its comprehensive cosmic
    • before. But when you look back at earlier cultural periods, if
    • today. When you compare the joy that a human being could still
    • who has finished elementary and high school, and then looked
    • respected. The time is yet to come when the feeling will
    • vocational life? You have it before you today when you consider
    • after-dinner coffee and family music, when contemptuous remarks
    • know that when a workman stands at his vice and the sparks fly
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture V
    Matching lines:
    • unparalleled when compared to the total scope of life in other
    • is then guided into the ancient world by Homunculus, who had
    • consciousness like the clouds of smoke that are produced when
    • say, then, that for a proper understanding of things some
    • more comprehensive spiritual scientific conception of the
    • thirtieth year. When she was sixteen, she fell in love,
    • life, from nervousness or neurasthenia, or something of the
    • kind, and these symptoms are then diagnosed as an expression of
    • The effort is then made to introduce this kind of psychology
    • and if the person comes to understand the matter, then things
    • on some other occasion. This, then, is one example of how
    • of the soul,” as we have explained, then burrows into the
    • light the fact that the plan he had for his life when he was
    • about sixteen was wrecked. He then had to turn to a different
    • when, through questioning, this shattered plan of life is
    • Then
    • theosophists. They think that when the soul has been
    • psychoanalyzed, when we have penetrated its deepest regions
    • earth. He or she would then perhaps discover that certain
    • Such an individual would then observe that this ruined life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VI
    Matching lines:
    • are in human life, something we recognize when we try to
    • correctly put himself into the nature of those phenomena that
    • lead to a truly fruitful grasp of life. When we consider these
    • obstinate when we undertake to work out concepts in accord with
    • be made when we discuss the course of life of eminent
    • if we view the matter from a more comprehensive standpoint, we
    • introduced into the schools. However, when someone would ask
    • have really when a biographer sits down and so forms his
    • understanding of the personality concerned. When someone forms
    • everywhere. We do not come to understand this period when we
    • technical vocation, became a true technician, and then went
    • over the bridge, but was sitting at home by the fire. Then he
    • happened to him in this life. What then?
    • when we consider people who are really somewhat gifted with
    • of Eyth, who was in America at a time when Olcott was doing all
    • thrust itself upon us when we do not disdain acquainting
    • — a time when one could be a legal mind
    • then said to him, “This report is so good that you certainly
    • government ministry, could not take it amiss when he was given
    • this news. So when the game was over, the secretary said to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VII
    Matching lines:
    • a broader basis, and so I must explain in a more comprehensive
    • When
    • inherited characteristics when they wish to pass judgment on
    • of it will be attained only when we introduce something that
    • can be understood when we grasp the content of my little book,
    • body then passes through its development.
    • bottom of the matter. When we fix our attention back beyond the
    • outline. All that takes place then between death and a new
    • in some close relationship with him, his attention is then
    • directed, when he looks below, primarily upon what is connected
    • then the period from the fourteenth until the twenty-first year
    • such a way that certain conditions can be determined when one
    • evolution when we advise him or her to assume a different
    • — a comprehensive, approximate expression, but nevertheless
    • therefore, comprehend the very thing they perceive. But at
    • most comprehensive way, directing his attention especially to
    • the Eastern thinker suffers terribly under the thought then
    • feeling of tragedy, saying that a time will come in Europe when
    • They believe they can accomplish most when they choose the
    • work. He can no longer exert an influence when people begin to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture VIII
    Matching lines:
    • facts of life, and then fortifying our point of view with this
    • the truth only when we feel and realize how everything, every
    • he took issue with it in a book of his own. The pupil then
    • “ancient and rusty views” of his music teacher. Then he
    • that time. Today, you know, boys make only airplanes, but then
    • no true connection. Then he turned to philosophy. In those days
    • project. Much hostility was then aroused against him and,
    • many students and, what was then a mere matter of course, gave
    • mention the following authenticated fact; it was related by a
    • then the custom and is still so to some extent even now,
    • remembers me, and then because it assures me of the continued
    • present itself when the right honorable Aeneas, with his
    • might then suffice to realize any decision it might please His
    • service to him every other satisfaction for me, I will then not
    • equal number of scudi within a few months when I receive my new
    • man was then really summoned to this court. The only
    • requirement was that he deliver lectures on the occasions when
    • and then went to the University of Pisa where he studied
    • medicine without much satisfaction, then turned to philosophy,
    • stipend for him. Then, after he had pursued his geometrical
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture IX
    Matching lines:
    • environment. When an individual passes through the portal of
    • then to find his way directly to the Godhead without the
    • conception is that those individuals really hold when they say,
    • by such men? Do they really have a conception of God when they
    • speak of Him? When a man speaks of his god in a justifiable
    • different. When we review all the concepts such individuals
    • archangels and angels — then comes man, the animal kingdom,
    • When
    • who is, of course, a most sublime being. Then we have, in turn,
    • human relationships over long stretches of time. Then, if we
    • not admit it. When we consider this, however, we see it is an
    • when he denies that he looks up to his angel while
    • inner maya, and this has important consequences. When we
    • when the soul is stupefied, the consequences for human
    • the ego, and then other forces that ought not to work in the
    • angel, but the luciferic angel. Then, however, the steep
    • God an angel who is then replaced by a corresponding luciferic
    • called humility, was bound to bring on materialism. When we
    • a direct connection with his god only out of himself. When you
    • then know that the present religious denominations do not rise
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karma of Vocation: Lecture X
    Matching lines:
    • When
    • and that, when man turns against man for the sake of external
    • Certainly, but then no attenion is paid to the fact that the
    • When
    • point in space and time. When we fix this in our minds, we
    • When
    • community. He had passed through the portal of death and when
    • know, of course, that when a human being passes through the
    • then descended further and began to worship those gods who are
    • Thus we may say that polytheism, when human beings worshipped
    • Then
    • then, could the ancient peoples still worship archai,
    • realm of spirituality. But then came the time when the human
    • next subordinate hierarchy, man himself. When we recall how the
    • was necessary that He should be seen, like the phenomena of
    • but when we are most of all aware that the Christ belongs to
    • level. When we face another human being in life, it is in maya
    • before us only the maya of natural phenomena, so are we
    • world of the senses; then he stands before us as belonging to
    • in reality that when you face someone, you shall feel that what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • Die Wissenschaft vom Werden des Menschen.
    • did not pass over immediately into the other. But when we
    • the Greeks Helios. Then, third, there came the physical
    • And with this three foldness then seen in the Sun, the men
    • When this
    • Take a phenomenon that forces itself on the attention of any
    • other peoples? When Balfour speaks today about the relation
    • of his people to the rest of the world, or when Houston
    • the time of testing has come, the time of trial, when we have
    • Venus, and then that of Vulcan. As man finds himself again in
    • from the Jupiter evolution as Venus and then again as Vulcan.
    • concealed, however, when the world is spoken of as consisting
    • thus concealed is the answer to the question: what then
    • when this is no longer there — when the Venus age has
    • come or when it is already half way through its term? What
    • then remains? Where is there anything? What is still
    • you can see in the way of stars, light-phenomena; see what
    • sense perceptions — then ask yourselves: Where is
    • beyond the Venus age; it will then disappear. And everything
    • What then has
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • Die Wissenschaft vom Werden des Menschen.
    • right when applied thus in general but for the head it is
    • white, spiritual, is outside the head when you are asleep.
    • When you are awake it is united with the head and then for
    • backbone, is bound up with the spiritual, and when you sleep
    • other diagram of waking man saying: when physical man is
    • awake (see a in diagram 1) then the spiritual man
    • the matter stands when considered cosmically. To look
    • incarnation. Then we have to say: what in this incarnation we
    • physiognomy when at rest, reveals in the firm outlines of the
    • Now when man
    • complicated being. When he is awake, when he has his head,
    • head when it aches; then they are conscious of having a head,
    • himself lucky when in normal consciousness he knows nothing
    • comprehensive picture, of your previous incarnation. For in
    • due simply to the sub-consciousness of the head not then
    • irregularly. If a man is able to breathe regularly, when his
    • heart beat even is when in fact all the functions of man's
    • we dream of this middle man. But when we bring to light
    • feeling, or to put it differently, when man learns to look at
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Mysteries of the Sun: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • Die Wissenschaft vom Werden des Menschen.
    • to old age and then die — concerning this fact questions
    • life must receive enlightenment when we can really get down
    • meaning when we speak of the spiritual-Sun Plato still
    • anyone accepts when taking as his authority modern physics,
    • overpowering heat, this is how he would picture it. And when
    • effect as going through floods of light. But when we came
    • space. But it is a strange kind of empty space: When I say
    • absolutely nothing strange or difficult to understand when
    • west thinks to himself — especially when he is a hard and
    • to himself that if there is nothing in space then it is just
    • which you would then enter most uncomfortable — that is
    • help of the simplest mathematical concept and when I say
    • than nothing, we can have debts. Then we do actually have
    • gradually to correct our concepts. When we stand in front of
    • that has slipped into the holes, however, because it is then
    • makes man conscious when without the resistance of the brain
    • ordinary man between birth and death. We should then have to
    • the corporeal. And when we look at the brain the soul-life
    • is the reality — when man is looked at spiritually from
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 1: Influence of the human will upon the course of economic life
    Matching lines:
    • valid today as they were then.
    • when brought together in a certain way with another
    • economic life, that when some phase like a ‘favorable
    • that then this ‘favorable business conjuncture’
    • then be succeeded for a while by a bad run of business and a
    • course only too comprehensible, that the whole
    • scientist to be at all fantastical, then everything one may
    • to the careful consideration of actual facts, then he is in a
    • who sit at their feet, when they want, for instance, to study
    • they then attempt to find in these conditions, that went
    • such as spiritual science absolutely requires, then one
    • examines the actual economic facts; and then one discovers
    • They then, through all sorts of business manipulations,
    • then, a European undertaking had bought these stocks, on the
    • seem uncommonly clever and convincing, when Carl Marx, for
    • however, one must observe life itself. And one will then
    • support a thing with figures, then his conclusions must be
    • living in 30 years' time. And from this one can then
    • people. One can tell, that when a number of people have been
    • acquire certain habits of life; and when such habits of life
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Threefold Order II: Lecture 2: On Propaganda of the Threefold Social Order
    Matching lines:
    • valid today as they were then.
    • When we first
    • that can be put up and down at convenience; and then begins
    • prices, and then putting up the prices again at convenience
    • to suit the wages; if prices rise, then wages rise, and so on
    • questions from the regulation party shibboleths; and then
    • when one takes care that the State — or some other
    • as I was saying, I have not met with many as yet, but when
    • This, then,
    • give out No. 1 again just as before, and then all the
    • afterwards, when you have made them, you will soon have
    • then, in a little while, things will be different. And so
    • time; — and that then, amongst these broad masses, they
    • task they had to perform. And do you think, then, that from
    • experienced to our horror here in Stuttgart, when we started
    • these circumstances it then grew too late; so that the
    • difficult to understand!” — When anybody says
    • descend to a lower level when it comes to writing, —
    • us into trouble. And when you demand, that one should write
    • the cat! We are not living to-day in an age when anything
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture I: Free Will, Immortality
    Matching lines:
    • Wie Kann die Erforschung der Uebersinnlichen
    • Wesenheit des Menschen Bewirkt Werden? (The Supersensible Being
    • when dealing with free will and immortality.
    • when on the basis of its thinking, the soul then tries to
    • makes pronouncements about its findings, and then reaches its
    • when dealing with such subjects as these today.
    • laugh when I see this book, Concerning
    • Mollusks. What has caused me to laugh when
    • tune. I did not give much attention to the tune then, for I was
    • very much occupied, first, in learning the steps and then in
    • quietly. Had I not closed my eyes — for when I looked at
    • why I had to laugh when I saw the book. This shows me how
    • of the barrel organ, for then we only arrive at what it is that
    • and will impulses — all these play a role when we hear
    • when we say that something is right or wrong? No, it cannot be
    • Whenever the attempt has been made to save the human being from
    • happens in the human soul when an action is performed where a
    • solely on the present, as far as possible in one comprehensible
    • and then constantly concentrate upon it and devote
    • we are as clear as we are when using the full powers of our
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture II: The Historical Evolution of Humanity
    Matching lines:
    • him to the following short but comprehensive and
    • remember that when the catastrophic events began in which the
    • of historical observation by Friedrich Schiller when he took up
    • the beginning of our present century, when the events we are
    • his comprehensive judgment about the history of the German
    • lecture in which he presented his comprehensive judgment
    • and which he then presented in these lectures at Columbia
    • Then there comes a time which is sharply differentiated from
    • Then follows a relatively short period, from the 12th to the
    • as arising out of all the impulses that were at work when power
    • things. For Lamprecht there is then an important break in the
    • merely individual, are no longer uppermost. The individual then
    • this time. Until then, human beings had lived an existence
    • What then follows we should call a higher stage of
    • period by saying that the age of subjectivism then begins in
    • for penetrating into the real nature of history. But if we then
    • constantly comes to mind when we study Lamprecht's view of
    • Helsingfors in 1913 at a time when many in this country
    • have been particularly interested by this parallel phenomenon
    • when it comes to discovering the virtual factor in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture III: The Supersensible Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • this essence can be comprehended by an understanding limited by
    • monism, then we find that our need for a deeper kind of
    • wall. Then after he had let the people think the wall for a
    • was completely nonplussed when they tried to think the person
    • paralyzed when they were unable to reach the goal put before
    • him or what can be achieved by combining sense phenomena only
    • actually achieved when this comes about. You can find a more
    • thinking. This can happen only when the thinking is inwardly
    • experience then achieved is the first step toward investigating
    • the super-sensible worlds. It comes about by strengthening the
    • when we stop all outward perception in meditation, when we
    • thought, and thereby strengthen our thinking.
    • remains, but on observing what we do when we are occupied in
    • thinking. Then we observe that something lives in this thinking
    • takes place and even when it concerns an external action, we
    • meditation, when he immerses himself in a state of
    • experiences are concerned. And he will then find, as long as he
    • feeling this activity of the thinking, in strengthening this
    • fashions something in his soul that he can then separate off
    • those times when he is practicing spiritual investigation
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture IV: Nature of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Die Menschenraetsel In Der Philosophie Und In Der
    • is often said today that when man's spiritual life is in a
    • courage, their confidence, and their hope for the future, then
    • supersensory worlds, up to the comprehension of those
    • the human soul are concerned, the longing for the comprehension
    • concerned with these comprehensive problems which concern all
    • needs of human souls and spirits at the present time, when
    • cannot comprehend more of the human being than that part of it
    • that this thinking, which can observe the beings and phenomena
    • of nature so confidently, must at once lose its confidence when
    • it leaves the realms accessible to the senses. Hence the
    • later, and it may then happen that some external sense
    • in order that, when they are awakened, they can achieve
    • themselves. But when the power of thought on one side and the
    • ordinary life, then the power of feeling, which is the
    • for the enhanced and strengthened life of thought which is to
    • is bound to our physical organism. Hence we say, “I
    • uttermost attentiveness. The result then is that just as the
    • muscles of an arm can be strengthened by exercise, thinking as
    • opposite is the case when a kind of higher consciousness
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Reincarnation and Immortality: Lecture V: Mystery of the Human Being
    Matching lines:
    • Die Raetsel des geschichtlichen Lebens der
    • necessary to have to speak about a mystery when dealing with
    • of hunger when dealing with the life of the body.
    • picture of the science of spirit and then criticize this
    • conscientiously applying one's thinking to the phenomena of the
    • would then be able to explain the origin of man out of this egg
    • differentiation. The egg cell of a hen is just as fully
    • differentiated from that of a frog as a hen itself is different
    • at anything simpler — as for instance when we study the
    • is it much different when — I can only mention this
    • here on the earth, so that when instead of looking into the
    • consciousness replaces our dream consciousness when we awaken.
    • We address this self, we express it in one word, when after a
    • easily it would also have to be present when I sleep. But when
    • even when the mind is not working in sleep.
    • always sleeps. It sleeps when we are asleep, and it sleeps when
    • we are awake, and we know only about a sleeping ego when we are
    • soul life. Even when we are wide awake in our ordinary
    • consciousness the ego is still only present as it is when we
    • sleep and when we are awake.
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eurhythmy (Introduction to a performance)
    Matching lines:
    • Eurythmie, die Offenbarung der sprechenden Seele. Eine Fortbildung der
    • Goetheschen Metamorphosenanschauung im Bereich der menschlichen Bewegung
    • Eurythmie, die Offenbarung der sprechenden Seele.
    • Eine Fortbildung der Goetheschen Metamorphosenanschauung im Bereich
    • der menschlichen Bewegung
    • are made in the larynx and the other organs of speech when a
    • Eurhythmy, then, a process as yet within the human
    • organic functions and development and then transformed into
    • artistic medium, by a different form of speech. Hence, as you
    • then expressed by the movements of individuals. This visible
    • musical element to be found in it. When recitation or
    • connection to remember that when Goethe studied his Iambic
    • built up upon a physiological basis merely, whereas when a
    • of which are full of meaning, then the whole of its being,
  • Title: Differentation of Primeval Wisdom into East, Middle, West
    Matching lines:
    • true view of the world when we consider the earth and indeed
    • the universe, in its entirety — which means when we
    • When one
    • earth, they can judge of everything real; and they will then
    • just said, can also be observed geographically, when it
    • away from humanity, a comprehensive, one might call
    • uniform thing. When I naw speak of knowledge, I mean not merely
    • for each of the various European territories. Then we have an
    • the middle of the 15th century when the direct understanding
    • permeated Spiritually, then without any doubt at all the
    • of their children; but then they like to fog themselves a
    • of the East, and this comes to us when such people as
    • working-man, of world phenomena. There what rests an the
    • merely remind ourselves of a certain phenomenon, in order to
    • goes through different metamorphosis and then reappears in
    • (Königsbergerise) it, and it then becomes Kantian. That
    • Schiller's youth when any talk of Goethe left a bitter taste
    • in his mouth. Then they became acquainted; and they learnt
    • Then Schiller wrote one might say as a kind of Spiritual
    • Ethics of Spinoza, how Goethe then went to Italy and wrote
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Real Being of Man
    Matching lines:
    • Der Verantwortung des Menschen Fuer Die Weltentwickelung Durch Seinen
    • Der Verantwortung des Menschen Fuer Die Weltentwickelung Durch Seinen
    • picture, it is a reality of the deepest significance when one
    • Universe which we see when we speak so the starry world from
    • starry world, then reveals itself in its nature, in its
    • Spiritual being. We have then to do with the inner aspect of
    • aspect. Indeed we must admit that both when we look down on
    • to the Earth as will as when we look up to the Cosmos, in so
    • when we can penetrate to those Beings who lie at the bottom
    • the inner Spirituality. When we develop between death and
    • Physical existence, when we are living between death and
    • which one has in mind when one speaks of the normal
    • to him, when one speaks in the sense of true Spiritual
    • sharing that evolution. So when they reveal themselves
    • being, and when we turn away from the Cosmos to the earthly
    • development. Hence we are confronted with the possibility,
    • that whenever we give ourselves to the sense world, then,
    • the time we passed through in the Spiritual world, when we
    • lived with the between death and rebirth. We then entered
    • our soul towards the super sensible, then we enter into an
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1
    Matching lines:
    • then be said that in our day men having the temerity to take
    • and through the spiritual. When, however, this real activity
    • people it is something entirely incomprehensible.
    • So, then, I recently received this letter from someone active
    • criticise what is stated objectively in the lecture. But then
    • which the matter is treated. When in Dornach I sit down and
    • or should be able to understand it, then this is something
    • and positive way. Then I go into a hall where the' principal
    • that the lecture I then. gave to tile Daimler employees was
    • the spirit — for the existence of the spirit. Hence I
    • People still think that when they have taken-in the content
    • when they have taken-in the content they have taken-in the
    • when what spiritual science has to say about social
    • In what then
    • today when the spiritual is made valid through the living
    • matters are concerned the question has to be asked: Whence
    • Constantinople. Since then no catholic man of learning dare
    • separate spirit. Since then the scientists and philosophers
    • when knowledge of the world is in question one should not be
    • religious denomination. What then remains for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 1 (alternate translation)
    Matching lines:
    • going to give you a kind of comprehensive survey; that is the
    • but when one speaks of this living spiritual power to-day it
    • incomprehensible.
    • repeated them in public. But then he saye that the Committee
    • when they have got hold of the content of anything, they have
    • and when as often to-day, we hear it said that here and there
    • things soon burst into flame when some spiritual truth is
    • make comprehensible the fact that in the animal kingdom and
    • only by first recognising them and then incorporating them
    • Whence comes the materialistic spirit of the present day?
    • speak of an individual spirit. Then the scientists and
    • philosophers came to believe as a result of this, that when
    • his rights when he speaks of soul and spirit because such
    • processes.” When something lights up and they speak of
    • be sharply and concisely defined. We live at a time when
    • then we are not taking that book seriously. Matter is nowhere
    • are together, everywhere. And to-day when man says that below
    • found in the Earth. When the great Atlantean flood had
    • development of man because only when they had succeeded in
    • in man. Hence it must become possible for us to confront the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity for Spiritual Knowledge: Lecture 2
    Matching lines:
    • the case when the old Greek confined himself as it were
    • of time when it is impossible for human evolution to advance
    • makes, when he gets up, for instance, and in relation to
    • when he gets out of a train and into it again, and so in a
    • when Space is spoken of. Anyone who has real inner
    • frequently brought forward in so external a sense when
    • But we only do it as it ought to be done, when we reflect
    • perceptions then, place us in a certain relationship to
    • external events. And again, when we act, we stand but from
    • passing over as living form into the future. Then through
    • and to perceive actually the phenomena of death and coming to
    • birth, then for the first time the world takes on a real
    • aspect for us. When a man who is trained in the right way
    • birth; dying — coming to birth, that is what we see when
    • When this
    • when we really see it and do not merely imagine it in an
    • abstract way — when we see continually in a man, a corpse
    • longer a unity such as we used to see when we look at nature.
    • can be done. And we then are within range of wisdom of the
    • Seraphim, Cherubim and Thrones. Through meditation then, we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Man and Nature: Intellect in Man and Nature Bereft of the Gods
    Matching lines:
    • falsely when he declares that it is the material substance of
    • development when a human being pursues the normal course of
    • progressive evolution; that is to say, when he unites with
    • the impulse of the Mystery of Golgotha and when he realises
    • reality, in the whole wide world, when we leave the human
    • Past. When we look at Nature we are looking at
    • connection with external Nature, you may ask: Where then, are
    • external Nature as it is to-day, and then a future lying
    • away.” And when in the individual human being the
    • fulfilled, then the words of Christ will live in the
    • only become concrete and real when we receive the impulse of
    • validity of thought when it has been proved by experiment and
    • imagine that it pumps the blood in every direction and then
    • indeed; people are scared when the gravity of these things
    • say that this is the time when we descended to physical life
    • radiance upon us. Why, then, should this radiance be any the
    • When it is
    • grasp of thought. This is quite true, for whence comes the
    • most palpable phenomenon of all. The fatigue of which we
    • what we feel in our limbs when they move is also akin to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Physical-Superphysical: Its Realisation Through Art
    Matching lines:
    • When human
    • life of soul run wild when anyone is willing to be satisfied
    • by one's own understanding and reason — when there is a
    • in the form of art itself this feeling arises when, in the
    • walls which has to do with artistic perception. When I am
    • remains, however, that everyone in life, when confronting the
    • then resolves itself into another process; whereas the man
    • subconscious and formerly not drawn from thence, have now
    • expressionism — than was the case earlier, when the
    • quite unconsciously. It is something that, when the soul is
    • a soundly-constituted human being. Our life of soul, when it
    • but should not succeed in doing so when the soul is sound:
    • the morbid vision. This work of art then, this outer form of
    • mysteries in nature around us, when spoken of, may perhaps
    • this excellent example — when confronting the human
    • Goethe perceived something of this kind when he spoke of
    • reaching what has been overcome and then freed from
    • transformed leaves, and which is then extended to all forms
    • in nature. When once what lies in this theory is brought
    • fully to light by a more comprehensive development of natural
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Sources of Artistic Imagination and the Sources of Supersensible Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • whence artistic imagination receives its impulses, such
    • when he is able to eliminate sense-perception as well as the
    • our contemporaries that the human soul can so strengthen its
    • wakefulness of consciousness when the faculties of mental
    • presentation and perception are suppressed. When, therefore,
    • of soul; but even when he deliberately puts himself into this
    • imagination. I do not mean by this that the seer, when in
    • impressions in moments when higher vision is not operating.
    • direction when feeling and willing are functioning in the
    • When feeling
    • between numbers as they exist in his thinking; hence, in his
    • no element whatever of the bodily organisation. Then comes
    • world, as he is when he is standing in the physical world
    • the spiritual world, not in the material world. Only when he
    • into what would otherwise be colourless and formless. When
    • When the seer says that what he sees is red, he is
    • instructive example is a phenomenon which constitutes a
    • When one
    • enhancement of life in certain directions. When are we
    • we have become accustomed, when we see a bodily structure
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Der Grundstein
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenseele!
    • Im Menschen-Welten-Wesen.
    • Denn es waltet der Vater-Geist der Höhen
    • Lasset aus den Höhen erklingen,
    • Menschen mögen es hören.
    • Menschenseele!
    • Im Menschen-Seelen-Wirken.
    • Menschen mögen es hören.
    • Menschenseele!
    • Du lebest im ruhenden Haupte,
    • Schenken;
    • In Menschen-Geistes-Gründen.
    • Im Weltenwesen Licht-erflehend;
    • Was in den Höhen erhöret wird;
    • Menschen mögen es hören.
    • In den irdischen Wesensstrom;
    • Erstrahlte in Menschenseelen;
  • Title: Lecture: Human Knowledge and Its Significance for Man and the Cosmos
    Matching lines:
    • Das Raetsel des Menschen.
    • Das Raetsel des Menschen.
    • times will come when their souls will be incarnated again and when knowledge
    • ourselves are still living in an age when it is not as yet left entirely
    • and have no inkling of the fact that when they speak of this ‘simplicity
    • under a delusion. Times will come when knowledge, and knowledge alone
    • civilisation for that age in the future when the human being will have
    • may say that the head disappears, and the rest of the body is then transformed
    • but when I say this, you must remember that it is the forces
    • What, then, is the function
    • to us when we study the existence of the human being on the one side
    • It is only now and then in dreams that human beings have a fleeting
    • forces of knowledge we apply in order to grasp and comprehend the external
    • present epoch of civilisation, when knowledge is so universally applied
    • for the purpose of grasping the phenomena of the outer world, we divert
    • of antiquity, when man's knowledge was acquired through faculties of
    • inner clairvoyance. Man did not then expend his forces upon the outer
    • Indians. In our age, when practically the whole Earth has been explored,
    • as intensive as it extensive then people would have
    • that when the majority of people travel about the world today, they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophical Ethics ... St. Francis, Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • that life can only run its course truly and favourably when
    • the two sides of a balance, of which first one side and then
    • the other goes up and down. True balance only exists when the
    • the true idea when the human being, standing in the centre of
    • Mysteries the pupils were shown that when a man degenerates
    • beings and objects. He then becomes a being shut up within
    • principles and then he could go through life on a definite
    • which originates when the human being is lost to the world,
    • evolution, by diverting his course now to one side, and then
    • statement, when speaking of virtue, which we cannot
    • then, the happy mean, which must be found and followed if a
    • morals should exist at all. For what happens when there is no
    • morality, when evil is done, and when the too-much or the
    • too-little takes place, when man is lost to the world by
    • being crushed, or when the world loses him? In each of these
    • when he has done wrong he cannot do otherwise than destroy
    • something which is necessary. When in accordance with our
    • anthroposophical standpoint, we hold this principle, then
    • deviate with the sentient-soul when we enquire: What makes it
    • impulses are in fact never better guided than when we take a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Teachings of Christ the Resurrected
    Matching lines:
    • It was translated by Lisa Dreher and Henry B. Monges, and published
    • Translated by Lisa Dreher and Henry B. Monges
    • and was translated by Lisa Dreher and Henry B. Monges. Published in
    • way only when we allow our soul perception to contemplate two
    • When we speak of the beginning of earth existence, of the
    • nevertheless a certain sort of thinking; and when we
    • primeval earth language could only be comprehended by spiritual
    • present-day human being, in spite of the fact that, when
    • similar to those of the serpent when, after slipping off its
    • apprehension, the perception of these experiences might enter
    • it, if the Mystery of Golgotha had not taken place, then human
    • transitions of birth and death which then no longer were mere
    • metamorphoses, which then indicated an abrupt transition
    • without meaning that the teachers who then appeared
    • then appeared put the greatest emphasis not on written
    • Golgotha, and then in a spirit body, like the ancient teachers
    • resurrected Christ gave to His disciples when He met with them.
    • comprehension, then will ye prepare in yourselves a special
    • When the last instinctive seers practiced Yoga they achieved
    • manner, does not, when performing his exercises, attain what
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Christianity in the Evolutionary Course of Modern Mankind
    Matching lines:
    • [Compare: Geisteswissenschaftliche Menschenkunde]
    • various phenomena of our existence will already have become clearer,
    • Lemurian time, we find among the human beings then incarnated
    • body just once, or several times in succession; and he is then
    • when the human being is born into this world he fashions about
    • model etheric body; and then through blood relationship
    • we are able to study what the exact significance is when an
    • of a human being. What does it mean, then, that a man like
    • whenever an Avatar-being is woven into a fleshly human body,
    • etheric body, prepared by an exalted Avatar, and then woven
    • into Shem, so that it could then descend in many copies to all
    • was embodied in it, and then became woven into all the other
    • in that world. We come to understand history only when we are
    • ego as an impulse, as it was kindled in the astral body when
    • humanity one of the most significant phenomena. What I
    • characteristic for the pre-Christian time. When in this way an
    • blood to the one who had the original; hence, the copies
    • nor to any particular people; but when in the course of time a
    • the whole mood and disposition of the humanity which was then
    • historical events when he was speaking of the Christ. He
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eternal Soul of Man in the Light of Anthroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • When one speaks in the present time of the
    • yearnings of the human soul, then there emerges out of today's
    • over the course of the last three or four centuries, when the
    • of knowledge that are allowed by science today, then a way
    • the ordinary consciousness as we apply it towards the phenomena
    • when awake? We come to an assessment of the dream world only by
    • earthly life, but would constantly dream. Then we would fill
    • true reality. For that which occurs when we grasp things, when
    • the usual events of life, then there arises just opposite the
    • then perhaps also possible to some extent from a higher point
    • present-day man says to himself: “Well, when I was a
    • small child, I dreamed in a certain way within life. Then I
    • through becoming older, through life itself. I was then in my
    • This is indeed the man of today, but here he stops, and then he
    • continue to develop himself when he becomes an adult. Now it
    • cognitive and mental powers that are already there when we want
    • there. When the eye sees, that which is seen must be there.
    • When the ear hears, that which is heard must be there, and so
    • There then occurs that which should not be
    • a second, higher person. And this second, higher person then
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture I: The Significance of Supersensible Knowledge Today
    Matching lines:
    • only be fully understood when illumined from different sides.
    • mind. Its foremost task is to contribute to the comprehension
    • too insipid an attitude for progress. When in the nineteenth
    • in the twentieth century when other soul forces are called
    • A person's comprehension of Truth must encompass all other
    • after death when a person has laid aside the body. Every
    • encompass immortality. If we understand the human soul, then
    • certain comprehension of the riddles of life are reached.
    • Without inner security of knowledge, a person is lost when
    • spiritual science when through all the epochs of evolution,
    • spanning the whole globe are indeed impressive. But when it
    • ensured. History is made by human beings, but when it is made
    • When a culture is no longer acceptable, for the people can no
    • whole modern civilization. When conflict arises nowadays over
    • a spiritual understanding of the phenomenon of man, it will
    • never reach the status of a world view. “When
    • finds the ‘I,’ and when he widens it to encompass
    • after death, his experiences when attaining spiritual sight
    • that cannot possibly satisfy anyone. When the most important
    • interest in abstract philosophy. When those who long for
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture II: Blood is a Very Special Fluid
    Matching lines:
    • Faust, when Faust, representing striving man, enters
    • when he further demonstrates that in sagas and legends blood
    • something very much more profound than mere invention. When
    • Whence this
    • spirit world behind it, just as when looking at a human face
    • does instinctively when faced with an ensouled being, the
    • axiom, As above, so below, when applied to a human being,
    • discord. But when pain and suffering have been conquered,
    • when only their fruits remain, a person will say that from
    • be properly understood only when one has knowledge of the
    • understood unless one understands the mysterious effect when
    • was formerly the case. It arises when cultivated people are
    • questions ought to be asked when attempts are made to tackle
    • ruled by its blood. When the significance of blood is
    • first absorb nutritive substances into the blood, then,
    • When tracing the stages of development in a human embryo, one
    • accomplish what was necessary in the human organism. When as
    • life. However, when ideas behind words seem to have no
    • when some of our contemporaries pass judgment on spiritual
    • that can be said to this is that then human beings must
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture III: The Origin of Suffering
    Matching lines:
    • and comprehensible by itself.
    • greatest riddles. When attempts are made to find meaning in
    • grasp that suffering may originate from sin. But when one has
    • consciousness when we contemplate the event recognized by a
    • human life more carefully, we find phenomena that indicate
    • phenomenon that is symptomatic, although at first sight it
    • simile when we say that the artist as tragic poet goes out of
    • the spirit from the corporeal. When the spiritual researcher
    • perceived when the higher senses that slumber in us are
    • physical body and the ether body into existence, and when
    • When a substance contains life it means that disintegration
    • Thus, we are dealing with an actual phenomena.
    • only then can we speak of the lower form of consciousness,
    • understood when it is recognized that it constantly renews
    • reached a certain higher level. Only when the force of life
    • another force: it continuously produces death. When it has
    • transform that death into life, then it is a conscious being.
    • comprehensible. It is pain that originally gave rise to
    • consciousness. When the life within a being is exposed to
    • light, air, heat or cold, then these external elements act in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IV: The Origin of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • comprehension of evil. We must look at how human beings
    • a fundamental and significant law: Whenever beings reach a
    • themselves passed through. When a person has become
    • outside. By then our present planet will have fulfilled its
    • the earth began when wisdom became permeated by love. As
    • If this is so then there can be no evil. But it must be
    • were formerly guided by instinctive wisdom; then it withdrew
    • into the service of the self From then onwards there existed
    • us; it must exist within us as self-love. When the force of
    • was good on the old planet is no longer so when transferred
    • When a painting depicts wonderful figures of light, together
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VI: Education in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • When the
    • the astral body. Like the ether body, it becomes visible when
    • thrive only when surrounded by all the beings of the
    • when a certain stage of maturity is reached. During further
    • free in all directions. Up to then an entity of like nature
    • child is born for a second time when the ether body is born.
    • protective sheath, a covering that strengthens and
    • invigorates it up to the time of puberty. Then that too
    • indicate when it becomes right to exert influence on the
    • years is the time when the faculty of the critical intellect
    • encompasses a great many things. It is a time when all the
    • The truth of this is recognized when insight is attained into
    • the alphabet before the change of teeth; before then, he or
    • When the child
    • stemmed from a time when it was still believed that human
    • important, but the sound; hence, the many children's songs
    • when memory, habit and character must be established, and
    • Hence, the value of gymnastics. However, the desired effect
    • when gymnastic exercises induce feelings of growing strength
    • spirit. That is true also when it comes to play. The old kind
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture V: Illness and Death
    Matching lines:
    • deeds dwells in a body, then that body is of necessity
    • will then be discovered that often the issue concerned is not
    • say: “If new life is continuously to arise, then I need
    • death. He says: “When we consider the most highly
    • natural scientists do not understand that when illness and
    • comprehensible, we must restrict it to that which applies to
    • When we
    • understand their significance when we investigate how human
    • begins to influence the human organism. Then at the age of
    • when we recognize that at the change of teeth something
    • piece of wood being ignited. Up till then it was tied to the
    • puberty the human being is born for the third time when the
    • which then begins its work on the astral body.
    • ideals. When we compare a person with a savage, we realize
    • which means that when we are born we bring with ourselves the
    • a measure of energy according to which one can estimate when
    • work on the self. This is when the thread of life begins to
    • measure allotted each human being. It is the time when the
    • confidence in life, has often been explained. When these
    • that it exists at the expense of the ether body. When
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VII: Education and Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • When we discuss
    • our mind's eye mankind's whole evolution. Only then can we
    • center of the being, the “I.” When an individual
    • nurse before the age of seven. Why then must we have schools
    • is entirely new. Up to then his life is a repetition of
    • Empire. The fifth epoch, up to the fifteenth year, when the
    • science points back to a time when human beings inhabited
    • chaotic. We see an echo of this consciousness when young
    • child to the time up to the twelfth century, the time when
    • inwardly transformed. The day will come when a teacher will
    • semblance.” When the educator presents a subject
    • child when the capacity for imagery is fostered. Plants
    • make paintings of them; then happy human beings for whom life
    • of love. But what strengthens the will is religion; it must
    • will be rightly formed when study is also life.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture VIII: Insanity in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • When a deeply
    • then they would have become distorted. The cause of mental
    • works on the physical body, but unconsciously. Only when a
    • lives. When we go to sleep something takes place that is
    • similar to what occurs at death. When we go to sleep the
    • When the incarnation that will follow draws near, the human
    • sadness, as representing the “below.” When
    • physical. But what happens when that is not possible, when
    • experiences: When in the dark he looked in a certain
    • for this kind of phenomenon is as follows: A healthy person
    • on inside. When the "above" is in harmony with the
    • then the astral body suffers disturbance. It projects itself
    • outwardly just as it does when the eye is impaired. It
    • Paranoia. When that aspect of the physical body that should
    • when the physical body is too ponderous, too unwieldy, so
    • birth, first that of the physical body, then at the time of
    • noticeable at the time when the astral body is born, because
    • itself is always healthy; it cannot be ill, but when it can
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture IX: Wisdom and Health
    Matching lines:
    • insight with knowledge of matter. When spiritual knowledge is
    • the proof will be seen when it is assimilated, then applied
    • and exaltation, or when life threatens to fall apart, a
    • that guide them through cosmic space. When clouds sail across
    • the vault of heaven, when the sun rises in splendor, or the
    • moon in silent majesty, a person will see all these phenomena
    • the expression of the soul and spirit in human beings, when
    • ourselves placed in life, there we must seek it; then
    • phenomenon. Actually, the fact that it was seen by many
    • the Spirit to appear has no comprehension of the inner work
    • wishes; when their content is spiritual, then healing forces
    • stream into a person's soul. When the ability is attained to
    • pictures full of color, sound and life; when the whole world
    • becomes such a picture, then this wisdom becomes in all
    • light-filled, sound-filled imagination; then they attain
    • imaginative wisdom. The plant then discerns its own image in
    • when his brother had a leg amputated. As the bone was cut it
    • could not rid himself of the pain, even when his brother no
    • occur every so often, for example during sleep; then the
    • Imaginative wisdom will bring a person health. When knowledge
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture X: Stages in Man's Development in the Light of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • the eyes. Hence the truth of Goethe's saying: “The eyes
    • death. In so doing, we must not forget that when a person
    • Then comes the
    • time when the ether body withdraws and disperses into the
    • its dependence on what surrounded it when clothed in a
    • record of his experiences and achievements. When he enters a
    • maternal sheath. Only when this is pushed aside is this body
    • the seventh year when the ether body is born, the etheric
    • Organs; they become strong, as a muscle becomes strong when
    • when it is essential that the evolving human being can look
    • become defined, now when the child's life widens beyond the
    • maternal body before birth. Only when puberty is reached does
    • year onwards, when the astral body is born, slowly and
    • important moment when at the time of puberty awareness of
    • thus, love of the individual awakens. Up to then the
    • twenty-third year does this come to an end; then a person is
    • earlier age. Now a person matures; the time has come when
    • work on his three bodies. First of all a person strengthens
    • judgments have significance and are taken into account when
    • therefore also call this “a period when the systems of
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XI: Who are the Rosicrucians?
    Matching lines:
    • virtues should be developed. When the Rosicrucians spoke of
    • of distortions through charlatanry, fraud, incomprehension
    • moment would take us too far to explain. Only when they are
    • but through higher ones, attained when its hidden forces have
    • research. When an individual approaches the portals through
    • The highest truth is one. No matter where or when
    • no matter what different paths they choose to get there. When
    • one stands at a certain spot an the mountainside, when a path
    • that a person's nature must be taken into account when
    • be the right method of initiation into spiritual life. When
    • overcome, it is all too easy to fall into error when striving
    • firm support when we enter the other worlds. If one's
    • made between what is merely depicted and reality, then one is
    • example in modern physics when the atom, which no one has
    • thought when his attention is completely withdrawn from
    • This should only be attempted when the stage of study has
    • When someone
    • recognize that it depicts reality, then you know what is
    • then you will know that you possess a deeper logic, and can
    • express the life of the Earth-Spirit. When you begin to read
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XII: Richard Wagner and Mysticism
    Matching lines:
    • mind that when a cultural phenomenon such as Richard Wagner
    • and other phenomena. When discussing issues, whether cultural
    • phenomenon conveys. In that case the plant should be able to
    • sense that what I have to say about the phenomenon that is
    • these things comes to expression when he says: “I name
    • When spiritual
    • cultural phenomenon such as Richard Wagner.
    • B.C.) was a great Athenian dramatist
    • and points back to a primordial time when not only the arts
    • out to become world-substance that they then shaped and
    • in the following significant words: “When man's whole
    • to be a great, beautiful, worthy and estimable unity; when
    • pleasure in the harmony gives him pure delight, then, had it
    • were to a far distant past when human beings were not so
    • individual, when a person felt as a member of his dass, of
    • his whole tribe, when the folk spirit was still regarded as a
    • to go hand in hand; both became egoistical when they ceased
    • visualized a future when the arts would once more function in
    • When a
    • even when nothing is outwardly expressed. What a person
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Supersensible Knowledge: Lecture XIII: The Bible and Wisdom
    Matching lines:
    • modern person becomes critical when faced with contradictions
    • century showed that already then they contained what we know
    • When these
    • attitude. The passage, when rightly translated reads:
    • today, then we do not evolve. We must never lose sight of the
    • When we see in
    • scientist Thomas Henry Huxley
    • Thomas Henry Huxley (1825–1895). He supported Darwin's
    • When evolution
    • of color when successfully operated upon; likewise a person
    • recognizes the Truth when Christ says: “Heaven is in
    • when in general a person's consciousness was dull and dim,
    • had to follow when setting out to attain all the stages of
    • experiences of a contemporary person when the external
    • all the stages by heart; later when writing came more into
    • a chemical laboratory, then you would obtain a picture
    • also indications of the spiritual authenticity of the
    • initiation. When we look into the details, we recognize in
    • This we shall understand when we consider how the writers of
    • each of us, then we sense our relationship to this Alpha and
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: An Impulse for the Future
    Matching lines:
    • Steiner when endowing a Society for Theosophy and Theosophical Art in
    • Steiner when endowing a Society for Theosophy and Theosophical Art in
    • Even when gaps are apparent and many finer nuances are absent,
    • and then swept away by the mix of events. Among the souls [people]
    • according to the times shining light into hidden depths. When a
    • engulf us when we see how little we were able to take advantage of
    • When
    • – and when we ask ourselves: Is the representation of these
    • dedication the individuals are capable of. When we then ask: How much
    • is generally demanded when such a representation of ideals is brought
    • the avowal to a thing may not be true when this avowal is spoken of.
    • true. When someone says: “I say nothing“ and wants to
    • when we understand what we have been
    • able to receive from the new occultism in the course of time, then we
    • years ago. It was not understood then, and since then hardly anyone
    • somehow does not agree with what is announced today, then he should
    • come into being – then really through recognition of the
    • curious, then please understand it thus: that it happens in full
    • beginning, then he would commit the same untruth as someone who says:
    • this coming together. Then the matter will progress. And it will
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Article/Lecture: West-East Aphorisms
    Matching lines:
    • the breath and the circulation of the blood. When he wills metabolism
    • when the middle region of the earth held sway; knowledge became the
    • will, then will the Eastern man in his feeling intuition no longer accuse
    • the Spirit at work in his ideology, then will understanding come about
    • the spirit. When the adaptation to Nature began, man did not at once see
    • this is not yet inwardly adapted to the spirit. When the adaptation to the
    • in the rays of his sun of will, then shall the will of the West release the
    • complicated forms, It drew labor into itself when the structure of rights
    • useful goods only when the producer and those persons with whom he must
    • When the ancient man composed a poem, he felt that spiritual Power spoke
    • suited to the Spirit. Then will the East say: “The divine Word, which
    • dreams of truth in a true awaking, the man of the West will then have to
  • Title: Contrasting World-conceptions of East and West
    Matching lines:
    • but also when we are asleep. During our sleep, we live outside
    • our ordinary consciousness? How are we connected with it, when
    • we are asleep? When we ask this question, we immediately
    • East, when it was not necessary for man to have the education
    • soul-life had a corresponding nuance. When he nurtured
    • thoughts. When he was able to say: “Thoughts live in me,
    • from ours. When we are asleep now, we are forsaken
    • completely from the human being. Even when we are asleep, our
    • are indicated here, then the Ego and the soul which are outside
    • vicinity of the head. Strictly speaking, when we are asleep,
    • we find that when the human being was asleep, the organs of
    • withdrew from the human being when he was awake. But when
    • divine-spiritual beings directed their activities. When the
    • gods. And when he then lived through his waking life and was
    • beings did not inspire him directly, when he was awake.. They
    • inspired him when he was asleep, while they were active in his
    • part of his soul, the spiritual element of his Ego, were then
    • as they are now. When a modern historian writes about ancient
    • condition which they only imagine. And when the time began
    • which interests them from the historical standpoint, then they
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Mystery of Golgotha
    Matching lines:
    • the case. But a full, encompassing comprehension of this
    • When a Chela has absolved the purification of his three bodies,
    • then he acquires at a certain moment of his life the capacity
    • human souls entered the physical human bodies, and then
    • sea, which were then poured into a number of vessels.
    • could then transform his organism more and more. He could lift
    • then the members of a race or nation, for example, the whole
    • When we read the Akasha Chronicle
    • When speaking of the last Judgement, Christ says in his
    • prophecy: “When the Son of Man shall Come in his glory”
    • (he means by this: when the drops of Christ shall all have entered
    • into the human beings, when all shall have become brothers)
    • Then the only difference among men will be that between good and evil.
    • signifies: Christ Jesus indicates the time when the drops
    • poured out by Him will all be absorbed, so that when one man
    • when Christ was active on the earth, so that the whole astral
    • took place upon the physical plane, when
    • three days, when you travel through the kingdoms of heaven; but
    • the light shone in the darkness, but the darkness comprehendeth
    • Yoga sleep, in the Orphic sleep, in the Hermes sleep. When the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Year's Course as a Symbol for the Great Cosmic Year
    Matching lines:
    • midst of winter, when the plants cease to grow, blossom and
    • when we go through the woods we are not only surrounded
    • substances or of the physical phenomena which we can perceive
    • mineral earth. When we speak of the consciousness of the earth,
    • skeleton, or the earth's solid substance, so that when we
    • govern human consciousness. When we speak of the consciousness
    • and nerve system, but not to the other systems. For when the
    • Parallel to this we have the fact that when, for instance,
    • during the night, when our higher nature is asleep, and this is
    • also the case with the earth, for when it is winter on one
    • side, it is summer on the other side. When there is a waiting
    • at that time of the year when it does not pass through any
    • external physical development. The vegetable kingdom is then
    • When we speak of this consciousness, which therefore
    • earth's mineral consciousness, when we speak of this
    • living. When the old year passes over into the new year, the
    • way in which we have thoughts concerning our environment, when
    • comprehends the mysteries of the stairs and uses them, so that
    • of these processes only at this time of the year, when the
    • throughout the year, unite when one year passes over into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • When we consider man from
    • when we are seeing, the physical eye, (diagram, bright) but everything
    • diagram) as the ego (naturally, it then goes farther into the organism)
    • — and the astral body and then from inside the physical and etheric
    • Then, it is throughout only
    • the way of the senses, than when you see a red plane, but it also is
    • to take form in you. If it can take on form, then it stays in you as
    • to salt (to pickle) right away all impressions, then you will have a
    • things as a human being — not as a human automaton — then
    • one must not get such a rigid inner salt-formation right away, when
    • someone tells us something, so one can always repeat (abtratschen
    • the head, first into the liquid, and then wants to consolidate, — to
    • call forth a sort of mineral salt-like formation. But it is good when
    • diagram 3, right) Then it comes back in again with awakening (left),
    • extinguishing force will not be strong enough anymore, and then this
    • remember those things also, that I have heard yesterday, when I did
    • or the third. If the matter really is forgotten, then the inner dissolving
    • will be dissolved; then it is dissolved. Because, if it is, then there
    • still be dissolved, then we forget the matter unrefutably.
    • is altogether a much slower fellow than the rest of man. When we talk
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • how everything which can be comprehended about man can serve as a basis
    • change inside his organism. The first one is that when we take up food
    • by the salivary glands of the mouth. We then bring the food farther
    • can occur there, what happens to the food when we bring it into our
    • Because, when now the foodstuff
    • the bowel into the lymphatic glands and then into the vessels of the
    • food at first must become dead in us and then must be revived again.
    • be first removed. Then, what we receive this way must be taken hold
    • and then we would have to begin to be angels, because our ether body
    • intestines and heart and then you see, all that would be taken up by
    • our ether body. But then we would be just an ether body and in the ether
    • body the food would then dissipate. We would be able to be earthly
    • the forces and that from the head then the forces come and restrain,
    • soft substance, into the hand and then I teach myself to throw the mortar
    • in there the forces of,the astral body are working. This is then something
    • driven to the point where they are killed. Then we get approximately
    • that then through the communication from the heart towards the kidneys
    • And then only the liver system with its gall excretion drives the whole
    • then with its peculiar construction of the portal vein and so on —
    • Here, we have then the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spiritual Relations in the Configuration of the Human Organism: Lecture III
    Matching lines:
    • the phenomenon that a person experienced the decay of his organs in
    • So in those olden times one did not speak of illness and health when
    • One spoke that way because healing was then done entirely from the etheric
    • of this type of illness. One then said to oneself: this person has become
    • in times when migrations of people, when the moving away from places,
    • before his 40th year or earlier by pneumonia, then he simply has not
    • one said to oneself: if the person lives there, then he is too strongly
    • One gave then as medication something that brought his ether-body into
    • If this is a man (diagram 2, red), then this will be his ether body.
    • edible. We then eat the cake; naturally, we also appreciate knives and
    • when we can walk in the sun. The man of old enjoyed himself when he
    • hair becoming limp. While, when he passed — let us say, by red blooming
    • for a long time and we still see, when we go back to the older Greek
    • medicine, to Hippocrates, how one spoke then of the “humors”
    • physicians, when one regarded every digestion as a partial process of
    • wrong; when man has eaten, he has brought something foreign into himself
    • into something one cannot overcome any more. Then one is simply sick.
    • or paprika, so one can digest oneself well, or if, when things get worse,
    • one then gives that as addition to the food, or as medicine. There again
    • like another book, then you will know only the match. But if you want to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture I: The Past Shows Us a Picture of Necessity
    Matching lines:
    • terms of space the world is finite.” He then went on to
    • and influence in one way or another the course of events when
    • prove its opposite?” When we approach a matter of
    • normal human comprehension, in ordinary human logic. We
    • other things too. It always appears when human beings want to
    • other one is underlined. But when I write them on the
    • and so on. When you reach a construction with a hundred sides,
    • circle twice the size with an infinite number of sides, then
    • “Why is it that when we transcend the sense world our
    • Ahriman. When we prove things in one direction, it is Ahriman
    • to Ahriman and Lucifer in the days when people had only a
    • addition to this, the clock also showed when sun or moon
    • This clock, then, was constructed in the fifteenth
    • construction, and then regarding the fact that the man who was
    • it. Then someone would be found who said he could sort it out
    • to get lost at a time when a sense had to gain ground that
    • therefore delays the departure by five minutes. Then he
    • which Ahriman and Lucifer interfere most easily when we try to
    • find a solution. Ahriman is the one who appears first when this
    • fell — that happened,” and then ask “Is this
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture II: The Legend of the Prague Clock
    Matching lines:
    • at the very moment when the rock falls down.” According
    • progress when we are really just going round in circles. We do
    • of divine inspiration. The story then goes on to say that the
    • the clock again. And then, with skillful manipulation, he
    • would like to deal with all natural phenomena in the same
    • phenomena people feel they are confronting absolute rigid
    • historical phenomena also being perceived as imbued with a
    • where historical phenomena are concerned we should also
    • as a historical phenomenon.
    • ringing apparatus, then the other figure moved. Death nodded to
    • something unusual. Whenever the clock was about to strike, the
    • that produce a series of good deeds would be nonsense when it
    • such good effects. People do not believe it when they see
    • hatred of the rich. And when a person like that saw the clock,
    • as we started to speculate when we tried to think out whether
    • mentally confused then, we are bound to become confused in our
    • spiritual world, as indicated in the legend, when it tells us
    • from above. When we are given these impressions by the
    • spiritual world, when our souls are stimulated to do a
    • particular thing, those are the moments in life when we have a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture III: Three Teachers with Different Attitudes
    Matching lines:
    • Then it was the third teacher's turn. He said, “During
    • month. And it went on like this throughout the year. Then came
    • Then the next year came. The holidays were over, and at the
    • similar way as before. Then the headmaster said, “There
    • the pupils are like, then I can form my schedule from week to
    • pledge yourself to this and depend upon it, then even if you
    • teachers. He then discovered that those taught by the first two
    • the feeling that it had to happen as it did. When the
    • about it when we would like to have been better than we
    • create and then they see that their creation was good. They do
    • the spirit of becoming, the spirit of development. When he
    • happen when these details are interwoven with a living
    • element that is to work out of itself is possible only when we
    • consider the phenomena that Lucifer and Ahriman carry over from
    • realize clearly that when we look back at events that have
    • When we penetrate external reality with our senses, we can say,
    • “Because this thing is like this, then the other must be
    • Such mistakes happen often when we judge purely externally, on
    • naturally say, “This happened first and then that and
    • then the other.” And we will arrive at something. But in
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture IV: The Roman World and the Teutonic Tribes
    Matching lines:
    • here a short time ago in a different connection. When we
    • do the facts a thorough injustice. When I mentioned this
    • the physical plane through the centuries from then until
    • what I have just said, that when we have done something, it is
    • with it when we simply look at all that has happened completely
    • difficulty. You know, the great Spinoza said that when we look
    • intended, and language has a subtle feeling for this. When an
    • consciousness. When the deed happened, the awareness was
    • be dulled at the time the bad deed was done. Whenever anyone
    • only possible reason can be found only when we realize that
    • consciousness. Then the consciousness will see the whole
    • doing exactly the same as when you hold a mirror in front of
    • allotted him, only then will they really be effective.
    • The facts then continue their work in the soul.
    • actually see when we develop normally.
    • Thus what we have done acquires its right value only when we
    • of necessity, and when we can regard it as necessity. But as
    • has been said, we must realize that we then have to make the
    • become free when they achieve the possibility of drawing
    • how he became what he was; we can then follow up the impulse
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Necessity and Freedom: Lecture V: The "I" is Found on the Physical Plane in Acts of Will
    Matching lines:
    • falling asleep and waking up.” Then of course we would no
    • as he does in ordinary daily life. When we wake up, it is in
    • obviously ceases when we go to sleep. The I is no longer
    • disappear. Yet in the morning when we wake up, it enters our
    • What can this I be, then? How much of it do we possess
    • our will during sleep. The will is then dimmed. We do not will
    • I is a reflection that arises when our will impinges on
    • pure fancy to imagine that people lived then in exactly the
    • today when we simply see the physical eyes. When they looked at
    • addition to perceiving the aura of human beings, people then
    • everyday phenomenon. People did not first have to
    • the world. When the ancients looked at gold, what they
    • in a different way from silver, for instance. When they
    • was really founded on observation. When they said, “Gold
    • feeling for how very different it was when the ancients spoke
    • muscles round his eyes in a particular way, then what lives in
    • humanity. Then even more will have been taken away from both
    • a time when the outer world will be far more bleak and empty.
    • Nowadays when a person looks at nature, he believes it to be
    • only dream of it, but it will then be true. People will no
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture I: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • Vergangenheits- und Zukunftsimpulse Im Sozialen Geschehen.
    • when they have passed through the gate of death. This is of
    • worlds in the right way will not misunderstand when I say
    • incomprehensible language. Probing further into this
    • speaks to them chiefly in nouns. It to noticeable that when a
    • lost that, when nouns are used, they sound nebulous, echoing
    • and real when using nouns. When obliged to turn nouns into
    • nebulous, as it might in the case of some principle. When you
    • abstract to the concrete. Then because you yourself go from
    • effectively into the earth, then will of necessity take
    • imaginatively, pictorially, when they speak.
    • how many people think concretely when, let us say, they read
    • Where then is the concrete thinking,
    • when the noun. the right or justice is uttered? Just take
    • this very vague abstraction that is in mind when the right,
    • justice, is spoken of, when going to law, the right thing, is
    • expressed in speech. What then is the right really, taken
    • rights-state — what then is the right considered purely
    • abstractions. How then is one to arrive at a concrete
    • people? You see, what we try to do with the left hand when we
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Social Question as a Problem: Lecture II: The Inner Experience of Language
    Matching lines:
    • Vergangenheits- und Zukunftsimpulse Im Sozialen Geschehen.
    • By degrees a certain comprehension must ray out from those
    • this kind can be attained only when at least a certain number
    • When earthly life takes its source healthily and not
    • remark how much the man of every sphere of culture when he is
    • example, nowadays speak now and then with some modifications
    • often said that when one sees through these things a facile
    • Imagination then brings about — what has to do with
    • imaginative form thus produced. When the German word for the
    • roundness. When the same word is used in a Latin language he
    • when one describes a foot by being sent on the ground, or by
    • condition as when it is disembodied. And what is generally
    • such things can be awakened. It is a peculiar fact that when
    • in the early years, first babbling, then gradually learned to
    • understand these surprising things when he can make the
    • applies. The point is that we do not think that when someone
    • speaks of a table he means a chair, or when speaking of a
    • also do that at need — but it is then externalized; as
    • convention. Hence the externalizing of the soul's life
    • think, some of us know when a statement is made what the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture I: The Difference Between Man and Animal
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • emphasised here that when the truths of Spiritual Science are put into
    • when the facts of Spiritual Science are given out to say: “How
    • when these same people are not even willing to investigate the origin
    • and then to declare in a high and mighty way: “What I do not know
    • thoughts of Walther Rathenau, (see Z-269) I have recently shown that
    • can be fully experienced when one pays heed to what is being thought.
    • date today since it was written when the so-called war was still in full
    • based on the then existing thirst for war, they are now superannuated.
    • truth, this is in fact undeniably right. And when anyone expresses the
    • when it comes to saying: In what do these wise ideas consist that are
    • and are then overcome by fear and anxiety when they should turn to it.
    • Then they are at once ready, once more to seize upon the old delusive
    • of soul. Yes, my dear friends, it is very easy to speak thus but when it
    • Menschenrätsel) the superior schooling shown in the philosophical
    • when you come to the philosophical literature of the Catholic Clerics.
    • is the point that always comes into evidence when there is question
    • things up. This is indeed a fundamental difference, for when the matter
    • appreciate the significance of such a matter. When, for instance, the
    • whether Jesus ever lived, when at that time a great gathering took place
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture II: St. John of the Cross
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • clear, my dear friends, that when impulses founded in this way are taken
    • seriously then, as life goes at the present time, opposition arises
    • is exposed. For this deep understanding is well adapted to strengthen
    • anywhere in the phenomenal world, there lives the divine, that, in a
    • of phenomena there is spirit, spirit, spirit. I have always called your
    • a concept of what he understands by it when you distinguish between
    • of such a kind is reprehensible.
    • of men, as a drivinfr impulse which, when it then breaks forth, can
    • to the time of vision) when the reflection and contemplation undertaken
    • when the soul sees itself bereft of its former enjoyments and palpable
    • held by St. John of the Cross to be permissible. When therefore the
    • support, then the senses are no longer enriched. The spirit has the
    • of coming to a passive condition of the soul when reflection and sense
    • perception are shut off and God is the chief agent, when, in his own
    • statement mean that God Himself is alone active in the soul, when it
    • connection with God? When anyone says: the soul is related to the sum
    • as unpermitted Pantheism if truth held good, and when at the same time
    • by this silent vision into the soul when it is unconscious. In short
    • what are we supposed to understand when one of those who write about
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture III: Clairvoyant Vision Looks at Mineral, Plant, Animal, Man
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • The sixth and the seventh should then follow.
    • actually to become as man of the earth; then he continues on, and now
    • today, according to the outlook of Spiritual Science, how man when he
    • then supposed to speak to the world as philosophers, is really perfectly
    • in man's surroundings, a real insight, can only be gained when the matter
    • to him. And when people believe they can succeed in doing so this comes
    • of Nature. But now, when one presses on to knowledge, when one trains
    • then to a certain extent a change takes place in our contemplation of
    • things cannot be appropriately described in any other way. For when
    • man brings to life within him what can be made living, when he applies
    • you ought to understand that of course when picturing these conditions
    • people just get frightened. When such knowledge is acquired, on looking
    • On the contrary, When with transformed cognition we look at the animal
    • reality, you see that when looking at, observing the outer world as
    • in animals either—not even in his own being as man, where then
    • corpses, then man in his whole attitude of soul would really belong
    • able to comprehend such beings. But again the remarkable thing is that
    • who has conceptions. When, however, he puts this faculty for conceiving,
    • in the conception, only when something—his will—works up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 4: Human Qualities Which Oppose Antroposophy
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • still more lightly. When such things are spoken of it must always be
    • sound human intelligence; when rightly directed, is sufficient for the
    • settle in the right way in his inmost soul when he seeks to understand
    • of the spiritual world actually look like when this world is entered
    • is still right, what actually happens when a man seeks to enter the
    • When an attempt is made to penetrate into the spiritual world by anyone
    • until then has actually not been acquired, this characteristic feature
    • perfectly well known to us, namely, how we as men behave when we bear
    • our body when asleep, we are poured out into the surrounding cosmos.
    • In this way when we are sleeping our consciousness as a man is slight.
    • When the sleeping condition is unbroken by dreams which implies a certain
    • increase in the intensity of consciousness, but when we keep in mind
    • dreamless sleep, then our consciousness is so inconsiderable that we
    • because our consciousness is then weakened, because our sleep-consciousness
    • immediate perception of this life, this life developed when we as ego
    • the same things to begin with in which we are when making use of our
    • one of tremendous richness. But this life does not cease when we wake
    • state of experience it would be a very bead thing were we henceforth
    • When you turn from the stone to the sun and gaze straight into the sun
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 5: Paganism, Hebraism, and the Greek Spirit, Hellenism
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • when in any other way he is connected with modern culture, will have
    • to start out from a material study of world events. It is only when
    • out to you that knowledge at the present time, when sincere, cannot
    • Golgotha as a reality at the very time when every other method of mankind,
    • all other paths of mankind, will be found to lead to nothing when trying
    • true: “And if Christ be not risen then is our preaching vain and
    • out to you something that, when looked at purely from the point of view
    • understanding when they want to give merely abstract, logical form to
    • only when he is willing to rise above logic to Imagination, Inspiration,
    • described and was then permeated by the spirit of the Christ; as Christ-Jesus
    • heathen world. In its religious conception Judaism has something radically
    • different from any heathen religious conception. It may be said at once
    • perception of nature. In the heathen the contemplation of nature is
    • man arises out of the becoming and the weaving of the phenomena of nature,
    • through nature. Then, to crown what he is able to gain by his perception
    • of nature, the heathen seeks to grasp as it were with his soul what
    • to grasp the divine spiritual. But everywhere we see man as a heathen
    • man. But when man then turns his gaze to the Jahve God who brings about
    • human birth, then punishes bad and rewards good actions in the course
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation - Lecture 6: Goetheanism as an Impulse for Man's Transformation
    Matching lines:
    • Menschenwissenschaft und Sozialwissenschaft.
    • these facts, particularly when you have so constantly seen her here,
    • where henceforth our good friend will be. They will be following her
    • with in the spirit of our world conception, in times when the friend
    • who has gone could joyfully follow but also in times when she had to
    • encouragement, giving them strength; so that when these souls know what
    • when we look back into very ancient times on earth, times long before
    • the time when the Mystery of Golgotha was approaching there was indeed
    • time, from that critical point, there had to arise a strengthening of
    • the soul and spirit, a strengthening of the power of soul and spirit,
    • then proclaim to the others who led a more instinctive life the truths
    • But the time came when
    • of man there had taken place something intellectually incomprehensible,
    • to the progress of man. For it is incomprehensible to the human intellect
    • in the physical course of earthly evolution that is incomprehensible
    • in question, but incomprehensible to the intellect that is applied to
    • age is pre-eminently development of the intellect—the more incomprehensible
    • conscious of the way the ordinary intellect is applied when directed
    • to understand something apparently incomprehensible precisely for the
    • in mid-Europe from which it has streamed. There will come a time when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Regarding Higher Worlds
    Matching lines:
    • experienced in an open lecture like this. When we speak about
    • say, which we gradually acquire when we repeatedly work within
    • inwardly active in such circles, will think back to a time when
    • we need to immediately make a note when we speak about these
    • people. When we determine a single characteristic of all these
    • established. When you see a person today, you may well
    • and how this feeling lived in the soul. Then think how your
    • different the image will be when you receive news of a death in
    • took place in the soul, then you have an image of what happens
    • on the astral plane. Hence the bewildering scurrying and
    • to imagine that the clairvoyant awareness, when it is turned
    • of clairvoyant consciousness. It senses, as when it spreads
    • flash through the realm — and then something else appears. Here
    • to that being. It comes as an extraordinary surprise when some
    • being when you are within, and has the consciousness, that two
    • shining sphere, and far from this a second, then a third,
    • this is the case, it retains this form. Already at night, when
    • soul body. Then you can see how a human being, who lives with
    • However, when we die, after the end of our physical life, we
    • our etheric body which is to be given up, then the astral body
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Goethe's Relationship to his 'Faust'
    Matching lines:
    • work of Goethe, in “Faust.” When clearly stated
    • Goethean in “Faust”? When looking at Faust —
    • “Faust,” then one usually gets involved in the
    • it is noticeable then, how Faust, doubtful in the power of all
    • to always, when one has acquired knowledge, say to oneself:
    • that which had been lost. One must doubt, when one has once had
    • “Not you? Who then? I, replica of the image of God! Not
    • spirit you comprehend, not me!” Who then is this spirit
    • unabashed, which happens in this scene when Faust meets Wagner
    • then ultimately, which Goethe made his Faust recoil from, and
    • Goethe's soul stands in a time, when this scene was written,
    • during the seventies, when a duality existed between —
    • fulfilment into expression and to revelation. When both
    • have objective knowledge, but we only have it when we admit to
    • When we, however, try to throw out all we have as knowledge,
    • human existence, that we, when we don't constantly correct
    • which becomes a visionary life when it turns ill.
    • soul, when we keep everything in mind, which appears as
    • illusion in world knowledge. What does it come to when one
    • unfortunately created the single Mephistopheles. When
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: What is Self-knowledge?
    Matching lines:
    • with which method and tasks are needed to reach the stage when
    • genuine self-knowledge is an accompanying phenomenon which
    • anthroposophic world view because it, when understood
    • the complexity of human nature when we remember what we all
    • (Ich-Träger). When we look at that which we basically call
    • aware when using physical organs, and make observations on the
    • because a comprehensive measure for judgement is missing.
    • When a person, through ordinary consideration of his merits and
    • imagination when you reflect about it, how you, from morning to
    • this depends upon when and where you are situated in the world.
    • when-and-where of your birth.
    • where-and-when. This is not realised in what broods within, but
    • content of the when-and-where into which we were born. The more
    • physical body's disintegration. Similarly, when it dives down
    • to place and time, to when-and-where, but something else is
    • the human being here also doesn't come far when he or she
    • self-knowledge lurk the worst enemies when we begin to search
    • when-and-where, but links to deeper basic laws of human
    • where-and-when, then the clairvoyant will see our aura
    • a small aura. When we start to refine our judgement, making it
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Eleven kölcsönhatás élők és holtak között
    Matching lines:
    • Okkulte Untersuchungen Ueber das Leben Zwischen Tod und Neuer Geburt.
    • Die Lebendige Wechselwirkung zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • Okkulte Untersuchungen Ueber das Leben Zwischen Tod und Neuer Geburt.
    • Die Lebendige Wechselwirkung zwischen Lebenden und Toten.
    • lebendige Wechselwirkung zwischen Lebenden und Toten)Bergen,
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture I: The Goetheanum
    Matching lines:
    • the age. So to-day, when I have said, I wish to provide a foundation
    • for the very reason that when this conception is rightly understood,
    • any other education than that of thought. When forms have to be created,
    • styles of architecture; just as when they wish to make anything artistic
    • when you are confronted with that which is meant to be representative
    • of it, when you see the Goetheanum on its hill, at Dornach.
    • then develop the right understanding for it. I shall have to speak further
    • 1. would then see a Building
    • which ought to be experienced, when directly confronting that which
    • much considered. When the building had to be remodelled to stand upon
    • Having ascended that, we then enter by the main door into the real Inner
    • especially when he finds himself opposite the main door, that an attempt
    • Then, however, we had to think the whole thought of the Building as
    • accustomed to these intuitive forms of thought. And we then ought to
    • an organism is a very different thing. For when a man really understands
    • a natural organism, he then possesses a kind of thinking which is able
    • must be created from out of their own form-essence. They will then,
    • of the organic. What then is the nature of the organic? Well, take as
    • an example the most complicated organism, man, and then take merely
    • in a circular direction, is the well of the staircase. We then go up
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture II: Bau Lecture II
    Matching lines:
    • might be described something in this way. When one approaches the Building
    • When we come from the
    • round and then towards the West side, we see this picture. We have before
    • idea, You can be sure when you look at the next picture (1A) that it
    • pillar develops itself out of the first — that is to say when
    • from above, and when you picture to yourself how
    • the foregoing leaf, then you will realise how the form of the second
    • an understanding of what is meant, then you will of course be wrong
    • of the form that has gone before. Whenever you see a curve or a turn
    • Now then, we will see
    • underneath it and is united with the Mercury motif. Then you will understand
    • to one thing. Just now when we have passed the middle point and we look
    • It is just when we follow the idea of evolution in Art asp I had to
    • and indeed in the world. You have then to model things after the pattern
    • of evolution in the world and in nature, then you get an inner vision
    • about at the centre, just when you have what is most complicated, this
    • in an artistic manner out of its own nature that when the most complicated
    • Then you would get a development which is really modelled from nature
    • — that is, from the simple to the complicated, then again to the
    • merely intellectually, then it is easy to believe that humanity is the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Building at Dornach (Bn/GA 289): Lecture III: Lecture 3
    Matching lines:
    • of view is actually felt — even then of course everything is only
    • expression, yet the time has come when a spiritualization of our cosmic
    • apprehended by the play of the psychic, and the physical, that shows
    • with the ordinary comprehension of the three world principles. This
    • different language”, and then we shall be led to see the Building
    • of these lantern slides, this will be a longing that will then arise
    • in him who has artistic perception. Hence I do not think it quite superfluous
    • we are in the riddle Ages, just at the time when our fifth post-Atlantean
    • of humanity no image of the ego had been evolved. For, when man said
    • lightly expressed in the abstract, the law of our time. When I tell
    • when this initiation-principle, now at the very beginning of its growth
    • - you will particularly feel this when you look at the colouring of
    • you must give up asking inartistic questions. When an artist paints
    • other than, when he so perceives a colour in this way, a yellow smudge
    • Picture 7: So when we pass
    • child. When you see this in the dome, you will observe that an earnest
    • only when you have them side by side, because really Ahriman and Lucifer
    • earlier source of inspiration. Hence this angel-like form which here
    • softening, which arises when the blood gains the upper hand, comes from
    • upper hand physiologically in the human being, where feverish phenomena
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture I: The Problem of Faust
    Matching lines:
    • and then passed into folklore. This Faust still lived in the
    • indeed of many centuries to come. Hence we see Goethe's Faust
    • away, the new has not yet come. Then arise such moods as may
    • In evil days when death was near.
    • When for the Plague a bound he set.
    • And you yourself, a young men then,
    • evil, Faust knows that he no longer lives in an age when the
    • In the Black Kitchen's murky region,
    • marriage. Hence he says:
    • technical terms so in those days, when certain substances had
    • Some venerable parchment then if you unroll
    • Ah, then, all heaven opens out before you!”
    • this moment. When we consider all that we meet with in Faust,
    • look at the external phenomena of the outside world, but to
    • see the spirit living and weaving in all things. Then from
    • simple phenomenon Faust sees also something spiritual.Let us
    • and is alone. When alone, such a man as Faust, having been
    • spiritual endeavor. When Faust says: “Be quiet
    • a wonderful way. It is only when we study it word by word
    • “When in our narrow chamber kindled
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture II: The Romantic Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • remarkable that, having brought such calamity upon Gretchen
    • and Gretchen — Faust should then flee, leaving Gretchen
    • on by Mephistopheles, has fled, leaving Gretchen behind in
    • have known what befell Gretchen after Valentine's death,
    • the Brocken to bewilder him and make him forget Gretchen.
    • the midst of the frenzied confusion the image of Gretchen
    • it was then he began to write the first scenes. In 1800 or so
    • wished to maintain that it is a very reprehensible doctrine,
    • just evil men with a very evil doctrine. Then one of the two,
    • that ten priests had taken a false oath then that the
    • impossible is possible. Then I said: the way in which it was
    • this gliding in the Walpurgis-night also; Gretchen,
    • when she again appears, also glides along. Thus with Goethe
    • then we are dealing with? We are dealing with something which
    • out of their bodies when they go to the Brocken; for
    • when such things were intensively practiced, those who wished
    • Well then, my
    • clear that when a man leaves his body he will meet with other
    • conclusively when he says:
    • belonging to his physical existence. Hence, what Faust says
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture III: Goethe's Feeling for the Concrete.
    Matching lines:
    • what he received from Grecian art. and, at the very time when
    • was developing at the time when the scenes were living in
    • unfolding in Goethe's mind. It was then that Johann Gottlieb
    • Fichte could not then speak in the concrete way of Spiritual
    • to the feeling that can then be weakened to full life by the
    • impressions of Spiritual Science. Hence his language has
    • Then came caricatures of him, caricatures of others as well
    • then expressed — though without being understood by his
    • in his opinion had dwelt in those old Mysteries. Then there
    • particularly, when Spiritual Science can penetrate our
    • mind of men like Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, when I'm talking
    • flared up, not only when he was banished from Jena but also
    • when he saw that, giving of his best, it found no entrance
    • can understand that when such a spirit as Fichte was faced
    • graduate educated at Jena, who when he goes home to his
    • how dangerous the best may be when Ahriman and Lucifer take a
    • condition we find him when Mephistopheles has brought him
    • clearly refers to when announcing that he has created the
    • pleasant it all is when the scholar, becoming altogether too
    • his wise maxims so indifferently. Goethe even then wanted to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IV: Faust and the "Mothers"
    Matching lines:
    • Faust henceforward refers to himself as ‘priest’,
    • When we dwell
    • when not sufficiently developed and prepared. It might be
    • said that only in the world comprehended by the senses are
    • individual. When he has once found the security of knowledge,
    • to what goes on up to the moment when impregnation takes
    • belong to the supersensible world. No wonder then that Faust
    • presence felt when the word ‘Mothers’ is
    • also. What then are the possibilities? They are twofold.
    • emancipating himself from Mephistopheles for he would then
    • think over this and then to remember that it is all this that
    • Mothers had entered into Goethe;s soul when he read Plutarch,
    • of man when this normal understandin is not present. It is
    • sides of the triangle and one at each angle makes 183. When,
    • when we apply our own way of reckoning and correctly
    • Post-Atlantean epoch when Plutarch lived, we can truthfully
    • when we take our Earth upon which we are still evolving, and
    • when we look from this Earth to Saturn, Sun and Moon, there
    • forces that are connectted with the Moon — then we have
    • actually is it when we look into the matter? Is it the water?
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture V: Faust and the Problem of Evil
    Matching lines:
    • phenomena of Birth and Death entered the heart and mind of
    • the problem of Evil. In Atlantean time the phenomena of Birth
    • ask, how did Goethe perceive that this is so, when in his
    • thought, of feeling. The Witches' Kitchen Scene in
    • produce one after another the Witches' Kitchen, the
    • Invocation Scene at the Imperial Court, and then the Scene
    • Helena. In the Witches' Kitchen, while Mephistopheles is
    • Here, then,
    • together one after another. People might then perceive that
    • Kitchen.” As soon as the action is approaching Helena
    • once more, he scents the Witches' Kitchen. We are reminded of
    • Witches' Kitchen, in the magic looking-glass, Faust is to a
    • magic mirror in the Witches' Kitchen is something which is
    • the Witches' Kitchen Scene we have an Idea that has become
    • magic looking-glass in the Witches' Kitchen. You can perceive
    • Imagination. Here, then, you have the second stage —
    • that the real Helena was not in Troy. Then, when the Trojan
    • brought with him from thence his wife who had remained
    • Helena-problem is very complicated, as you can see when you
    • is most important. It is of deep significance when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VI: The Helena Saga and the Riddle of Freedom
    Matching lines:
    • Ahrimanic power. I then tried to show how Faust had to dive
    • to receive the spiritual impulses will then find points of
    • the fourth postAtlantean epoch. For we shall then be more
    • weakness of many people to-day, when they hear of Lucifer and
    • contemplated union; but when the son was born, he pierced
    • to many things. Then the Delphic Oracle pronounced an
    • one, Theseus, then protected him in the Grove of Attica until
    • connection, growing up outside the bonds of blood and then
    • blood-relationship in such and such it way, but who are then
    • removed from the old order, from the normal order, they then
    • far from his father's home, was told: When the youth grows up
    • so that he can wield a certain sword, then and then only let
    • legend of how he liberated Athens from the tribute of the
    • carries Helena away when she is ten years old, and keeps her
    • when she was pregnant with him. In this case it began not
    • signified the rulership of the entire Earth. Pallas Athene
    • three Goddesses? The human being then appears as the mere
    • impulses of Gods. Sig indeed it is. How then can human beings
    • one another. How then is any freedom possible for Paris? It
    • hundreds who stand here below no one is found, then the Gods
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VII: Some Spiritual-Scientific Observations
    Matching lines:
    • evolution; if we then trace the human being indicated by this
    • then be the being who only becomes ripe for self-knowledge in
    • twenties, Then, in the second half of his life, they intended
    • then to awaken to self-knowledge, But such a twilight
    • not the self-knowledge that man's creators intended, And when
    • Science is then repeated in public in another form, changed
    • say exactly when these influences entered in; you will find
    • And little by little — not in the beginning, when he
    • when Schiller made friends with Goethe, he wrote him a most
    • man? But then there came to him at certain times the thought
    • makes Wagner produce this manikin, Homunculus. Then, in the
    • to get nearer Greece in his soul. Hence his Faust had to get
    • for this. It the heightening, widening, strengthening of the
    • dim apprehension that became at the same time a torment for
    • theory of knowledge! But then he never would have become
    • Now when a man
    • whence the dreams arise. But spiritual science can guide us
    • that, when it is not enclosed, it expands, we call air;
    • or fire. Yes, my dear friends, we may call them so when, from
    • earth. It has no meaning at all to talk of such things when
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture VIII: Spiritual Science Considered with the Classical Walpurgis-Night
    Matching lines:
    • further, and then we shall come increasingly near to the
    • more dreaming then they suppose. The fixed and solid boundary
    • his waking life, very often there are moments when he
    • Consider hew, when you give yourself up in this way to the
    • undeniable that many of our wishes are not fulfilled. Then,
    • when consciousness is dimmed, these wishes appear before the
    • with the past when we had an existence still associated with
    • then you will know what I mean by saying: In sleep you speak
    • the Moon period. Then, in his external life, he lived as he
    • then are they not a true picture of life below the threshold
    • person says to you. Well then, the wish is transformed into a
    • then something else from waking life is superimposed upon
    • Spiritual Science brings progress to everyone, even when it
    • of dreams. What we experience, my dear friends, when we
    • those perceptions that flow through spiritual life, when
    • help of ours, when we dream in the ordinary way; if we are
    • then this dream-world will be able to reveal that, before
    • three layers of consciousness when he asks himself the
    • yesterday how the equilibrium of the Sphinx fails when man
    • which man dives when he forsakes the world of the senses to
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture IX: Goethe's Life of the Soul from the Standpoint of Spiritual Science
    Matching lines:
    • to comprehend the whole structure, the whole manner, of
    • possible within the course of human development, when we look
    • phenomena, and how he built up a botany on the basis of
    • give you a brief description of the primal phenomena and
    • Goethe's intention when he turned not to hypotheses and
    • theories but to the so-called primal phenomena for his
    • phenomenon. But it cannot be claimed that so far there has
    • primal phenomenon in inanimate nature when we consider how he
    • when knowing of nothing better,. But he found that when
    • when it comes to art. This increasingly disturbed Goethe and
    • it at the white of the wall, so this white would then be
    • let him keep the instruments, the apparatus, and he then set
    • natural phenomena. It was an outlook that rejected all
    • about natural phenomena, but traced back one set of natural
    • phenomena to another, traced them merely to primal
    • appearances, primal phenomena.
    • became clear that, when color is perceived, at the basis of
    • bright colors appear; if lightness laps over darkenss, then
    • appear. Goethe's way was not to add to phenomena hypotheses
    • phenomena speak for themselves. In this way Goethe brought a
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture X: Faust's Knowledge and Understanding of Himself
    Matching lines:
    • when represented on the stage, this wisdom is able through
    • when wishing to lead Faust to the highest point of
    • arises thus, even when all that can be attained in the
    • human soul and spirit when free of the body.
    • knowledge of man, that is, the knowledge acquired when free
    • For it was clear to him that when a man grows old, he does
    • Hence he sought in the most varied ways to bring man, to his
    • Walpurgis-Night of Part I, and then again in the Classical
    • say that Goethe thinks that, when a man leaves the body in
    • when outside the body with his soul and spirit, in highly
    • these people when they forsook the level ground, the plain,
    • constantly said that when a man has gone through various
    • forces. In olden days, when everyday matters were still
    • out of his feeling for the cosmos, and when he speaks of all
    • consciously, outside the body, is then experienced in
    • then, must take place when Homunculus is to become Homo, when
    • What must then actually happen?
    • man experiences when, free of his body, he is united with the
    • that we must now find Homunculus, he must then transfer this
    • picture of Homunculus, he must then transfer this picture
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XI: The Vision of Reality in the Greek Myths
    Matching lines:
    • to run over again the main thoughts then under consideration.
    • then touch upon. I mean, the conclusion of the scene.
    • comprehension of himself. For Goethe, knowledge was never
    • comprehension of the self, comprehension of the forces at
    • physical life, can never gain knowledge and comprehension of
    • body. Hence, true Spiritual Science, true Anthroposophy,
    • real knowledge and comprehension of mankind.
    • been, in existence. Hence Goethe tried to associate himself
    • desire was then to take refute in the Imaginations of the
    • a change through his leaving the body, will then behave
    • Then, if he goes to sleep consciously, as it were, retaining
    • present-day abstract rationalistic man. In olden days when
    • matter of course: “When I sail out on the open sea, and
    • forms, then my soul frees itself from the body, and I see
    • more of the supersensible than when I am surrounded by
    • earth's rigid outlines.” — This is why, when
    • become living, as demonic beings of the sea, only when the
    • that the Greek felt when thinking of his Kabiri in
    • only then can there be a physical human being. And when we
    • adding a few fantasies founded upon these, and then consider
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Problem of Faust: Lecture XII: Goetheanism In Place of Homunculism and Mephistophelianism
    Matching lines:
    • ourselves. Then, too, if we wish to make our lives fuller in
    • and forming ideas, sometimes more of willing. Hence, for the
    • consider the one pole of forming ideas, thinking, and then
    • honest, is that he finally admits, when he tries to advance
    • darkness. he imagines it will only become clear when he
    • me in a certain direction, then I am stopped; were I to
    • when by trying to think as deeply and clearly as possible, we
    • superficiality into a really deep comprehension of life.
    • and thirst and other instincts; and there is then a rising
    • This then is
    • the second feeling which, when experienced by man, leads him
    • birth and death. A man is tested when, with suitable
    • the two boundaries of self-knowledge and self-comprehension,
    • intention themselves of making good. And then look at the
    • suit himself, and then perhaps expecting that merely by
    • come. It is only when this coming age has passed over from a
    • Hence man is
    • never correctly represented when shown as a mere monad, but
    • only when an effort is made to show him as standing midway
    • And when it is possible for men to feel both at the same time
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Anthroposophy as a Demand of the Times
    Matching lines:
    • The Supersensible Human, Anthroposophically Comprehended,
    • The Supersensible Human, Anthroposophically Comprehended,
    • when one speaks of man, only that world which man traverses
    • calls a halt to all knowledge before the supersensible, then
    • one calls a halt before human self-knowledge. Then one
    • then we cannot accept ourselves as spiritual human beings at
    • all. But then we must lack the self-confidence towards that
    • natural forces. One imagines physical man then emerging out of
    • his consciousness. But when the need arises in him to think of
    • spiritual impulses as working in the world, when he must think
    • when he must have experiences in the world which must not pass
    • — then man has no stand to say to himself out of that
    • the most superficial. And this is where then that arises which
    • hunger and thirst. One doesn't long for food and drink when one
    • is satisfied, but one longs for them when one is hungry. And
    • When we look outside we soon notice that the natural scientists
    • inside. But when we look inside and we remain within the
    • life and also in the usual science, then in the beginning
    • the outer world again. When one is completely honest in one's
    • when instead of looking out into the world you look back into
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: The Ten Commandments
    Matching lines:
    • when they wanted to be permeated and surged through inwardly by
    • mankind had to fulfil in this time when the mission of Moses
    • Moses be formulated then? Just consider the necessity to
    • ancient Indian times, when the holy Rishis spoke out of the
    • what the Egyptian cultural leaders said to the people: when you
    • really fulfil your tasks in the physical world, when you have
    • a worthy person, then you will be united with Osiris after
    • After death however, when they have become sufficiently worthy,
    • they will be united with Osiris because then they are within
    • happening when the word “suggestion” is implied.
    • understand that, then you will also understand how in ancient
    • With them it was as follows: when they appeared and gave
    • go through what was felt, experienced and thought when for
    • expression as people then imagined they had heard.
    • Egypt where you couldn't follow me within yourself. Henceforth
    • couldn't follow Me within you.” “Henceforth you
    • previously a fact. We have already remarked that when common
    • “When you really understand Me, then you will understand
    • protect the truth within you, as an imagination of Me, then you
    • when the human being has a pure imagination of his relationship
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Way of Knowledge
    Matching lines:
    • of outer science. When we allow spiritual knowledge to really
    • things into the preceding spiritual events. When we allow
    • arises: When spiritual sciences says that everything in the
    • world is spirit-penetrated, then we can argue that suffering,
    • When you consider you can still easily make mistakes if you
    • easily say: If I cut the physical body of a person then I cause
    • hurt, the same with animals; but when I cut a plant, will it
    • also feel hurt? — Hence I can infer that if I crush a
    • stone, I'm hurting it also. As a result, when people think
    • instance. It appears, when we contemplate the plant, that
    • certainly, when the plant is partly damaged where it grows out
    • pleasure, almost joy, when over the surface of the earth
    • the plant soul when the plant is pulled out of the earth,
    • uprooted; a similar pain is experienced when we or animals for
    • can gradually experience when on the so-called way or path of
    • when we transform our souls in such a way as to wake the
    • slumbering, true powers of knowledge. Then the ability begins
    • value. When such knowledge for example speaks about the
    • relationship of plant suffering to plant joy then we really
    • We learn however through knowing that when we look into the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Haeckel, "The Riddle of the Universe," Theosophy
    Matching lines:
    • comprehensively, and seek to express its attitude with regard
    • comprehensive expression are balanced by equally
    • comprehensive powers of thought: the very qualities in
    • investigations under the one comprehensive title of a
    • universe when I speak about Haeckel; for anyone acquainted with
    • insistent was this tendency, at the very time when Haeckel was
    • he had been struck (it was at the time when he was busy at the
    • that secret. On one other occasion, when teacher and pupil were
    • minutiae appertaining to natural science, whenever the kingdom
    • When, however, improvements in microscopes made it
    • composes the physical body — when, as I have said, so
    • It was then thought that what could be perceived by the senses,
    • world. Things that now seem puerile created then the most
    • understand how all the events and occurrences which then
    • been made at a time when people still thought as they did about
    • centuries, a time when a greater spiritual sensitiveness
    • prevailed, then these discoveries would have been so construed
    • is clear, then, that scientific investigations with
    • an event of great moment when Haeckel, in the year 1864,
    • when you place matter in a retort everything in it soon begins
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Karmic Relationships, Volume III: Lecture I
    Matching lines:
    • moment in the evolution of humanity when intellectualism began
    • — when people began mainly to pay attention to the
    • and spirit before the present epoch. Even when they let the old
    • Today, when man reflects upon himself, he feels himself as the
    • sphere, which is determined when we imagine the earth at a
    • question of practical life he forgets it. For then at once he
    • — when they passed through the gate of death.
    • then have come about?
    • What then is this out-breathing? It is the very same, my dear
    • friends, of which we speak when we say: In the three days after
    • it was then conceived, if I may say so, from a more subjective
    • fact that when a person dies the thoughts he received during
    • the Dominican Order. Only then do we gain an idea of how much
    • concepts as the people of today. When the people of today are
    • that then flowed out into civilisation, these inner conflicts
    • When a person of today thinks on philosophic questions or
    • individuals among us felt how the thoughts of men appear when
    • 13th or 14th century are quite unknown. Then it would happen
    • have just described. That was a time when people could still
    • And yet, in certain moments when they took deep counsel with
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture I: Cosmic Forces in Man
    Matching lines:
    • those of you who have studied what was then said, will have realised
    • the catastrophic events which were then assuming a particularly
    • particular man would be in a key position when matters came to a point
    • having added a foreword dealing with the situation as it then was
    • will come in European affairs when much will depend upon whether
    • was a kind of madness, and since then matters have not greatly
    • avail. Once and forever, man has passed into the epoch when he must
    • only be possible for a spiritual Movement to be taken seriously when
    • attached to them because we fall back upon mathematical formulae when
    • periods of culture, for instance to the culture of ancient Egypt, when
    • Yet there is a profound truth, namely this: When man loses the
    • is. He knows, but even then only from tradition, that the word ‘man’
    • A feeling of sadness cannot but overtake us when we realise that the
    • from what it was in times when men also spoke of ‘unborn-ness.’
    • directed to the egotism in the members of orthodox congregations. When
    • we are in existence now. What, then, is the object of speaking
    • principle so far as physical man is concerned. Now when we embark upon
    • been compressed and then released again, as if a sphere had undergone
    • When we study the threefold human form in its relation to the Cosmos,
    • is little known, for example, that when the Sun is shining upon the
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture II: The Soul Life of Man ...
    Matching lines:
    • these stars when combined with the Sun forces, and how the shape and
    • is to say with their forces when they are, in a sense, covered by the
    • metabolic system, for example. When metabolism becomes too strong in
    • in our acts of sense-perception and when we work over them in
    • awakeness as complete as that of thinking and sense-perception. When
    • the outside world, when we are conscious of the conditions of warmth
    • around us, we are fully awake and then, in our thoughts, we work over
    • what is transmitted by the senses. But when feelings rise up from the
    • experience in dreams with what we experience in our feelings, then the
    • feelings we are, in reality, dreaming. When we dream, we dream
    • in pictures. When we are awake, we dream in our feelings. And in our
    • will we are asleep, even when fully awake. When we raise an
    • arm, when we do this or that, we can perceive what movements
    • that of waking up. When we are awake, we are confronted by
    • there before him as a sense-perception, then he has penetrated inside
    • impressions made upon us by this world of sense. Now when we pass into
    • sleep, we are not in the world this side of the senses, we are then in
    • But when we fall asleep, we emerge from the world of sense and
    • his consciousness is extinguished when he passes beyond the world of
    • When we wake from sleep we pass over into the world of animals,
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Cosmic Forces in Man: Lecture III: The Mission of the Scandanavian Peoples
    Matching lines:
    • understood aright when we also recognise its relation with the Zodiac.
    • And we then tried to understand how the heaven of the fixed stars and
    • when we observe how in his physical life on Earth, man can achieve
    • Such studies show us that man's life can only be truly understood when
    • will through our natural authority and our example as teachers, then
    • can only be of real use when earthly life, too is presented to the
    • child in the right way, that is to say, when we are able through
    • into play whenever mention is made of the life after death. Life after
    • satisfied. When the religions believe that they have helped the
    • him, “That is a plant” — and then take him to a plant
    • This, then, will be the theme of the lecture.
    • It is precisely in these days of tumult, when people all over the
    • world are so utterly at sea in public affairs, when congresses and
    • perplexed when they thought about these happenings more deeply.
    • be shed upon them when they are studied in a much wider historical
    • world of Europe, expressing itself in many different forms. When we
    • not until the fourth century, just at the time when Christianity
    • account of the conditions then prevailing. This period must be studied
    • At the time when, in the South, the Spirit withdrew more and more
    • have described — the old Athenian Schools of Philosophy were
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Spirit of Fichte: Lecture I: The Spirit of Fichte Present in Our Midst
    Matching lines:
    • Aus dem Mitteleuropaeischen Geistesleben.
    • his son Gottlieb, who till then had had no acquaintance with
    • inattention to all his lessons, which he had till then found so
    • five and at six o'clock and even when the bell sounded for
    • evensong. Then a shepherd came by, and seeing the boy standing
    • already over. When the visitors, his host and the other persons
    • society. Then it was suggested to him to repeat the sermon which he
    • had heard just before. He paused to meditate and then, speaking as
    • pastor. And when Gottlieb reached the age of thirteen he was able,
    • willingly did so. Very fortunately there was then at Schulpforta an
    • went by at Schulpforta. When he had to write his examination thesis
    • then made up the student life of Jena. Day by day he had to earn by
    • good clergyman Leberecht Krebel. And whenever he was able to visit his
    • his mind was the idea of a voluntary death. Then, just at the
    • way, with a fresh inspiration. Many, doubtless, who heard him then
    • then filling the minds of all men, to the mental reactions provoked
    • overhear him discussing at Olten, whenever he found any specially
    • gifted people to talk to, the questions which were then dominating
    • at the period when his spirit was most sensitively aware of the
    • intelligence, can have any notion of what Fichte must have been when he
    • Maximum number of matches per file exceeded.
  • Title: Lecture: The Christmas Festival In The Changing Course Of Time
    Matching lines:
    • Christmas Plays. Steiner then discusses the future development and
    • When we wander at this time of year through the streets of large
    • then perhaps we cannot help but admit to ourselves: All these
    • There is a lack of harmony in what our eyes perceive, when we wish to
    • decorations in preparation for the festival, and then seeing modern
    • German villages. When the Christmas season approached I could behold
    • prevailed during the rest of the year. When Christmas approached this
    • recently as a few decades ago. The souls